uch-ii eia report by halcrow for adb jan 2010

Environmental Impact Assessment

The environmental impact assessment is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB’s Board of Directors, Management, or staff.

Project Number: 43903 December 2010

PAK: UCH-II Power Project

Prepared by Halcrow Pakistan (Pvt) Limited for UCH-II Power (Private) Limited

UCH-II POWER (PRIVATE) LIMITED

Final Report

January 2010

Environmental Impact Assessment for Expansion

of MW Power Generation Capacity Uch Power404 At Station

Uch-II Power (Private) Limited

Environmental Impact Assessment for Expansion of 404 MW Power Generation Capacity at Uch Power Station

Final Report

January 2010

Halcrow Pakistan (Pvt) Limited 3rd Floor, Nawa-e-Waqt House, Mauve Area, Sector G-7/1, Islamabad, Pakistan Tel +92 51 220 3451-55Fax +92 51 220 3462 [email protected], www.halcrow.com

Halcrow Pakistan has prepared this report in accordance with the instructions of Uch-II Power (Private) Limited for their sole and specific use. Any other persons who use any information contained herein do so at their own risk.

© Halcrow Group Limited 2010

EIA for Expansion of 404 MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS

ES-1 JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EIA-F03

ES. Executive Summary

ES.1 Introduction

This report presents the findings of an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) carried out by Halcrow Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd (HPK) for the expansion of power generation capacity by 404 Mega Watt (MW) (ISO Gross rating) at the existing Uch Power Station (UPS) located near Dera Murad Jamali in Naseerabad district of Balochistan Province. Figure ES-1 shows the key map of Uch power station.

The proposed plant expansion will be constructed adjacent to and west of the existing power plant and within existing plant boundary. Uch power station is a combined cycle plant with an ISO gross capacity rating of 586MW and its total fenced area is approximately 260 hectares (640 acres). The proposed extension (Uch-2) will require approximately 63 hectares (156 acres) of which 20% of the area will be reserved for residential and recreational facilities associated with the proposed extension project.

The EIA has been prepared to conform with the requirements of the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997 (PEPA), the Pakistan Initial Environmental Examination and Environmental Impact Assessment Review Regulations 2000 and the guidelines provided in the Pakistan Environmental Assessment Procedures, 1997.

ES.2 The Proponent

Uch Power Station is owned by Uch Power (Private) Limited (UPL). The expansion project will be carried out by Uch-II Power (Private) Limited (hereinafter called "Uch-II" or "the Company") and its main sponsors are International Power Plc (IPR) and Creative Energy Resources (CER). UPL was formed in year 1994 as a limited company and its main sponsors are similar to that of Uch-II. Uch Power Station started its commercial operation in October 2000.

ES.3 The EIA Methodology

The various steps undertaken in the EIA preparation included understanding of the proposed operations; review of alternatives; review of policy, legislation and guidelines; collection and review of secondary data including the physical, biological, socio-economic and cultural environments of the area; field data collection; community consultation; impact identification; recommendations for mitigation and monitoring measures; development of a project specific Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and reporting of all findings in an Environmental Impact Assessment Report.

Executive Summary EIA for Expansion of 404 MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS


ES.4 The Project

Uch-II intends to build, own and operate a 404MW power plant within in the premises of Uch Power Station.Uch-2 will comprise of a combined cycle arrangement featuring two gas fired combustion turbines, two heat recovery steam generators and single steam turbine along with ancillary equipment and services. Low BTU gas will be used as fuel for the combustion process. The process, ancillary operations and facilities proposed for the power generation for the expansion project will be similar to the existing plant set up. Detailed project description is provided in the Section 4 of the report.

ES.5 Project Alternatives

To ensure implementation of best available management and technology options, an analysis of alternatives to the proposed operation was undertaken. Alternatives considered included:

Management options including no project option, alternative site option, and alternative timing.

Technological options including options for use of different fuels for plant operations, different power generation technology options, waste management options and alternatives to sourcing water

The ‘no project option’ and ‘alternative site option’ were considered not feasible.

ES.6 Public Consultation

Public consultation is an integral part of the EIA process. Public Consultation is essentially a tool used for the purpose of information dissemination, exchange of views, and soliciting feedback and suggestions of key stakeholders about the project and the EIA. During the EIA process, meetings were held with various stakeholders to solicit and record their views and concerns for inclusion in project design at the project-planning phase. The stakeholders consulted primarily included some prominent NGOs, government officials, public representatives and communities residing in the project area. Their views and concerns were enquired through different consultation techniques and were incorporated into the EIA mitigation measures.

ES.7 Impacts and Mitigation

The EIA covers potential effects of the construction and operation activities of the proposed power plant in the project area. Potential impacts on the physical, biological, socio-economic, archaeological and cultural environments that may arise from project activities and the mitigation measures that will be adopted to reduce or minimise all impacts have been assessed and are summarised in Table ES-1. The project activities will also have positive impacts on the local communities, these may include: increased turnover of local businesses and shops due to an increased demand from project



contractors and their employees; and increased income of local residents due to employment in the project.

ES.8 Environmental Management Plan

For the effective implementation and management of mitigation measures, an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been prepared which meets the requirements of the Pakistan Initial Environmental Examination and Environmental Impact Assessment Review Procedures, 2000.

It is aimed at achieving the following objectives:

Defining legislative requirements, guidelines and best industry practices that apply to the project;

A mitigation and monitoring plan;

Definition of roles and responsibilities of the proponent and contractors;

Requirements for communication, documentation and training during the project;

Restrictions on design, timing and conduct of the project; and

Change Management Plan to cover unforeseen events/environmental conditions during the project.

ES.9 Conclusion

Pakistan, like most developing countries, faces a shortfall of power which is expected to continue. Brisk pace of economic activity, rising levels of income of people, the double digit growth of large scale manufacturing, higher agricultural production and village electrification programme have all resulted in higher demand of power in Pakistan.

The prevailing scenario implies that there is an urgent need for additional power generation capacity. The proposed project will help towards achieving this objective, however, the scale and nature of the project requires that potential environmental effects due the proposed project are evaluated, mitigation measures required to minimise or obviate these impacts be assessed, implemented and monitored. Any residual impacts may be assessed for their significance.

On the basis of the above, the EIA concludes that the residual impacts of the proposed operation will be of minor significance and careful implementation of the EMP will ensure that environmental impacts are managed and minimised and all statutory requirements are met by the project proponent.



Table ES-1 Environmental impacts, mitigation and characterisation matrix

Noise

Activity and Source Mitigation Measures

Construction Phase

Construction equipment; Vehicles; Generators.

Operation Phase

Noise generated due to plant operations such as turbines, blow down

Proper design, maintenance and repair of construction machinery and equipment; Use of proper silencers, mufflers and personal protective equipments; Use of noise-abating techniques such as accoustic enclosures.

Duration Extent Reversibility Likelihood Severity Significance

Construction Short term Local Reversible Possibly Minor Low

Operation Short term Local Reversible Almost certain Minor Low



Dust Emissions


Construction Phase

Movement of construction vehicles on un paved roads;

Soil excavation, soil and aggregate storage piles.

Operation Phase

None

Water will be sprinkled daily or when there is an obvious dust problem, on all exposed surfaces; Regulation and monitoring of vehicle speeds; Keeping the soil and aggregate piles moist, erecting windshield walls and covering the piles, with tarpaulin or thick

plastic sheets.


Construction Short term Local Reversible Likely Minor Medium



Air Emissions


Construction Phase

Construction equipment; Machinery; Vehicles exhaust.

Operation Phase

Fuel used during plant operations; Vehicle exhaust.

Maintenance of generators and vehicles to keep them in good working condition; Effective management of combustion conditions.


Construction Short term Local Reversible Likely Minor Low

Operation Medium term

Regional Reversible Unlikely Minor Low



Land Use


Construction Phase

Clearing of vegetation; Earthworks.

Operation Phase

None

Land uptake will be kept to minimum required.


Construction Medium term

Local Reversible Almost certain Minor Low



Green House gas Emissions


Construction Phase

Negligble from construction equipment

Operation Phase

Fuel used for plant operations; Exhaust from vehicle

Provision of combined cycle gas turbines which have the the highest fuel efficiency among the conventional fuels power plants.


Construction Short term National Reversible Almost certain Minor Low

Operation Long term National Reversible Almost certain Minor Low



Water Abstraction


Construction Phase

Construction activites Construction camp operations Water sprinkling for dust supperation

Operation Phase

Evaporation blow down Other plant water requirements Camp domestic use

Water from Pat Feeder Canal will only be used after getting approval from irrigation department; RO technology may be employed to recycle cooling tower blowdown; Water conservation programme will be initiated to prevent wastage of water.


Construction Short term Regional Reversible Unlikely Minor Low

Operation Short term Regional Reversible Unlikely Moderate Low



Soil and Land Contamination


Construction Phase

Fuel oil drip from construction equipment and vehicles;

Maintenance of vehicles and equipment; Fuel and chemical handling, storage and

transportation.

Operation Phase



transportation.

Fuels, lubricants, and chemicals will be stored in covered bunded areas, underlain with impervious lining; Maintenance of vehicles and equipment will only be carried out at designated areas; Spill prevention/drip trays will be provided at refueling locations; Regular inspections will be carried out to detect leakages; Contaminated soil will be removed and properly disposed after treatment such as bioremediation or incineration.



Local Reversible Possibly Minor Low

Operation Medium

term Local Reversible Unlikely Moderate Low



Drainage and Storm water runoff


Construction Phase

Disturbance to storm water runoff due to construction activities;

Contamination of soil due to contaminated storm water runoff from project sites.

Operation Phase



Proper drainage will be provided to construction camp and construction site, especially near excavations; A drainage system will be provided for the power plant consisting of drains discharging into evaporation pond after

required treatment; Oil water drainage system with oil seprator will be provided in areas with chances of oil contaminatins such as the

fuel storage area, turbine areas. etc.


Construction Short term Local Reversible Possibly Minor Low

Operation Short term Local Reversible Unlikely Minor Low



Wastewater


Construction Phase

Construction camp effluent.

Operation Phase

Cooling tower blow down; Plant low volume wastes; and Sanitary wastewater from plant colony

Construction camp effluent will be treated onsite before disposal through onsite evaporation pond; The facility will be constructed as a zero discharge facility; with wastewater disposed off through onsite evaporation

pond; Low volume waste stream will be treated by sedimentation, flow equalization, and neutralization in the treatment

basin before discharging into the evaporation pond; Sanitary wastewater will be treated in a wastewater treatment plant under aerobic conditions before discharge into

the evaporation pond.



Local Reversible Unlikely Moderate Low

Operation Medium

term Local Reversible Unlikely Moderate Low



Hazardous waste


Construction Phase

Various oils and lubricants; Paints and various construction chemicals and

containers etc.

Operation Phase

Various oils and lubricants; Corrosion inhibitors; Chemicals for water treatment; Paints and other chemical containers etc.

A chemical and hazardous material handling procedure will be prepared; Storage areas for fuels and liquid chemicals will be designed with secondary containment; Labelling will be placed on all storage vessels/containers; Supporting information such as Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) will be available for all hazardous materials; Hazardous wastes will be disposed off through approved waste contractors.


Construction Short term Local Revesrsible Unlikely Moderate Low


Regional Reversible Unlikely Moderate Low



Solid Waste Management


Construction Phase

Construction waste; Domestic waste from construction camp.

Operation Phase

Plant operation waste; Evaporation pond residue; Workshops; Domestic wastes from plant coloney; Medical Waste

Separate waste bins will be placed for different type of wastes; Recyclable material will be separated at source; Kitchen wastes will be disposed off in an onsite landfill; Medical waste will be sent to a medical waste incineration facility; No waste will be dumped at any location outside the plant boundary; Records of all waste generated will be maintained; Waste management training will be will be provided to plant personnel.



Local Reversible Possibly Minor Low

Operation Medium

term Regional Reversible Unlikely Moderate Low



Disturbance to Wildlife


Construction Phase

Habitat loss; Movement of personnel and vehicles; Noise generated from project activities; Hunting and traping.

Operation Phase

Movement of personnel and vehicles; Hunting and traping.

Hunting, trapping, feeding or harassment of wildlife will be prohibited; Wildlife protection rules will be included in the Camp Rules.


Construction Short term Local Reversible Likely Minor Low

Operation Short term Local Reversible Unlikely Minor Low



Natural Hazards


Construction Phase

Flooding; Seismicity.

Operation Phase

Flooding; Seismicity .

Elevating the plant site above the 25 year flood plain; Provision of earthen bund around the Uch power plant site; Construction of various plant buildings in accordance with UBC Zone 2.



Local Reversible Rare Minor Low

Operation Medium

ter,mm Regional Reversible Rare Moderate Low



Socio-economic Impacts


Construction Phase

Community and existing plant worker’s safety; Traffic disturbance; Local employment conflicts; Project and community interface; Archeological and cultural resources.

Operation Phase

Employment conflicts; Community interface

Access to the project area will be limited to only project related personnel;. The equipment and construction machinery will only be operated by properly trained and experienced personnel; Construction traffic will use the national highway and follow the speed limits; Traffic rush hours will be avoided for the transportation of heavy and odd loads; A local labor selection criterion will be developed which will be based primarily on merit and on equitable job distribution

among the locals; Maximum number of unskilled and semi-skilled jobs will be reserved for the local communities; The non-local project staff will be sensitised to local culture and norms; Unnecessary interaction of local population with the non-local project staff will be avoided;. If any object of archaeological or cultural value is found. Excavation work in the vicinity of the find will be stopped. UPL

will provide assistance in salvaging the archological find.


Community and worker’s safety

Short to medium term

Local Reversible to irreversible

Unlikely Moderate Medium

Traffic disturbance Short term Regional Reversible Likely Minor Low

Employment conflicts Short terrm Regional Reversible Unlikely Moderate Low

Community interface Medium term

Regional Reversible Possibly Minor Low

Archeological and cultural resources

Long term Local Irreversible Possibly Minor Low



Occupational Health and Safety


Construction Phase

Construction safety.

Operation Phase

Electrical Hazards; Confined Space Entry; Personal Protective Equipments; Fire and Explosion Hazards; Chemical Exposure; Heat Related Stress/Illness.

Written procedures to de-energise circuits that will be impacted by the repair activity will be prepared; Standard procedures for confined space entries will be prepared; Proper machine guarding, by isolating workers from moving machinery, will be provided; PPE’s will be worn by the plant personnel in the main plant area; An emergency response plan will be prepared for evacuation of personnel and equpments in case of an emergency; Fire fighting equipment will be readily available with their locations clearly marked; Proper precautions will be taken to minimise employee risk to chemical exposure; Provision will be made for respirator usage in areas with chmeicl exposuere concentrations exceeding the guideline

values; Staff will be trained for management of heat related stress.


Operation Short term Local Reversible / irreversible

Unlikely Moderate Low



Figure ES-1: Key Map of Uch Power Station

EIA for Expansion of 404MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS

iii JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EIA-F03

Contents

1 Introduction 1-1

1.1 The EIA 1-1 1.2 The Proponent 1-1 1.3 The Project 1-1 1.4 Organisation of the report 1-2 1.5 Contact details 1-2

2 EIA Scope and Methodology 2-1

2.1 Scope of the EIA 2-1 2.2 EIA Team 2-1 2.3 EIA Methodology 2-1

3 Policy, Legislation and Guidelines 3-1

3.1 Introduction 3-1 3.2 Corporate Policy of Uch-II (Private) Limited 3-1 3.3 National Environmental Policy, Legislation and Guidelines 3-1 3.4 International Treaties and Guidelines 3-9

4 Project Description 4-1

4.1 Project Background and Location 4-1 4.2 Existing Project Components and Facilities 4-1 4.3 Proposed Uch- 2 Expansion Project 4-4 4.4 Power Plant Construction and Commissioning 4-8 4.5 Plant Operations 4-12 4.6 Plant decommissioning 4-14

5 Review of Alternatives 5-1

5.1 Project Alternatives 5-1

6 Public Consultation 6-1

6.1 Benefits and objectives of Stakeholders consultation 6-1 6.2 Community Consultations 6-2 6.3 Other Stakeholders 6-3 6.4 Key findings and issues 6-5

7 Background Environment 7-1


iv JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EIA-F03

7.1 Physical Environment 7-1 7.2 Biological Environment 7-25 7.3 Socio-economic Environment 7-47 7.4 Gender analysis 7-54

8 Impacts and Mitigation Measures 8-1

8.1 Impact assessment methodology 8-1 8.2 Impacts associated with Construction activities 8-2 8.3 Impacts Associated with Operation phase 8-20 8.4 Environmental and social benefits 8-38

9 Conclusion 9-1

Appendices

Appendix A Environmental Management Plan

Appendix B Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Report

Appendix C Air Dispersion Modeling Report


v JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EIA-F03

List of Tables

Table 2-1: Impact characteristics criteria 2-4

Table 3-1: NEQS for municipal and industrial effluentsa 3-17 Table 3-2: NEQS for selected gaseous pollutants from industrial

sourcesa 3-18 Table 3-3: NEQS for Sulfur dioxide ambient air requirements 3-19 Table 3-4: NEQS for Nitrogen oxide ambient air requirements and

emission from sources 3-20 Table 3-5: NEQS for motor vehicle exhaust and noise 3-20 Table 3-6: World Bank effluent guideline values 3-21 Table 3-7: World Bank emission guidelines (in mg/Nm3 or as indicated)

for combustion turbine 3-22 Table 3-8: WHO ambient air quality guidelines 3-23 Table 3-9: WHO updated ambient air quality guidelines 3-23 Table 3-10: Typical air emission monitoring parameters/frequency for

thermal power plants 3-25 Table 3-11: Exposure limits for occupational exposure to electric and

magnetic fields 3-27 Table 3-12: Noise limits for various working environments 3-27 Table 3-13: No approach zones for high voltage power lines 3-27 Table 3-14: WHO guideline values for community noise in specific

environments 3-27 Table 4-1: Technical parameters for Uch-1 plant operation 4-19 Table 4-2: Summary of construction waste generation and disposal 4-21 Table 4-3: Schedule of construction activities 4-22 Table 4-4: Summary of water requirements 4-22 Table 4-5: Summary of wastewater generation 4-22 Table 4-6: Stack emission parameters for Uch-2 power station 4-22 Table 6-1: List of stakeholders consulted 6-6 Table 7-1: Summary of mean monthly maximum temperature at

Jacobabad and Sibbia 7-12 Table 7-2: Summary of mean monthly minimum temperature at

Jacobabad and Sibbia 7-13 Table 7-3: Summary of monthly amount of precipitation at Jacobabad

and Sibbia 7-14


vi JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EIA-F03

Table 7-4: Summary of mean monthly relative humidity at Jacobabad and Sibbia 7-15

Table 7-5: Summary of mean monthly wind speed at Jacobabad and Sibbia 7-16

Table 7-6: Summary of mean monthly wind direction at Jacobabad and Sibbia 7-17

Table 7-7: Summary of monthly number of thunderstorm days at Jacobabad and Sibbi 7-18

Table 7-8: Ambient air quality monitoring results for various time periods 7-18

Table 7-9: Noise survey along plant boundary a 7-19 Table 7-10: Chemical test results of water sample at Pat Feeder canal

and water course outside plant boundary 7-20 Table 7-11: Microbial test results of water sample of water course

outside plant boundary 7-21 Table 7-12: Brief summary of biodiversity found during the site visit7-31 Table 7-13: Floral species observed during the site visit 7-32 Table 7-14: List of birds observed during the site visit within the project

area 7-35 Table 7-15: List of mammals observed during the site visit within the

project area 7-40 Table 7-16: List of reptiles observed during the site visit within the

project area 7-41 Table 7-17: Mains tribes inhabiting the project area 7-59 Table 7-18: Demographic data of the surveyed villages 7-60 Table 7-19: Tribal head in the project area 7-64 Table 7-20: Health facilities in Dera Murad Jamili Tehsil 7-64 Table 7-21: Gender roles in upland crop production 7-65 Table 8-1: Comparison of Uch-2 plant emissions with emission

guidelines 8-40 Table 8-2: Comparison of ambient air quality guidelines with modeled

values (µg/m3) 8-40 Table 8-3: Comparison of ambient air quality guidelines with cumulative

values (µg/m3) 8-41 Table 8-4: Chemical test results for water sample at existing evaporation

pond 8-42 Table 8-5: Comparison of Pat Feeder canal flows and proposed project

withdrawal 8-43 Table 8-6: Exposure limits for gases associated with power production8-43 Table 8-7: Impacts characteristics during construction phase 8-44


vii JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EIA-F03

Table 8-8: Impacts characteristics during operation phase 8-45

List of Figures

Figure 1-1: Key map of Uch Power Station 1-3 Figure 4-1: General plant layout 4-15 Figure 4-2: Existing power plant (Uch-1) layout 4-16 Figure 4-3: Process flow diagram for existing power plant 4-17 Figure 4-4: Proposed power plant (Uch-2) layout 4-18 Figure 7-1: Geological map of the project area 7-7 Figure 7-2: Ambient air and Water quality sampling location map 7-8 Figure 7-3: Surface water resources in the project area 7-9 Figure 7-4: Ground water resources in the project area 7-10 Figure 7-5: Pat Feeder canal discharge (2005-2007) 7-11 Figure 7-6: Wildlife sampling location map 7-30 Figure 7-7: Socio-economic Environment and Infrastructure of the

Project Area 7-58

List of Photographs

Photograph 4-1: A view of existing Uch Power Station 4-24 Photograph 4-2: Raw water storage pond 4-24 Photograph 4-3: UPL gas receiving station 4-24 Photograph 4-4: High speed Diesel storage tank 4-24 Photograph 4-5: Main and by pass stacks 4-24 Photograph 4-6: Switch yard house and grid station 4-24 Photograph 4-7: HP, IP and LP pipes leading to steam turbine 4-25 Photograph 4-8: Water condensate tank 4-25 Photograph 4-9: Steam turbine 4-25 Photograph 4-10: Water treatment system 4-25 Photograph 4-11 Service water generation unit 4-25 Photograph 4-12: Cooling towers 4-25 Photograph 4-13: Sludge basin 4-26 Photograph 4-14: Evaporation pond 4-26 Photograph 4-15: Residential colony 4-26 Photograph 4-16: Chemical storage yard 4-26


viii JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EIA-F03

Photograph 4-17: View of proposed site for plant expansion 4-26 Photograph 4-18: Another view of proposed site for plant expansion4-26 Photograph 6-1: Consultation with DCO, Naseerabad 6-7 Photograph 6-2: Consultation with BEPA in Quetta 6-7 Photograph 6-3: Consultation with Naib Tehsildar, Dera Murad Jamali6-7 Photograph 6-4: Consultation with EDO health 6-7 Photograph 6-5: Community consultation in the project area 6-7 Photograph 6-6: Consultation with locals of the project area 6-7 Photograph 7-1: A view of clayey plain in the project area 7-22 Photograph 7-2: A view of agricultural land in the project area 7-22 Photograph 7-3: A view of harvested Paddy adjacent to power plant7-22 Photograph 7-4: Boundary wall of power plant 7-22 Photograph 7-5: A view of Pat Feeder canal in the project area 7-22 Photograph 7-6: A view of bridge over Pat Feeder Canal in the project

area 7-22 Photograph 7-7: View of Rabi canal 7-23 Photograph 7-8: A distributory for irrigation supply 7-23 Photograph 7-9: A pumping arrangement for canal water lift irrgation7-23 Photograph 7-10: A view of tallab (temporary water storage pond) in

the project area 7-23 Photograph 7-11: A view of existing Uch Power Station 7-24 Photograph 7-12: Ambient air monitoring at first location point in

progress 7-24 Photograph 7-13: Ambient air monitoring at second location point in

the project area 7-24 Photograph 7-14: A view of the PM10 measuring equipment 7-24 Photograph 7-15: Recording of pollutant concentration values in

progress 7-24 Photograph 7-16: Water sample collection from Pat Feeder canal 7-24 Photograph 7-17: Semi desert habitat 7-43 Photograph 7-18: Agriculture fields 7-43 pPhotograph 7-19: A view of Proposed power plant site 7-43 Photograph 7-20: Evaporation pond at power plant 7-43 Photograph 7-21: Discharge point into evaporation pond 7-43 Photograph 7-22: A flock of ducks at evaporation pond 7-43 Photograph 7-23: A flock of Mallard at evaporation pond 7-44 Photograph 7-24: A flock of Little egret along Pat Feeder canal 7-44


ix JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EIA-F03

Photograph 7-25: Indian Pond heron 7-44 Photograph 7-26: A flock of large cormorant 7-44 Photograph 7-27: Bay backed shrike 7-44 Photograph 7-28: White wagtail 7-44 Photograph 7-29: Black drongo 7-45 Photograph 7-30: Crow pheasant 7-45 Photograph 7-31: Fresh foot print of Desert hedgehog 7-45 Photograph 7-32: Briliant agama 7-45 Photograph 7-33: Glossy bellied racer 7-45 Photograph 7-34: Indian monitor lizard 7-45 Photograph 7-35: Calotropis procera 7-46 Photograph 7-36: Acacia nilotica 7-46 Photograph 7-37: Alhaji maurorum 7-46 Photograph 7-38: Tamarix indica 7-46 Photograph 7-39: Prosopis juliflora 7-46 Photograph 7-40: Nests of Streaked weaver bird 7-46 Photograph 7-41: Typical settlement near Pat Feeder Canal 7-66 Photograph 7-42: A typical mud house 7-66 Photograph 7-43: A view of Sukkur – Quetta main highway (N65) 7-66 Photograph 7-44: Railway link passing through project area 7-66 Photograph 7-45: Shops along main highway 7-66 Photograph 7-46: A typical dirt track in the project area 7-66 Photograph 7-47: Live stock rearing in the project area 7-67 Photograph 7-48: Livestock 7-67 Photograph 7-49: A typical mosque 7-67 Photograph 7-50: Graveyard near Dera Murad Jamali 7-67 Photograph 7-51: Flour mill in the project area 7-67 Photograph 7-52: Agriculture field 7-67 Photograph 7-53: Clean drinking water facility provided by UPL for

local people 7-68 Photograph 7-54: Clean drinking facility provided by UPL near Dera

Murad Jamali 7-68 Photograph 7-55: School built by UPL for local people 7-68 Photograph 7-56: Survey forms being filled during social survey in the

project area 7-68


x JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EIA-F03

Acronyms

ACS Applied Control System

AGGIH American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygiene

ARI Acute Respiratory Infection

BAP Biodiversity Action Plan

BEPA Balochistan Environmental Protection Agency

BHU Basic Health Unit

BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand

BTU British thermal unit

BWPA Balochistan Wildlife Protection Act 1974

CCA Cultivated Command Area

CCGT Combined Cycle Gas Turbines

CFC Chlorofluorocarbon

CITES Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora

CMS Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals

COD Chemical Oxygen Demand

DC Direct Current

DCS Distributed Control System

DG Director General

DHQ District Head Quarter

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment

EMP Environmental Management Plan

EPAs Environmental Protection Agencies

ESBI Electrical Supply Board International

ESSA Environmental and Social Soundness Assessment

EU European Union

FGD Flue Gas Desulfurisation


xi JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EIA-F03

GHGs Greenhouse gases

GSU Generator step up

GTs Gas Turbines

HCL Hydrochloric Acid

HP High Pressure

HPK Halcrow Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd

HRSG Heat recovery steam generators

HSD High Speed Diesel

IEE Initial Environmental Examination

IP Interim Pressure

IPP Independent Power Producers

ISO International Organization for Standardization

IUCN International Union for the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources

KESC Karachi Electric Supply Company

KV Kilo Volt

LPG Liquefied Petroleum Gas

MW Mega Watt

NCS National Conservation Strategy

NEP National Environmental Policy

NEQS National Environmental Quality Standards

NGO’s Non Governmental Organisations

NIOSH National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health

NSPS New Source Performance Standards

NT Near Threatened

O&M Operations and Maintenance

OGDCL Oil and Gas Development Corporation Limited

OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration

PBS Primary Boys School


xii JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EIA-F03

PEPA Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997

PEPC Pakistan Environmental Protection Council

PIDA Provincial Irrigation and Drainage Authority

PM Particulate matter

PPA Power Purchase Agreement

Ppmvd Parts Per Million Volumetric Dry

QOL Quality of Life

RO Reverse Osmosis

ROI Region of Influence

RRA Rapid Rural Appraisal

SCF Standard cubic feet

SMART Self Monitoring and Reporting Tool

ST Steam Turbine

TCF Trillion Cubic Feet

TDS Total Dissolved Solids

TSP Total Suspended Particles

TSS Total Suspended Solids

UBS Uniform Building Code

UC Union Council

Uch-1 Existing Uch Power Station

Uch-2 Proposed Uch Power Station

Uch-II Uch-II Power (Private) Limited

UNDP United Nations Development Program

UNEP United Nations Environment Program

UNFCCC United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change

UNIDO United Nations Industrial Development Organization

UPL Uch Power (Private) Limited

UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply

UPS Uch Power Station


xiii JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EIA-F03

USA United States of America

USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency

USGS United States Geological Survey

V Volts

WAPDA Water and Power Development Authority

WB World Bank

WHO World Health Organization


1-1 JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EIA-F03

1 Introduction

1.1 The EIA

This report presents the findings of an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) carried out by Halcrow Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd (HPK) for the expansion of power generation capacity by 404 Mega Watt (MW) (ISO Gross rating) at the existing Uch Power Station (UPS) located near Dera Murad Jamali in Naseerabad district of Balochistan province. Figure 1-1 shows the key map of Uch Power Station.

The proposed extension will be constructed adjacent to the existing power plant and within existing plant boundary. The existing and the proposed power plant are referred as “Uch-1” and “Uch-2” respectively in the rest of the document. Uch Power Station is a combined cycle plant with an ISO gross capacity rating of 586MW and its total fenced area is approximately 260 hectares (640 acres). The proposed expansion (Uch-2) will require approximately 63 hectares (156 acres) of which 20% of the area will be reserved for residential and recreational facilities associated with the proposed expansion project.

The EIA has been prepared to conform with the requirements of the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997 (PEPA), the Pakistan Initial Environmental Examination and Environmental Impact Assessment Review Regulations 2000 and the guidelines provided in the Pakistan Environmental Assessment Procedures, 1997.

1.2 The Proponent

Uch Power Station is owned by Uch Power (Private) Limited (UPL). The expansion project will be carried out by Uch-II Power (Private) Limited (hereinafter called "Uch-II" or "the Company") and its main sponsors are International Power Plc (IPR) and Creative Energy Resources (CER). UPL was formed in year 1994 as a limited company and its main sponsors are similar to that of Uch-II. Uch Power Station started its commercial operation in October 2000.

1.3 The Project

Uch-II intends to build, own and operate a 404MW power plant within in the premises of Uch Power Station. Uch-2 expansion will comprise of a combined cycle arrangement featuring two gas fired combustion turbines, two heat recovery steam generators and single steam turbine along with ancillary equipment and services. The process, ancillary operations and facilities proposed for the power generation for the expansion project will be similar to the existing plant set up. Detailed project description is provided in Section 4 of the report.

Introduction EIA for Expansion of 404MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS


Uch-1 is also based on a combined cycle arrangement featuring three combustion turbines, three heat recovery steam generators (HRSG) and a single steam turbine along with ancillary equipment and services. The existing power station has an ISO capacity rating of 586MW. Dependable capacity is approximately 551.25MW referenced to 27.3 degrees Centigrade (°C).

1.4 Organisation of the report

The EIA report is presented as one volume and describes the proposed project activities, background environment of the project area, relevant legislation and guidelines, review of alternatives, assessment of the project impacts and recommendations for mitigation measures. Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been appended at the end of this EIA report. The photographic records have been provided in the relevant sections of the report.

1.5 Contact details

In case of further details or clarifications regarding this EIA please do not hesitate to contact the proponent or the consultant at the addresses provided below:

Proponent Consultant

Pervaiz Khan Chief Executive Officer Uch Power Limited 48, Khyaban-e-Iqbal, Main Margalla Road, Sector F-7/2, Islamabad, Pakistan Tel : +92 51 2654901-4 Fax: +92 51 2654905

Aqib Gulzar Project Manager, Environment Halcrow Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd 3rd Floor, Nawa-e-Waqt House, Mauve Area, Sector G-7/1, Islamabad, Pakistan Tel +92 51 220 3451-55 Ext: 148 Fax +92 51 220 3462



2 EIA Scope and Methodology

2.1 Scope of the EIA

This EIA investigates the impacts likely to arise from the construction and operations of 404MW of power generation facility at Uch Power Station located in Naseerabad district of Balochistan province. The details of power plant, ancillary operations and activities have been further discussed in length in Chapter 4 of this report.

2.2 EIA Team

The EIA has been prepared by a team of environmental assessment specialists, engineers, wildlife specialists, water resources specialist, botanist and sociologist.

2.3 EIA Methodology

2.3.1 Understanding the proposed operation and review of alternatives

Details of the Uch-1 and Uch-2 plant activities were collected from the company and understood by the EIA consultant. All alternatives to the proposed operations were reviewed including: the no project option, management option, alternative site, timing, and alternative technologies to establish the environmental soundness of the operations. Details of the proposed project and an analysis of alternatives have been provided in Chapter 4 and 5 of this EIA report respectively.

2.3.2 Review of Policy, Legislation and Guidelines

The national legislation, international agreements, environmental guidelines, best industrial practices and Uch-1 environmental policy were reviewed to set environmental standards that Uch-II would be required to adhere to during the project. A synopsis of these is provided in Chapter 3 of the EIA.

2.3.3 Review of secondary data

Previous environmental and social soundness assessment for Uch-1 and other published and un-published information was collected in order to gain a complete understanding of existing environmental conditions in the area including the following:

Physical environment - topography, geology, soils, surface and groundwater resources and climate;

Biological environment – habitat types, flora and fauna (particularly rare or endangered species), critical habitats/zones, and vegetation communities within the project area;

EIA Scope and Methodology EIA for Expansion of 404MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS


Socio-economic environment– settlements, socio-economic conditions, infrastructure and land use; and

Heritage aspects – sites of cultural, archaeological or historical significance.

2.3.4 Field data collection

A team comprising of environmental specialists, wildlife specialists, botanist, and sociologist collected area specific primary data. Where required, the secondary data collected was also ground-truth by the experts.

A description of baseline physical, biological and socio-economic conditions of the project area is provided in Chapter 7 of the EIA report respectively.

2.3.5 Stakeholders consultation

The consultation process included both primary and secondary stakeholders. Primary stakeholders were limited to affected persons, local communities and local government functionaries. The Secondary stakeholders mainly included national as well as international Non Governmental Organizations (NGOs), government representatives and regulators, and other such organizations.

The objective of the consultation was to disseminate information on the project and its expected impact, long-term as well as short-term, among primary and secondary stakeholders, and to gather information on relevant issues so that the feedback received could be used to address these issues at an early stage. The outcomes of the consultation are detailed in Chapter 6 of this report.

2.3.6 Identification and assessment of impacts

Potential impacts arising from construction as well as operation activities of the proposed project were identified. These include effects of the activities on the physical, biological, socio-economic, archaeological and cultural environments of the area. These are detailed in Chapter 8 of the EIA. Impacts were identified and assessed on the basis of field data, secondary data, expert opinion, Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines for Thermal Power Plants by International Finance Corporation of the World Bank Group and the likely impacts discussed in Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency (PEPA) guidelines for power projects.

The impacts identified were characterised following the criteria provided in Table 2-1.

Air dispersion modeling Ambient air quality is a major concern for power plant projects. To assess the impact on the local air quality due to power plant emissions, air dispersion modeling has also been carried out as part of EIA study.



2.3.7 Recommendations for mitigation and monitoring measures

Mitigation measures to help prevent or minimise all potential adverse environmental impacts from the proposed project activities were identified based on a range of options including management and monitoring practices, alternative technologies, physical controls, or compensation. The proposed mitigation measures are based on an appreciation of the sensitivity and behaviour of environmental receptors within the project area, past experience, case studies, legislative controls, World Bank / International Finance Corporation (IFC) environmental guidelines, PEPA guidelines for power projects and expert advice.

Monitoring measures have been recommended for residual impacts (impacts remaining after applying the recommended mitigation measures) or for impacts that cannot be accurately predicted at the EIA stage. In such cases advice on requisite monitoring measures was sought from experts involved in the EIA and case studies of similar monitoring exercises carried out elsewhere.

2.3.8 Development of Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

An EMP for the proposed project activities was prepared. The EMP provides a framework for implementing and managing the mitigation and monitoring measures recommended in the EIA. The EMP includes the following:

A mitigation and monitoring plan;

Definition of roles and responsibilities of the proponent, contractors and monitoring teams;

Requirements for communication, documentation and training during the project;

Restrictions on design, timing and conduct of the project; and

Change Management Plan to cover unforeseen events/environmental conditions during the project



Table 2-1: Impact characteristics criteria

Impact Characteristics Categories

Nature of the Impact Direct: The environmental parameter is directly changed by the project. Indirect: The environmental parameter changes as a result of change in another paramter.

Duration of the impact Short term: Lasting only till the duration of the project such as noise from the construction activities. Medium term: Lasting for a period of few months to a year after the project before naturally reverting to the original condition such as contamination of soil or water by fuels or oil. Long term: Lasting for a period much greater than medium term impacts before naturally reverting to the original condition such as loss of soil due to soil erosion.

Geographical Location of the impact Local: Within the area of project i.e. operation site and access road. Regional: Within the boundaries of the project area. National: Within the boundaries of the country.

Timing Construction

Operation

Likelihood of the impact Qualitatively measured on a scale of: Almost certain: Impact expected to occur under most circumstances. Likely: Impact will probable occure under most circumstances. Possibly: Impact may possibly occur at some time. Unlikely: Impact could occur at some time. Rare: Impact may occur but only under execptional circumstances.

Reversibility of the impact Defined as Reversible: When a receptor resumes its pre-project condition. Irreversible: When a receptor does not or cannot resume its pre-project condition.

Consequence severity of impact Rated as: Major: When an activity causes irreversible damage to a unique environmental feature; effects entire population or species of flora or fauna in sufficient magnitude so as to cause a decline in abundance or change in distribution over more than one generation; has long term effects (period of years) on socio-cultural or economic activities of regional significance. Moderate: When an activity causes long term (period of years) reversible damage to a unique environmental feature; effects a portion of a population of flora or fauna causing reversible damage or change in abundance or distribution over one generation;




has short term effects (period of months) on socio-cultural or economic activities of regional significance. Minor: When an activity causes short term (period of few months) reversible damage to an environmental feature; slight reversible damage to a few species of flora or fauna within a population over a short period of time; has short term (period of months) effects on socio-cultural or economic activities of local significance. Negligible: When no measurable damage to physical, socio-economic, or biological environment above the existing level of impacts occurs.

Significance of the impact Categorised as High, Medium or Low

Based on the consequence, likelihood, reversibility, geographical extent, duration, level of public concern and conformance with legislative or statutory requirements.



3 Policy, Legislation and Guidelines

3.1 Introduction

This chapter provides a synopsis of environmental policies, legislation, and guidelines that may have relevance to the proposed project. These include Uch-II’s environmental policy; national environmental policy, legislation and guidelines; and international conventions and guidelines. Uch-II will be required to adhere to the relevant requirements of the policies and legislation and recommendations of the guidelines during the plant construction and operation; which have also been incorporated in the mitigation measures and the EMP provided in the EIA.

3.2 Corporate Policy of Uch-II (Private) Limited

Electrical Supply Board International (ESBI) is the operations and maintenance (O&M) contractor of the existing power plant. ESBI on behalf of UPL has an environmental policy which is also endorsed by UPL as well as Uch-II. Under this policy commitment has been made for continual improvement in environmental performance, making all workplaces and processes safe and secure for UPL, its stake holders and the environment, actively strive to minimise impacts on environment, Moreover commitment towards strict compliance with all relevant legislations is emphasised in the policy.

3.3 National Environmental Policy, Legislation and Guidelines

The enactment of comprehensive legislation on the environment, covering multiple areas of concern, is a relatively new and ongoing phenomenon in Pakistan. Whereas, a basic policy and legislative framework for the protection of the environment and overall biodiversity in the country is now in place, detailed rules, regulations and guidelines required for the implementation of the policies and enforcement of legislation are still in various stages of formulation and discussion. The following section presents a brief overview of the existing national policies, legislation and guidelines.

3.3.1 National Environmental Policy, 2005

The National Environmental Policy (NEP) was approved by the PEPA in its 10th meeting on 27th December 2004 under the chairmanship of the Prime Minister of Pakistan and thereafter approved by the Cabinet on 29th June 2005. NEP is the primary policy of Government of Pakistan that addresses the environmental issues of the country. The broad Goal of NEP is, “To protect, conserve and restore Pakistan’s environment in order to improve the quality of life of the citizens through sustainable

Policy, Legislation and Guidelines EIA for Expansion of 404MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS


development”. The NEP identifies the following set of sectoral and cross-sectoral guidelines to achieve its Goal of sustainable development.

a. Sectoral Guidelines:

Water and sanitation, Air quality and noise, Waste management, Forestry, Biodiversity and Protected areas, Climate change and Ozone depletion, Energy efficiency and renewable, Agriculture and livestock, and Multilateral environmental agreements.

b. Cross-sectoral Guidelines:

Poverty, Population, Gender, Health, Trade and environment, Environment and local governance, and Natural disaster management

The NEP suggests the following policy instruments to overcome the environmental problems through out the country:

Integration of environment into development planning;

Legislation and regulatory framework;

Capacity development;

Economic and market based instrument;

Public awareness and education; and

Public private civil society partnership.

NEP is a policy document and does not apply to projects. However, Uch-II should ensure that the project should not add to the aggravation of the environmental issues identified in NEP and mitigation measures should be adopted to minimise or avoid any contribution of the project in these areas.

3.3.2 National Conservation Strategy

Before the approval of NEP, the National Conservation Strategy (NCS) was considered as the Government’s primary policy document on national environmental issues. At the moment this strategy just exists as a national conservation program. The NCS identifies 14 core areas including conservation of biodiversity; pollution prevention and abatement; soil and water conservation; and preservation of cultural heritage, and recommends immediate attention to these core areas in order to preserve the country’s environment.

NCS does not directly apply to power generation projects. However, Uch-II should ensure that the project should not add to the aggravation of the 14 core environmental issues identified in the NCS and mitigation measures should be adopted to minimise or avoid any contribution of the project in these areas.



3.3.3 The Biodiversity Action Plan

The Biodiversity Action Plan (BAP), which has been designed to complement the NCS and the proposed provincial conservation strategies, identifies the causes of biodiversity loss in Pakistan and suggests a series of proposals for action to conserve biodiversity in the country.

The BAP recognises that an EIA is used as a tool at a project level to identify environmental effects of a proposed project and to plan for reducing adverse effects. The BAP further stipulates that an EIA needs to be initiated at an early stage of project development and that public participation in the review of potential effects is important.

3.3.4 Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997

PEPA is the basic legislative tool empowering the government to frame regulations for the protection of the environment. PEPA is broadly applicable to air, water, soil, marine and noise pollution, as well as the handling of hazardous waste. Penalties have been prescribed for those contravening the provisions of the Act. The powers of the federal and provincial Environmental Protection Agencies (EPAs) were also considerably enhanced under this legislation and they have been empowered to conduct inquiries into possible breaches of environmental law either of their own accord, or upon the registration of a complaint.

Under section 12 of PEPA, no project involving construction activities or any change in the physical environment can be taken unless an IEE or EIA as required is conducted and a report submitted to the federal or provincial EPA.

3.3.5 Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of IEE and EIA Regulations, 2000

The Pak-EPA Review of IEE and EIA Regulations, 2000 (the ‘Regulations’), prepared by the Pak-EPA under the powers conferred upon it by the PEPA, provide the necessary details on the preparation, submission, and review of IEE and EIA.

The Regulation classifies projects on the basis of expected degree of adverse environmental impacts and lists them in two separate schedules. Schedule I lists projects that may not have significant environmental impacts and therefore require an IEE. Schedule II lists projects of potentially significant environmental impacts requiring preparation of an EIA. Power plants are included in Schedule II. The Regulations also require that all projects located in environmentally sensitive areas require preparation of an EIA.

3.3.6 National and International Environmental Quality Standards

The National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS) were first promulgated in 1993 and were last revised in 2000. The NEQS specify standards for industrial and municipal



effluents, gaseous emissions, ambient air requirements and emission levels for Sulfur dioxide and Nitrogen oxide, vehicular emissions and noise levels (provided in Table 3-1

to Table 3-5). The PEPA specifies the imposition of a pollution charge in case of non-compliance with the NEQS. Standards for disposal of solid waste have not been promulgated as yet.

3.3.7 Conduct of an EIA

The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of IEE and EIA Regulations, 2000 (The 2000 Regulations) promulgated under PEPA 1997 were enforced on 15 June, 2000. The 2000 Regulations define the applicability and procedures for preparation, submission and review of IEEs and EIAs. These Regulations also give legal status to the Pakistan Environmental Assessment Procedures prepared by the Federal EPA in 1997.

As per Schedule-A for policy and procedures for the filing, review and approval of environment assessments the proposed extension of power plant falls under the list of projects which require an EIA. The projects in Schedule-A are generally major projects and have the potential to affect a large number of people. The impacts of such projects may be irreversible and could lead to significant changes in land use and the social, physical and biological environment. The preparation of this EIA satisfies the requirement of the 2000 Regulations.

3.3.8 Approval from Balochistan Environmental Protection Agency

As per the 2000 Regulations, Uch-II will be required to submit the EIA report to Balochistan Environmental Protection Agency (BEPA) and seek approval on the same from BEPA. 10 hard copies and 2 soft copies of the EIA report will need to be submitted to BEPA. BEPA will grant its decision on the EIA as per the rules and procedures set out in the 2000 Regulations. The following rules apply.

A fee is payable to BEPA for review of the EIA.

The EIA submittal is to be accompanied by an application in the format prescribed in Schedule IV of the 2000 Regulations.

BEPA is bound to conduct a preliminary scrutiny and reply within 10 days of the submittal of the report a) confirming completeness, or b) asking for additional information, if needed.

BEPA will publish a public notice in any English or Urdu national newspaper and in a local newspaper of general circulation in the area affected by the project. The public notice will mention the following:

The type of project

The location of the project



The name and address of the proponent

The places at which the EIA can be accessed

The date, time and place for public hearing of any comments on the project or its EIA

The date set for public hearing will not be earlier than 30 days from the date of publication of the public notice.

In the review process BEPA may consult a Committee of Experts, which maybe constituted on the request of the Director General (DG) BEPA.

On completion of the review process and the public hearing, the decision of BEPA will be communicated to the proponent in the form prescribed in Schedule VI.

Where an EIA is approved, BEPA can impose additional controls as part of the conditions of approval.

BEPA is required to make every effort to complete the EIA review process within 90 days of the issue of confirmation of completeness. However, BEPA can take up to 4 months for communication of final decision.

The approval will remain valid for the project duration mentioned in the EIA but on the condition that the project commences within a period of three years from the date of approval. If the project is initiated after three years from approval date, the proponent will have to apply for an extension in the validity period. The BEPA on receiving such request grant extension (not exceeding 3 years at a time) or require the proponent to submit a fresh EIA if in the opinion of BEPA changes in baseline conditions or the project so warrant.

After receiving approval from BEPA the proponent will acknowledge acceptance of the conditions of approval by executing an undertaking in the form prescribed in Schedule VII of the 2000 Regulations.

The 2000 Regulations also require proponents to obtain from BEPA, after the end of construction phase of the project, a confirmation that the requirements of the EIA and the conditions of approval have been duly complied with.

The BEPA in granting the confirmation of compliance may impose any additional control regarding the environmental management of the project or the operation, as it deems necessary.

3.3.9 Project Monitoring and Compliance

During project execution Uch-II will be required to comply with the recommendations of the EIA and any conditions of approval set forth by BEPA. Post EIA monitoring and reporting is mandatory under clause 19 of the 2000 Regulations. The Regulations require



proponents of all projects to submit monitoring reports on completion of construction, yearly reports during operation, and any additional reports required by the EPA. The format and contents of such reports are not specified in the law.

3.3.10 Effluent and Emission Self Monitoring and Reporting

a. National Environmental Quality Standards (Self Monitoring and Reporting by Industry) Rules, 2001

These rules establish pollution limits for industries in Pakistan under an honor-based self-monitoring system obliging all industries to monitor liquid effluents and gaseous emissions and submit environmental monitoring reports (in the formats set out in Schedule VI) to the relevant EPA (in this case BEPA) timely and correctly. Thermal Power Plants (Gas Fired) are classified as Category-B for monitoring of both liquid effluents and gaseous emissions. All industrial units in Category-B are required to submit environmental monitoring reports on quarterly basis and they shall maintain a record of the times during which start-up and upset conditions occur, and shall mention the total time elapsed in such conditions in its monthly environmental monitoring report.

b. Industrial Pollution Charge (Calculation and Collection) Rules, 2001

These rules ensure the correct calculation, reporting and payment of pollution charges by polluting/industrial units. As per this regulation, Uch-II will be liable to pay pollution charge for any pollution above NEQS. The list of parameters on which pollution charges shall apply and the method of calculating pollution charge are given in the Schedules attached to the Regulation.

c. Environmental Sample Rules, 2001

These rules authorise the Federal EPA and its authorised persons to obtain and test samples from industries to verify self-monitoring reports and calculation of pollution charges.

d. National Environmental Quality Standards (Certification of Environmental Laboratories) Rules, 2001

These rules were established as checks on environmental laboratories and require all laboratories to be certified from the Federal EPA as per the rules and criteria set out in the regulation.

3.3.11 Balochistan Wildlife Protection Act, 1974

This ordinance provides for the preservation, protection, and conservation of wildlife by the formation and management of protected areas and prohibition of hunting of wildlife species declared protected under the ordinance.

The ordinance also specifies three broad classifications of the protected areas: national parks, wildlife sanctuaries and game reserves. Activities such as hunting and breaking of land for mining are prohibited in national parks, as are removing vegetation or polluting



water flowing through the park. Wildlife sanctuaries are areas that have been set aside as undisturbed breeding grounds and cultivation and grazing is prohibited in the demarcated areas. Nobody is allowed to reside in a wildlife sanctuary and entrance for the general public is by special dispensation. However, these restrictions may be relaxed for scientific purpose or betterment of the respective area on the discretion of the governing authority in exceptional circumstances. Game reserves are designated as areas where hunting or shooting is not allowed except under special permits.

The plant is located outside of any wildlife protected area therefore the project will not contravene with any provisions of this Act.

3.3.12 Canal and Drainage Act, 1873

Canals are defined as channels, pipes and reservoirs constructed and maintained by the Government for the supply for storage of water. Under section 27 of the Act a person desiring to have a supply of water from a canal for purposes other than irrigation shall submit a written application to a Canal Officer who may, with the sanction of the Provincial Government give permission under special conditions. The Act under section 61 also prohibits the damaging, altering, enlarging or obstructing the canals without proper authority.

The Canal and Drainage Act (1873) prohibits corruption or fouling of water in canals (defined to include channels, tube wells, reservoirs and watercourses), or obstruction of drainage.

These acts have relevance to the project as the project water requirements will be met through canal water. Any abstraction of water from the canal will only be allowed after getting formal approval from the concerned irrigation department.

Although the area surrounding the power plant has the presence of irrigation network, however the project activities will be limited to existing plant boundary and will not cause any physical damage to the canals. Similarly as the project is designed as a no discharge facility there will be no alteration in water quality.

3.3.13 The Forest Act, 1927

The act empowers the provincial forest departments to declare any forest area as reserved or protected. The act also empowers the provincial forest departments to prohibit the clearing of forest for cultivation, grazing, hunting, removing forest produce; quarrying and felling, lopping and topping of trees, branches in reserved and protected forests. The project area is located outside any reserved or protected forest area therefore the project will not contravene with any provisions of the Act



3.3.14 Antiquities Act, 1975

The protection of cultural resources in Pakistan is ensured by the Antiquities Act of 1975. Antiquities have been defined in the Act as ancient products of human activity, historical sites, or sites of anthropological or cultural interest, national monuments etc. The act is designed to protect antiquities from destruction, theft, negligence, unlawful excavation, trade and export. The law prohibits new construction in the proximity of a protected antiquity and empowers the Government of Pakistan to prohibit excavation in any area which may contain articles of archaeological significance.

As part of the Uch-1, the project site was screened by the Department of Archaeology and Museums, nothing of any archaeological interest was identified at the project site.

3.3.15 Pakistan Penal Code, 1860

The Pakistan Penal Code (1860) authorises fines, imprisonment or both for voluntary corruption or fouling of public springs or reservoirs so as to make them less fit for ordinary use.

3.3.16 National Environmental Guidelines

a. The Pakistan Environmental Assessment Procedures 1997

The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency prepared the Pakistan Environmental Assessment Procedures in 1997. The guidelines pertaining to the review process of EIA’s have been given regulatory status in the Review of IEE and EIA Regulations 2000. They are based on much of the existing work done by international donor agencies and NGO’s.

The package of regulations prepared by PEPA includes:

Policy and Procedures for Filing, Review and Approval of Environmental Assessments;

Guidelines for the Preparation and Review of Environmental Reports;

Guidelines for Public Consultation;

Guidelines for Sensitive and Critical Areas; and

Sectoral Guidelines-for environmental reports major thermal power stations

The guidelines on policy and procedures define the policy context and the administrative procedures that will govern the environmental assessment process, from the project pre-feasibility stage, to the approval of the environmental report. According to the procedures laid out in the policy guidelines, IEE’s or ElA’s are to be filed with the EPA of the province where the project is to be implemented. The federal EPA has, however, been given the right to review any environmental report at any time and the power to revoke the decision of the provincial EPA, if it deems this to be necessary.



Projects have been classified in the policy guidelines by expected degree of adverse environmental impacts. All projects proposed in environmentally sensitive areas (including Game Reserves and Wildlife sanctuaries) require an EIA.

The Procedures require proponents to prepare terms of reference for the environmental assessment reports. They require that all EIA studies should contain baseline data on the area and must contain a detailed assessment of the potential environmental impacts and the recommended mitigation measures. Consultations with the communities that are most likely to be affected as well as relevant NGO’s are to be an integral part of the EIA process.

The guidelines on public consultation deals with possible approaches to public consultation and techniques for designing an effective program of consultation that reaches out to all major stakeholders and ensures the incorporation of their concerns in any impact assessment study.

Lastly, there are guidelines for power plants. The guidelines provide a sectoral overview of the industry and the processes. The guidelines further state that construction of power plant can not be carried out without submitting either an IEE or an E1A. The guidelines also provide the environmental impacts related with construction and operation phase of the power plant and suitable mitigation measures.

3.4 International Treaties and Guidelines

3.4.1 International Treaties

Pakistan is a signatory to various international treaties and conventions on the conservation of the environment and wildlife protection. The country is thus obliged to adhere to the commitments specified in these treaties.

a. The Convention on Biological Diversity

The Convention on Biological Diversity was adopted during the Earth Summit of 1992 at Rio de Janeiro. The Convention requires parties to develop national plans for the conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity, and to integrate these plans into national development programmes and policies. Parties are also required to identify components of biodiversity that are important for conservation, and to develop systems to monitor the use of such components with a view to promoting their sustainable use.

b. The Convention on Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals, (1979)

The Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals (CMS), (1979), requires countries to take action to avoid endangering migratory species. The term "migratory species" refers to the species of wild animals, a significant proportion of whose members cyclically and predictably cross one or more national jurisdictional



boundaries. The parties are also required to promote or co-operate with other countries in matters of research on migratory species.

The Convention contains two appendices. Appendix I contain the list of migratory species that are endangered according to the best scientific evidence available. For these species, the member states to the Convention are required endeavor to:

Conserve and restore their habitats.

Prohibit their hunting, fishing, capturing, harassing and deliberate killing.

Remove obstacles and minimise activities that seriously hinder their migration.

Control other factors that might endanger them, including control of introduced exotic species.

Appendix II lists the migratory species, or groups of species, that have an unfavourable conservation status as well as those that would benefit significantly from the international co-operation that could be achieved through intergovernmental agreements.

c. The Convention on Wetlands of International Importance, Ramsar 1971

Pakistan is a signatory to the said Convention. The principal obligations of contracting parties to the Convention are:

To designate wetlands for the List of Wetlands of International Importance.

To formulate and implement planning so as to promote wise use of wetlands, to make EIA before transformations of wetlands, and to make national wetland inventories.

To establish nature reserves on wetlands and provide adequately for their wardening and through management to increase waterfowl populations on appropriate wetlands.

To train personnel competent in wetland research, management and wardening.

To promote conservation of wetlands by combining far-sighted national policies with coordinated international action, to consult with other contracting parties about implementing obligations arising from the Convention, especially about shared wetlands and water system.

To promote wetland conservation concerns with development aid agencies.

To encourage research and exchange of data.

So far 19 sites in Pakistan have been declared as wetlands of International Importance or Ramsar Sites. However no Ramsar site is located within the project area.



d. Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES)

This convention came into effect on 03 March 1973 in Washington. In all 130 countries are signatory to this convention with Pakistan signing the convention in 1976.

The convention requires the signatories to impose strict regulation (including penalisation, confiscation of the specimen etc.) regarding trade of all species threatened with extinction or that may become so, in order not to endanger further their survival.

The Convention contains three appendices. Appendix I include all species threatened with extinction which are or may be affected by trade. The Convention requires that trade in these species should be subject to strict regulation. Appendix II includes species that are not necessarily threatened presently but may become so unless trade in specimens of these species is subject to strict regulation. Appendix III includes species which any contracting party identifies as subject to regulations in trade and requires other parties to co-operate in this matter.

e. International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN) Red List

The red list is published by IUCN and includes those species that are under potential threat of extinction. These species have been categorised as

Endangered: species that are sent to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild in the near future, reduction of 50% or more either in the last 10 years or over the last three generations, survive only in small numbers, or have very small populations.

Vulnerable in Decline: species that are seen to be facing a risk of extinction in the wild, having apparent reductions of 20% or more in the last 10 years or three generations.

Vulnerable: species that are seen to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild, but not necessarily experiencing recent reductions in population size.

Lower Risk: species that are seen to be facing a risk of extinction that is lesser in extent that for any of the above categories.

Data Deficient: species that may be at risk of extinction in the wild but at the present time there is insufficient information available to make a firm decision about its status.

Two species Greater spotted eagle and White eyed Pochard observed in the project area are listed in IUCN Red List 2006. White eyed Pochard, which is a migratory species listed on Appendix-II of CMS and categorised as Near Threatened (NT) species in IUCN Red List 2006 was observed at the evaporation pond.



f. 1992 Climate Change Convention and Koyoto Protocol

The convention aims at stabilizing greenhouse gases (GHGs) concentration in the atmosphere at a level that would prevent dangerous anthropogenic interference with the climate system. To achieve the objective of the convention, all parties are generally required to develop national inventories of emission; formulate and implement national and regional programs of mitigation measures; all developed country parties were specifically obliged to take measures to limit GHG emissions by the year 2000 at 1990 levels and the developing countries to take all measures in support of the protection of atmosphere without any formal commitment on the quantified reduction of these gases in a time frame.

The Kyoto Protocol is an amendment to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) an international treaty on global warming. Ratifying developed countries commit to reduce their combined greenhouse gas levels by 5%, including six GHGs, i.e. Carbon dioxide (CO2), Methane (CH4), Nitrous oxide (N2O), Hydro fluorocarbons (HFCs), Per fluorocarbons (PFCs), and Sulfur hexafluoride (SF6). As of November 2007, total of 174 countries have signed and ratified the agreement, with the notable exceptions of the United States of America.

If successful, the Kyoto Protocol is expected to reduce the average global temperature between 0.02°C and 0.28°C by the year 2050. The Kyoto Protocol proposes to set up framework for (a) Joint Implementation of projects aimed at reduction of GHGs, (b) establishment of Clean Development Mechanism (CDM), and (c) Emissions Trading, which could be availed by all developing country Parties, including Pakistan. Pakistan signed the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) in Rio in 1992. It was ratified in June 1994 and it became effective for Pakistan, as Party, with effect from 30th August 1994

One hundred and thirty-seven (137) developing countries have ratified the protocol. Developing countries including Pakistan have no obligation beyond monitoring and reporting emissions.

3.4.2 International Guidelines

a. World Bank Guidelines on Environment

The principal World Bank publications that contain environmental guidelines are listed below.

Environmental Assessment-Operational Policy 4.01. Washington, DC, USA. World Bank 1999.

Environmental Assessment Sourcebook, Volume I: Policies, Procedures, and Cross-Sectoral Issues. World Bank Technical Paper Number 139, Environment Department, the World Bank, 1991.



Environmental Assessment Sourcebook, Volume III: Guidelines for Environmental Assessment of Energy and Industry Projects. World Bank Technical Paper No. 154, Environment Department, the World Bank, 1991.

Environmental Health and Safety (EHS) guidelines, International Finance Corporation (IFC) World Bank Group, 2008.

The first two publications listed here provide general guidelines for the conduct of an EIA, and address the EIA practitioners themselves as well as project designers. While the Sourcebook in particular has been designed with Bank projects in mind, and is especially relevant for the impact assessment of large-scale infrastructure projects, it contains a wealth of information which is useful to environmentalists and project proponents.

The Sourcebook identifies a number of areas of concern, which should be addressed during impact assessment. It sets out guidelines for the determination of impacts, provides a checklist of tools to identify possible biodiversity issues and suggests possible mitigation measures. Possible development project impacts on wild lands, wetlands, forests etc. are also identified and mitigation measures suggested. The Sourcebook also highlights concerns in social impact assessment, and emphasises the need to incorporate socio-economic issues in EIA exercises.

The EHS guidelines are technical reference documents with general and industry-specific examples of Good International Industry Practice (GIIP).

These guidelines contain the performance levels and measures that are generally considered to be achievable in new facilities by existing technology at reasonable costs. Application of the EHS Guidelines to existing facilities may involve the establishment of site-specific targets, based on environmental assessments and/or environmental audits as appropriate, with an appropriate timetable for achieving them.

The EHS guidelines for thermal power plants were published in December 2008 and include information relevant to combustion processes fueled by gaseous, liquid and solid fossil fuels and biomass and designed to deliver electrical or mechanical power, steam, heat, or any combination of these, regardless of the fuel type (except for solid waste which is covered under a separate Guideline for Waste Management Facilities), with a total rated heat input capacity above 50 Megawatt thermal input (MWth) on Higher Heating Value (HHV) basis. It applies to boilers, reciprocating engines, and combustion turbines in new and existing facilities. A detailed description of industry activities for this sector and guidance for Environmental Assessment (EA) of thermal power projects is also provided in these guidelines.

The guidelines provide a brief description of the following:



Industry Specific Impacts and Management This section provides a summary of the most significant EHS issues associated with thermal power plants, which occur during the operational phase, along with recommendations for their management. The section also highlights the environmental issues related with power plant operations including the following:

Air emissions;

Energy efficiency and greenhouse gas emissions;

Water consumption and aquatic habitat alteration;

Effluents;

Solid wastes;

Hazardous materials and oil;

Noise.

The section also provides occupational health and safety risks and mitigation measures during plant construction, operation and decommissioning to overcome the same with special emphasis on:

Non-ionizing radiation;

Heat;

Noise;

Confined spaces;

Electrical hazards;

Fire and explosion hazards;;

Chemical hazards;

Dust.

Lastly the section highlights the issues related to community safety and health with particular attention on:

Water consumption;

Traffic safety.

The issues not discussed in this guideline have been provided in the General EHS guidelines published by the IFC.

Performance Indicators and Monitoring This section provides the performance indicators of various parameters both from an environmental as well as occupational health and safety perspective. The monitoring



requirements of various parameters during plant operation phase are also provided in this section.

Environmental Performance Indicators and Monitoring: The environmental performance indicators provide the effluent and air emissions guideline values of various parameters during power plant operations. Effluent guidelines are provided in Table 3-

6. Effluent guidelines are applicable for direct discharges of treated effluents to surface waters for general use and hence are not applicable on the proposed project as the power plant will be designed as a zero discharge facility with the waste water being discharged to the on-site evaporation pond.

Separate guideline values of various pollutants have been prepared based on the type of equipment used (e.g. combustion turbines, reciprocating engines and boilers). The air emission guidelines of various pollutants for combustion turbines are provided in Table

3-7 since this will be used during Uch-2 operation. The maximum emissions levels given here can be consistently achieved by well designed, well-operated, and well-maintained pollution control systems. In contrast, poor operating or maintenance procedures affect actual pollutant removal efficiency and may reduce it to well below the design specification. Dilution of air emissions to achieve these guidelines is unacceptable.

Furthermore emissions should not result in pollutant concentrations that reach or exceed relevant ambient quality guidelines and standards by applying national legislated standards (i.e. NEQS), or in their absence, the current WHO Air Quality Guidelines, or other internationally recognised sources. The NEQS ambient air quality and emission guidelines for oxides of Sulfur and Nitrogen are presented in Table 3-3 and 3-4 respectively. The WHO ambient air quality guidelines are provided in Table 3-8. The values of the pollutants including oxides of Sulfur and Nitrogen, Ozone and Particulate matter less than 2.5 and 10 micron in size were revised in the document namely Air Quality Guidelines global update 2005 published values. These revised values of the above mentioned pollutants have been presented in Table 3-9.

Also, emissions from a single project should not contribute more than 25% of the applicable ambient air quality standards to allow additional, future sustainable development in the same air shed.

Environmental monitoring programs for this sector are presented in Table 3-10. Monitoring data should be analysed and reviewed at regular intervals and compared with the operating standards so that any necessary corrective actions can be taken. Examples of emissions stack testing, ambient air quality, and noise monitoring recommendations applicable to power plants are also provided in Table 3-10.

Occupational Health and Safety Guidelines: Occupational health and safety performance should be evaluated against internationally published exposure guidelines, of which examples include the Threshold Limit Value (TLV) occupational exposure guidelines



and Biological Exposure Indices (BEIs) published by American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH), the Pocket Guide to Chemical Hazards published by the United States National Institute for Occupational Health and Safety (NIOSH), Permissible Exposure Limits (PELs) published by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration of the United States (OSHA), Indicative Occupational Exposure Limit Values published by European Union member states, or other similar sources.

Additional indicators specifically applicable to electric power sector activities include the ICNIRP exposure limits for occupational exposure to electric and magnetic fields listed in Table 3-11. Additional applicable indicators such as noise and electrical hazards are presented in Table 3-12 and 3-13 respectively.

The working environment should be monitored for occupational hazards relevant to the specific project. Monitoring should be designed and implemented by accredited professionals as part of an occupational health and safety monitoring program. Facilities should also maintain a record of occupational accidents and diseases and dangerous occurrences and accidents. Table 3-14 presents the WHO guideline values for community noise in specific environments.



Table 3-1: NEQS for municipal and industrial effluentsa

Parameters Into inland

water Into sewage

treatmentb

Temperature or temperature increasec ≤3°C ≤3°C

PH 6-9 6-9

Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD5) at 20oCd

80 250

Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)d 150 400

Total Suspended Solids (TSS) 200 400

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) 3,500 3,500

Grease and oil 10 10

Phenolic compounds (as phenol) 0.1 0.3

Chloride (as Cl–) 1,000 1,000

Fluoride (as F) 10 10

Total cyanide (as CN-) 1.0 1.0

An-ionic detergents (as MBAS)e 20 20

Sulphate (SO4) 600 1,000

Sulphide (S-) 1.0 1.0

Ammonia (NH3) 40 40

Pesticidesf 0.15 0.15

Cadmiumg 0.1 0.1

Chromium (trivalent & hexavalent)g 1.0 1.0

Copperg 1.0 1.0

Leadg 0.5 0.5

Mercuryg 0.01 0.01

Seleniumg 0.5 0.5

Nickelg 1.0 1.0

Silverg 1.0 1.0

Total Toxic metals 2.0 2.0

Zinc 5.0 5.0

Arsenicg 1.0 1.0

Bariumg 1.5 1.5

Iron 8.0 8.0



Parameters Into inland

water Into sewage

treatmentb

Manganese 1.5 1.5

Borong 6.0 6.0

Chlorine 1.0 1.0

Source: Qadar (2003) Notes a All values are in mg/l, unless otherwise defined b Applicable only when and where sewage treatment is operational and BOD5=80 mg/L is achieved by the sewage treatment system c The effluent should not result in temperature increase of more than 3°C at the edge of zone where initial mixing and dilution take place in the receiving body. In case zone is defined, use 100 meters from the point of discharge d Assuming minimum dilution 1:10 on discharge, lower ratio would attract progressively stringent standards to be determined by the Federal Environmental Protection Agency. By 1:10 dilution means, for example that for each one cubic meter of treated effluent, the recipient water body should have 10 cubic meter of water for dilution of this effluent e Modified Benzene Alkyl Sulphate; assuming surfactant as biodegradable f Pesticides include herbicide, fungicides and insecticides g Subject to the total toxic metals discharge should not exceed level of total toxic metals

Table 3-2: NEQS for selected gaseous pollutants from industrial sourcesa

Parameter Source of emission Standard

Smoke Any 40% or 2 Ringlemann scale or equivalent smoke number

Particulate matterb Boilers and furnaces:

Oil fired 300

Coal fired 500

Cement kilns 300

Grinding, crushing, clinker coolers and related processes, metallurgical processes, converter blast furnaces and cupolas

500

Hydrogen chloride Any 400

Chlorine Any 150

Hydrogen fluoride Any 150

Hydrogen sulfide Any 10

Sulfur oxidesc Sulfuric acid/Sulfonic acid plants 5,000

Other plants except power plants operating on oil and coal

1,700

Carbon monoxide Any 800



Parameter Source of emission Standard

Lead Any 50

Mercury Any 10

Cadmium Any 20

Arsenic Any 20

Copper Any 50

Antimony Any 20

Zinc Any 200

Nitric acid manufacturing unit 3,000 Oxides of nitrogend

Other plants except power plants operating on oil or coal:

Oil Fired 400

Coal fired 600

Cement kilns 1,200

Source: Qadar (2003) Notes: a All values are in mg/Nm3, unless otherwise defined b Based on the assumption that the size of the particulates is 10 micron or more c Based on 1% Sulfur content in fuel oil. Higher content of Sulfur will cause standards to be pro-rated d In respect of the emissions of the sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxides, the power plants operating on oil or coal as fuel shall, in addition to NEQS specified above, comply with the following standards

Table 3-3: NEQS for Sulfur dioxide ambient air requirements

Sulfur dioxide background levels Standards

Background air quality

(SO2 Basis)

Annual average

(µg/m3)

Max 24 hrs

(µg/m3)

Criterion I

max. SO2 emissions

(tons/day/plant)

Criterion II

max. allowable increment to ground

level

(µg/m3)

Unpolluted <50 <200 500 50

Moderately Polluteda

Low 50 200 500 50

High 100 400 100 10

Very Pollutedb >100 >400 100 10

Source: Qadar (2003) Notes:

a For intermediate values between 50 and 100 µg/m3 linear interpolations should be used b No project with sulfur dioxide emissions will be recommended



Table 3-4: NEQS for Nitrogen oxide ambient air requirements and emission

from sources

Standard Pollutant

Ambient air concentration (µg/m3)

Emission levels (ng/J)

Nitrogen Oxides expreseed as NO2

100 130 for liquid fossil fuel 300 for solid fossil fuel 260 for lignite fossil fuel

Source: Qadar (2003)

Table 3-5: NEQS for motor vehicle exhaust and noise

Parameter Standard Measuring method

Smoke 40% or 2 on the Ringlemann scale during engine acceleration mode

To be compared with Ringlemann Chart at a distance of 6 meters or more

Carbon monoxide New vehicles: 4.5% Used vehicles: 6%

Under idling conditions, non-dispersive infrared detection through gas analyser

Noise 85 dB (A) Sound-meter at 7.5 meters from the source

Source: Qadar (2003) Notes: a 10 years or older



Table 3-6: World Bank effluent guideline values

Parameter Value

(mg/L, except for pH and temperature)

pH 6 -9

TSS 50

Oil and grease 10

Total residual chlorine 0.2

Chromium – Total (Cr) 0.5

Copper (Cu) 0.5

Iron (Fe) 1.0

Zinc (Zn) 1.0

Lead (Pb) 0.5

Cadmium (Cd) 0.1

Mercury (Hg) 0.005

Arsenic (Ar) 0.5

Temperature increase by thermal discharge from cooling system

Site specific requirement to be established by the EA. Elevated temperature areas due to discharge of once through cooling water (e.g., 1 Celcius above, 2 Celcius above, 3 Celcius above ambient water temperature) should be minimised by adjusting intake and outfall design through the project specific EA depending on the sensitive aquatic ecosystems around the discharge point.

Notes:

Applicability of heavy metals should be determined in the EA. Guideline limits in the Table are from various references of effluent performance by thermal power plants. Applicability of heavy metals should be determined in the EA. Guideline limits in the Table are from various references of effluent performance by thermal power plants.



Table 3-7: World Bank emission guidelines (in mg/Nm3 or as indicated) for combustion turbine

Combustion Technology / Fuel Particulate

Matter (PM) Sulfur dioxide (SO2) Nitrogen oxides (NOx)

Dry gas, excess O2 content (%)

Combustion Turbine NDA/DA NDA/DA

Natural Gas (all turbine types of Unit > 50 MWth) N/A N/A N/A N/A 51 (25 ppm) 15%

Fuels other than Natural Gas (Unit > > 50 MWth) 50 30 Use of 1% or less

S fuel Use of 0.5% or less fuel 152 (74 ppm)a 15%

Notes:

Guidelines are applicable for new facilities. EA may justify more stringent or less stringent limits due to ambient environment, technical and economic considerations provided there is compliance with applicable ambient air quality standards and incremental impacts are minimised. For projects to rehabilitate existing facilities, case-by-case emission requirements should be established by the EA considering (i) the existing emission levels and impacts on the environment and community health, and (ii) cost and technical feasibility of bringing the existing emission levels to meet these new facilities limits. EA should demonstrate that emissions do not contribute a significant portion to the attainment of relevant ambient air quality guidelines or standards, and more stringent limits may be required. MWth = Megawatt thermal input or HHV basis; N/A = not applicable, NDA = Non-degraded airshed; DA = degraded airshed (poor air quality); Air shed should be considered as being degraded if nationally legislated air quality standards are exceeded or, in their absence, if WHO Air Quality Guidelines are exceeded significantly; S = sulfur content (expressed as a percent by mass); Nm3 is at one atmospheric pressure, 0 degree Celcius; MWth category is to apply to the single units; Guideline limits apply to facilities operating more than 500 hours per year. Emission levels should be evaluated on a one hour average basis and be achieved 95% of annual operating hours. If supplemental firing is used in a combined cycle gas turbine mode, the relevant guideline limits for combustion turbines should be achieved including emissions from those supplemental firing units (e.g., duct burners). (a) Technological differences (for example the use of Aero derivatives) may require different emissions values which should be evaluated on a cases-by-case basis through the EA process but which should not exceed 200 mg/Nm3.



Table 3-8: WHO ambient air quality guidelines

Compound Guideline Value Averaging Time

Ozone 120µg/m3 (0.06 ppm) 8 hours

200µg/m3 (0.11 ppm) 1 hour Nitrogen dioxide

40µg/m3 (0.021 ppm) Annual

500µg/m3 (0.175 ppm) 10 min

125µg/m3 (0.044 ppm) 24 hours Sulfur dioxide

50µg/m3 (0.017 ppm) Annual

Particulate matter*

100mg/m3 (90 ppm) 15 min

60mg/m3 (50 ppm) 30 min

30mg/m3 (25 ppm) 1 hour Carbon monoxide

10mg/m3 (10 ppm) 8 hours

Source: World Health Organization (WHO). Air Quality Guidelines (2000) * No guideline values have been recommended

Table 3-9: WHO updated ambient air quality guidelines

Pollutant Averaging

Period Guideline value in

µg/m3

24-hour

125 (Interim target-1) 50 (Interim target-2)

20 (guideline) Sulfur dioxide (SO2)

10 minute 500 (guideline)

1-year 40 (guideline) Nitrogen dioxide (NO2) 1-hour 200 (guideline)

1-year

70 (Interim target-1) 50 (Interim target-2) 30 (Interim target-3)

20 (guideline) Particulate Matter

PM10

24-hour


50 (guideline)

Particulate Matter

PM2.5

1-year




Pollutant Averaging

Period Guideline value in

µg/m3 10 (guideline)

24-hour

75 (Interim target-1) 50 (Interim target-2)

37.5 (Interim target-3) 25 (guideline)

Ozone

8-hour daily maximum

160 (Interim target-1) 100 (guideline)

Source: World Health Organization (WHO). Air Quality Guidelines Global Update, 2005 Notes:

PM 24-hour value is the 99th percentile. Interim targets are provided in recognition of the need for a staged approach to achieving the recommended guidelines.



Table 3-10: Typical air emission monitoring parameters/frequency for thermal power plants

Emission Monitoring Stack emission Testing

Combustion Technology/Fuel Particulate

Matter (PM)

Sulfur dioxide (SO2)

Nitrogen oxides (NOX)

PM SO2 NOX Heavy metals

Ambient air quality Noise

Reciprocating Engine

Natural Gas (Plant >50 MWth to <300 MWth)

N/A N/A Continuous or indicative

N/A N/A Annual N/A

Natural Gas (Plant >/= 300 MWth)

N/A N/A Continuous N/A N/A Annual N/A

Liquid (Plant >50 MWth to <300 MWth)

Continuous or indicative


Liquid (Plant >/=300 MWth)


Continuous if FGD is used or monitor by S content. Continuous

Annual

Biomass Continuous or indicative

N/A Continuous or indicative

Annual N/A Annual N/A

Combustion Turbine

Natural Gas (all turbine types of Unit > 50MWth)

N/A N/A Continuous or indicative

N/A N/A Annual N/A

Fuels other than Natural Gas (Unit > 50MWth)


Continuous if FGD is used or monitor by S content.


Annual

If incremental impacts predicted by EA >/=25 % of relevant short-term ambient air quality standards or if the plant >/= 1,200 MWth: -Monitor parameters (e.g., PM10/PM2.5/SO2/NOx to be consistent with the relevant ambient air quality standards) by continuous ambient air quality monitoring system (typically a minimum of 2 systems to cover predicted maximum ground level concentration point / sensitive receptor / background point). If incremental impacts predicted by EA < 25% of relevant short term ambient air quality standards and if the facility < 1,200 MWth but >/= 100 MWth - Monitor parameters either by passive

If EA predicts noise levels at residential receptors or other sensitive receptors are close to the relevant ambient noise standards / guidelines, or if there are such receptors close to the plant boundary (e.g., within 100m) then, conduct ambient noise monitoring every year to three years depending on the project circumstances. Elimination of noise monitoring can be considered acceptable if a comprehensive survey showed



Emission Monitoring Stack emission Testing

Combustion Technology/Fuel Particulate

Matter (PM)

Sulfur dioxide (SO2)

Nitrogen oxides (NOX)

PM SO2 NOX Heavy Metals

Ambient air quality Noise

Boiler

N/A N/A Annual N/A Natural gas N/A N/A Continuous or indicative

Annual Annual Annual N/A

Other Gaseous fuels Indicative Indicative Continuous or indicative

Liquid (Plant >50 MWth to < 600 MWth)



Liquid (Plant >=600 MWth) Continuous

Solid (Plant >50 MWth to <600 MWth)



Solid (Plant >/=600 MWth)


Continuous

Annual

samplers (monthly average) or by seasonal manual sampling (e.g., 1 weeks/season) for parameters consistent with the relevant air quality standards. Effectiveness of the ambient air quality monitoring program should be reviewed regularly. It could be simplified or reduced if alternative program is developed (e.g., local government’s monitoring network). Continuation of the program is recommended during the life of the project if there are sensitive receptors or if monitored levels are not far below the relevant ambient air quality standards.

that there are no receptors affected by the project or affected noise levels are far below the relevant ambient noise standards / guidelines.

Note: Continuous or indicative means “Continuously monitor emissions or continuously monitor indicative parameters”. Stack emission testing is to have direct measurement of emission levels to counter check the emission monitoring system.



Table 3-11: Exposure limits for occupational exposure to electric and magnetic

fields

Frequency Electric field (V/m) Magnetic field (µT)

50 Hz 10,000 500

60 Hz 8,300 415

Source: ICNIRP (1998) “Guidelines for limiting exposure to time-varying electric, magnetic, and electromagnetic fields (up to 300 GHz)”

Table 3-12: Noise limits for various working environments

Location /activity Equivalent level

LAeq, 8h Maximum LAmax, fast

Heavy Industry (no demand for oral communication) 85 dB(A) 110 dB(A)

Light industry (decreasing demand for oral communication) 50-65 dB(A) 110 dB(A)

Open offices, control rooms, service counters or similar areas 45-50 dB(A) -

Individual offices (no disturbing noise) 40-45 dB(A) -

Hospitals 30-35 dB(A) 40 dB(A)

Table 3-13: No approach zones for high voltage power lines

Nominal phase-to-phase voltage rating Minimum distance

750 or more volts, but no more than 150,000 volts 3 meters

More than 150,000 volts, but no more than 250,000 volts 4.5 meters

More than 250,000 volts 6 meters

Table 3-14: WHO guideline values for community noise in specific environments

Specific Environment LAeq (dB)

Averaging Time (hrs)

LAmax, fast (dB)

Outdoor living area 55 16 –

Dwelling (indoors) 35 16

School classrooms (indoors) 35 During class

Hospital, ward rooms, nighttime (indoors) 30 8 40

Industrial, commercial, shopping and traffic areas (indoors and outdoors)

70 24 110



4 Project Description

4.1 Project Background and Location

Uch Power Station owned by UPL is located approximately 600 kilo meters (km) north of Karachi and 42 km in the north west of Jacobabad, in the Dera Murad Jamali sub-district of Balochistan province in Pakistan. The plant is located along the main Sukkur – Quetta highway (N65) and Rohri – Quetta railway link. Figure 1-1 shows the key map of Uch Power Station.

The Uch Power Station is located within a boundary wall covering an area of approximately 260 hectares (642 acres) of land. The existing plant occupies only about 30% of the available land and rest of the land is lying vacant which was originally acquired for future expansion of the Power Station.

Uch-II intends to expand power generation capacity by about 404MW (ISO Gross Rating) at the existing Uch Power Station. The proposed extension (Uch-2) will require approximately 63 hectares (156 acres) of which 20% of the area will be reserved for residential and recreational facilities associated with the proposed extension project. General plant layout is shown in Figure 4-1.

The proposed project will consist of a conventional gas turbine, combined cycle, electricity generating plant with a gross output of about 404MW. The plant configuration is comprised of two nominal 134MW gas turbine generators, two heat recovery steam generators (HRSGs), one 134MW steam turbine generator and associated plant equipment and auxiliary systems.

The combustion turbines will normally be fired with a low-Btu gas from the Uch gas field.

4.2 Existing Project Components and Facilities

The existing power plant is based on a combined cycle arrangement featuring three combustion turbines, three HRSGs and single steam turbine along with ancillary equipment and services. The power plant has an ISO capacity rating of 586 MW and it started its commercial operation in October, 2000.

The technical parameters of Uch-1 are provided in Table 4-1.

Uch-1 components and facilities include:

Three GE 9171 Frame combustion gas turbines (GTs) designed to burn low calorific value gas. The units are equipped with manual blocking plate bypass stacks.

Project Description EIA for Expansion of 404MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS


The GTs consume approximately 318,000 kilo gram per hour (kg/hr) of gas when operating at base load.

One GE steam turbine installed on a pedestal with the condenser immediately beneath. The steam turbine is arranged with a combined high and medium pressure casing and separate double flow low pressure casing. The steam condenser is sized to allow full steam (dump) bypass.

Three Deltak HRSGs with a common feed water system with four feed pumps (three running and one standby) rated at 0.06 cubic meter per second (m3/s) motors and pumps. Feed water dosing is with hydrazine and ammonia. The stack height is 45.2 meters.

Central control room building for controlling the entire plant operations located near the steam turbine structure. The building is of concrete construction and also houses switchgear, the main motor control centres for 6.3 Kilo Volt (kV) and 400 V motors and computers.

Power is exported from the site via the switchyard equipped with SF6 type breakers, and two double circuit overhead lines. GTB and GTC each have an 11 .5 kV/6.3 kV station service transformer feeding the plant 6.3 kV system for main plant auxiliary loads.

A black start 6.3 kV, 3.5 MW diesel generator can provide power to the 6.3 kV switchgear for plant restart in the event of a grid disconnection.

A pumping system to supply water from the Pat Feeder Canal to the power plant through a 3 km under ground pipe line.

A raw water storage pond with a sixty day on site water storage capacity (per Power Purchase Agreement (PPA)).

A water pretreatment plant comprising of a clarifier using Ferric chloride and coagulant aid for coagulation. Settled sludge is pumped to settling tank where excess water is recovered and recycled. The clarified water is filtered by sand filters and used as potable water after disinfection by Sodium hypochloride and also for generating demineralised water.

A water treatment system comprising of two trains. Each train is comprised of carbon filter, cation bed, weak and strong anion beds and mixed bed. Regeneration of the resin beds uses HCL and NaOH which is stored in bunded tanks. The water treatment building also contains dosing systems for the clarifier flocculent, and for inhibiter and pH control for the cooling towers.

A demineralised water storage tank.



Fire and service water pump houses containing the service water pumps and the electric and diesel fire water pumps. The fire pumps are separated from the service water pumps and from each other by reinforced concrete block walls.

A cooling water system primarily for cooling steam turbine condenser with make up obtained from the water pre-treatment plant. The cooling tower is twelve cells, low rise, counter-flow, mechanical draught evaporative cooling tower designed and manufactured by GEA Shanghai Cooling Tower Ltd. There are three 50% circulating pumps.

A wastewater treatment basin to treat low-volume wastes (chemical drains and dematerialised regeneration wastes) prior to discharge. This basin treats low- volume wastes by sedimentation, flow equalization, and neutralization. Treated low-volume wastes and cooling tower blow down is discharged to evaporation pond.

A sewage treatment plant with treatment under aerobic conditions. Sewage generated at the residential colony and plant administration building is treated in the wastewater treatment unit before disposal to evaporation pond.

An unlined evaporation pond for final disposal of treated wastewater. Inflows to this pond include power plant discharges (i.e., cooling tower blow down and low volume wastewaters) as well as the treated sewage effluent. The evaporation pond covers a total water surface area of approximately 25 hectares (62 acres).

A gas receiving station receiving low calorific gas from Uch gas field through a dedicated Oil and Gas Development Corporation (OGDC) 66 cm (26 inch) diameter pipeline. The gas receiving station comprises a scrubber vessel and two 50% water bath heaters along with pressure control valves. The gas passes through three knock out pots, a metering system and filtration before the gas pressure is reduced to 35 bars.

Two HSD storage tanks each with a capacity 12,000 m3. The tanks are installed in a bunded area with satisfactory spatial separation from other plant buildings. There are two duplex filters and unloading metered pumps.

Hydrogen production unit for the generation of hydrogen for generator cooling. Hydrogen is stored in four 6.9 m3 capacity horizontal external bullet vessels at approximately 138 bars. Storage is sufficient for two generator changes.

Other site buildings including site administration office building of concrete block construction and a central warehouse.

Plant colony with living quarters and bungalows for the plant staff and recreational facilities. The plant colony has a capacity for 250 staff and is spread over an area of 10 hectares (25 acres). Facilities include catering and mess, medical clinic, a mosque, colony maintenance office and workshops, recreational and sports facilities.



A laboratory setup for monitoring the water treatment, sewage treatment, treatment of low water wastes, cooling tower water conductivity, air emission monitoring etc.

The entire site perimeter (about 1.6km by 1.6km) is provided a bund and security wall. Security pickets are provided at various points atop the wall.

The existing plant lay out is shown in Figure 4-2.

The process flow diagram for the existing plant activities is shown in Figure 4-3.

4.3 Proposed Uch- 2 Expansion Project

4.3.1 Site Description

Uch-2 will be located at site adjacent to and west of Uch-1. It will cover an area of about 63 hectares (156 acres) including space for evaporation pond, raw water pond and residential and recreational facilities in the plant colony.

The site selected for the Uch-2 has number of technical, operational, and environmental advantages. In particular, the site has the following advantages:

No additional land need be acquired for the project thus avoiding any issues associated with resettlements and conversion of arable land to non-agricultural uses.

Locating the plant at separate location would require additional land for auxiliary facilities, pipeline network, and offices. This has been avoided.

A single facility is also desirable from security, safety, and environmental management perspectives.

Photographic record of the proposed plant site is shown at the end of the chapter.

4.3.2 Project Description

The Uch-2 project setup including the equipment, machinery and processes will be similar to Uch-1 setup. The major difference is that plant capacity will be two third of the existing Uch-1 plant.

Detailed project setup for Uch-2 project is described below.

a. Gas Turbines (GTs)

The primary power plant equipment will be configured as an external installation, with the combustion turbines housed in individual acoustic enclosures. Exhaust gas from each combustion turbine will be ducted to an external heat recovery steam generator, HRSG (one HRSG per combustion turbine). A bypass stack with manual blanking plates will allow operation of the combustion turbine without the heat recovery boiler in service. The combustion turbines will be equipped with evaporative coolers to reduce the compressor air inlet temperature.



The GTs will be designed to burn low calorific value Gas – nominal 455 British thermal unit (BTU) per standard cubic feet (SCF). The GTs will normally consume approximately 0.57 kg/kWh of gas when operating at base load.

b. Steam Turbine (ST)

The High Pressure (HP), Intermediate Pressure (IP) steam generated in the heat recovery boilers will be piped via common header to the steam turbine. The steam turbine will be installed on a pedestal with the condenser beneath. At minimum weather protection will be provided for the bearing, governor and exciter areas. The steam turbine will be arranged with a combined high and medium pressure casing. The steam condenser will be sized to allow full steam (dump) bypass.

The plant structures will generally be on mass concrete or piled foundations.

c. Heat Recovery Steam Generators (HRSGs)

The two HRSGs will have a common feed water system with three feed pumps (two running and one standby. Feed water dosing will be with hydrazine and ammonia. Control of boiler water chemistry will be with tri-sodium phosphate. Online pH, conductivity and dissolved oxygen monitoring will be installed.

d. Plant control

All plant operations will be controlled and monitored from a central control room building. The building will be a concrete construction and will also house switchgear, the main motor control centres for 6.3kV and 400V motors and computers.

The plant’s control systems will be managed through a DCS which will interface with controllers for the GTs and the balance of plant control systems.

The main plant building, control room, 220 kV switchyard, ware houses and the administration building will cover an area of about 18 hectares (45 acres).

e. Power system and switch yard

Power from the three generators will be stepped up to 220kV individual generator step up (GSU) transformers. Power will be exported from the site via the switchyard provided with SF6 type breakers, and two double circuit overhead lines.

A black start 6.3 kV, 3.5 MW diesel generator will be installed to provide power for plant restart in the event of a grid disconnection.

6.3 kV/400 V transformers will supply the 400/230 V switchgear for plant loads, for rectification to 125 direct current (DC) for the instrument supply bus, and via batteries and converters for the uninterrupted power supply (UPS). The switchyard control building will contains relay room and the backup metering system. The primary metering equipment will be housed in an adjacent secure room and



be accessible only by WAPDA personnel. The terminal point between the plant and the WAPDA system will be at the outlet from the switchyard.

f. Water supply system

Water will be supplied to the site from the Pat Feeder Canal approximately 3km from site through pipeline in existing owned land corridor.

To meet the requirements of PPA and to manage water requirements during the Pat Feeder Canal closure, lined raw water storage and settling pond will be built. The area of water storage pond will be approximately 10 hectares (25 acres).

Water will be pumped from the storage pond via vertical pumps to clarifiers. Clarified water will be forwarded via a surge tank for cooling water make-up, to the service water tank and to the potable water plant.

The fire and service water pump house will contain the service water pumps and the electric and diesel fire water pumps. The fire pumps will be separated from the service water pumps and from each other by reinforced concrete block walls.

The water treatment demineralisation building will have two trains. Each train will be comprised of carbon filter, cation bed, weak and strong anion beds and mixed bed. Regeneration of the resin beds will use HCL and NaOH which will be stored in bunded tanks.

The water treatment building will also contain dosing systems for the clarifier flocculent, and for inhibiter and pH control for the cooling towers.

Summary of water requirements for various power plant operations is provided in Table 4-4.

g. Cooling water system

Cooling for the steam turbine condenser will be provided from a cooling tower of low rise, counter-flow, mechanical draught evaporative cooling tower design. Makeup water will be supplied from the water pre-treatment plant.

Reverse osmosis (RO) unit may also be installed to recycle the cooling tower blow down.

The cooling tower will be of reinforced concrete construction with PVC fill material.

h. Wastewater treatment system

Disposal of treated wastewater will be through an evaporation pond. Inflows to this pond will include power plant discharges (i.e. cooling tower blow down and low volume wastewaters) as well as the treated sewage effluent. The evaporation pond will cover a total water surface area of approximately 17 hectares (42 acres) and will have a 3- m berm (2 inch of maximum operating level with 1 m of freeboard).



The proposed facilities will also incorporate a treatment basin to treat low-volume wastes (chemical drains and demineralised regeneration wastes) prior to discharge. Treated low-volume wastes and cooling tower blow down will be discharged to a wastewater recovery basin.

A sewage treatment plant using aerobic conditions will be provided for sewage treatment. The evaporation pond will not be lined as the nature of the soil is silty clay with a very low permeability rate of 0.00143 to 0.000449 cm/day.

i. Low BTU gas fuel system

OGDCL will supply the low BTU gas from its wholly owned Uch gas field located approximately 50km east of the plant. The gas with al low calorific value will be transported to the power station via the existing dedicated OGDCL owned 66cm (26 inch) pipeline through an OGDCL gas receiving station. The gas will pass through knock out pots, a metering system and filtration and reduced to 35 bars pressure for delivering to the Uch-2 system.

The Uch-2 gas receiving station will comprise of a scrubber vessel and two water bath heaters along with pressure control valves. Condensing filters / gas scrubbers are also installed at each combustion turbine with dual strainers and pressure control valves.

The gas quality and composition will be monitored by on line gas chromatographs located at the Uch gas field and also on gas receiving station on site.

j. Site drainage network

There will be three drainage systems for the plant. All drains will discharge into evaporation pond after required treatment.

Plant areas will be provided with the plant low volume waste drain system, this drain system will discharge into plant low volume wastes treatment basin. Water collected through these drains will be treated by neutralisation and will finally be discharge to evaporation pond after mixing with cooling tower blow down.

Plant areas where there are chances of oil contamination in case of a spill, such as the fuel storage area, the main turbine area etc. will be provided with oil water drainage system, this drainage system will be routed to an oil separator and finally discharge into the evaporation pond.

The entire site will be provided with storm water drainage system.

k. Site buildings and support services

Other site buildings include the site offices which will be of concrete block construction and the warehouse and yards, which will be constructed of either concrete or steel frame with metal sheet cladding.



l. Residential and Recreational facilities

Living quarters for the proposed plant staff along with catering and recreational facilities will be provided in a housing colony adjacent to the existing housing colony which will be spread over an area of about 9 hectares (22 acres). The colony will have accommodation for about 100 personnel.

The Uch-2 layout is shown in Figure 4-4

4.4 Power Plant Construction and Commissioning

4.4.1 Construction schedule

Uch-II plans to start the construction activity for the proposed power station by first quarter 2010, and the handing over of the plant to O& M contractor in 2012. Construction schedule is shown in Table 4-3.

The Uch-2 plant construction and commissioning phase will consist of following activities:

Construction camp setup and mobilization of contractors;

Construction of power plant foundations and auxiliary structures (civil works);

Power Plant fabrication;

Power plant commissioning;

Demobilization and site restoration.

4.4.2 Construction camp

Construction contractors will mobilise and setup a construction camp which will be located adjacent to the proposed plant site within the Uch plant boundary. The construction camp will occupy an area of approximately 4 hectares (10 acres). The camp will be self contained and all staff from outside the project area will reside in the construction camp. The camp will have the following facilities:

Staff accommodation

Kitchen and mess facilities

Offices for construction staff

Warehouse and stores

Workshops for mechanical fabrication, repair and maintenance

Fuel storage tank

Medical clinic for first aid facilities

Backup generators



Fire fighting equipment

Laundry unit

Prayer hall

Vehicle parking area

The camp will be provided with periphery fencing and a drainage network. The construction camp may be a portacabin type accommodation. Power for the camp will be provided from construction power source which will comprise of generators either running on gas or diesel. Backup generators will also be available.

Camp will have a sewerage collection system, the collected sewerage will be routed to existing sewerage treatment unit or a separate construction camp sewerage treatment system. Treated sewerage will be discharged into on site evaporation pond.

Fuel will be stored in bunded area for secondary containment in case of a spill. Vehicle parking, repair, maintenance and washing will only be carried out in designated areas.

The camp will have a fire fighting setup and proper housekeeping practices.

4.4.3 Plant Construction and Fabrication

Plant construction will involve site clearing, preparation, grading, excavations and construction of foundations, excavation of water storage and evaporation pond, construction of roads and other structures.

Power plant turbine’s main equipment and associated parts will be imported to Pakistan and shipped to site on flat bed trailers. Auxiliary machinery, components and structures from Pakistan will be manufactured and fabricated outside the plant and shipped to the site on flat bed trailers. These parts will be fabricated and installed on site.

Typical activities during the plant fabrication will include, site preparation and erection of equipment, machinery and structures. Placement of the vessels and equipment on the foundations, laying of pipes, welding, joining, electrical and instruments installation, painting and finishing.

a. Equipment and Machinery

The equipment used during the plant construction phase will include:

Earth moving machinery including dozers, loaders, excavators, tractors and dump trucks.

Concrete mixers and asphalt plants

Portable power generators



Various construction and fabrication related equipment including cutters, grinders, welding units, radiography equipment, air compressors, testing and monitoring equipments, sand-blasting units, coating units, and painting equipment

Cranes for plant erection

Vehicles including tractors, trucks, water tankers, fuel tankers and vehicles for the crew

b. Staffing

The construction crew during the plant construction will comprise about 600 to 800 personnel, the number will vary with the type of activity in progress. Most of the crew will be skilled workers not resident of the project area. The construction crew will reside in the construction camp.

About 150 to 200 employees will be sourced from local communities mostly unskilled.

c. Supplies

The average water requirement during construction is estimated to be 400 m3 per day. (m3/day) The estimate includes water required for construction camps, sprinkling of roads and general construction activities. Water will be procured from existing plant water storage/supply system.

Diesel will be the primary fuel consumed during the construction phase, primarily for construction vehicles and power generation for construction camp. Diesel will be procured locally and a tank lorry will deliver it to the site storage facility.

Construction camp supplies will be procured locally or transported from outside the project area.

d. Construction material sourcing

During the construction, material such as the steel, cement, sand, and aggregates for buildings, road and pavement construction will be required. About 20,000 m3 of concrete and 5,000 tons of steel (for reinforced cement concrete) will be required. Steel required for the steel structures will be about 500 tons.

Majority of the construction materials will be sourced in Pakistan. Earth fill will be obtained from excavated material from the evaporation pond. Gravel and sand will be obtained from regional quarries.

4.4.4 Traffic movements

Traffic movement to the Uch site will be through the main Jacobabad – Quetta highway. No road building upgrading will be required due to proximity to the major highway and presence of existing road to the power plant site.



During the initial mobilization of contractor and materials to site, up to 50 trucks per day may travel to site. The majority of the vehicles will be flat bed trailers. Normal traffic will be about 5 to 10 vehicles load during the construction phase and will vary depending upon the activity being carried out.

4.4.5 Waste streams during plant construction

The primary source of air emissions due to construction activities will be exhaust emissions from construction vehicles and diesel engine-driven generator exhaust. Air emissions will be controlled through regular maintenance and tuning of engines.

Dust emissions will occur during the construction activities and movement of construction vehicles, which will be controlled following best construction practices, including water sprinkling and imposing speed limits on unpaved areas.

Sewerage from construction camp will either be routed to existing sewerage treatment unit or construction camp will have its own sewerage treatment system. The treated sewerage will be discharged into evaporation pond.

Wastes generated during construction phase will be recycled where possible. Non-hazardous wastes including construction camp kitchen wastes will be landfilled. Wastes will be disposed off in an environmentally friendly manner, per PEPA guidelines and following the Uch-II policy.

Table 4-2 lists the types of wastes that are expected to be produced during the construction phase and their planned disposal options.

4.4.6 Testing and Commissioning

After the completion of plant construction, fabrication, and installation of systems, the plant will be tested and commissioned.

All the equipment and systems will be tested offline before starting.

Equipment and systems will be started after initial checking and closely monitored for any problems.

The plant will be operated under different operating conditions under the supervision of the contractors and equipment manufacturers.

Problem identified will be rectified; testing phase will ensure that all equipment and systems are running properly before final handing over to the plant O&M contractors.

After the completion of testing phase final handover of the plant to the O&M contractor will occur.



4.4.7 Demobilisation and site restoration

On completion of the construction and commissioning phase, the construction contractor will demobilise from site and construction camp removed. Temporary infrastructure will be decommissioned and sites restored. This will involve:

Removing the temporary construction camp

Closing all the temporary waste pits

Removing all waste and leftover construction materials from site

Leveling and restoration of areas.

4.5 Plant Operations

The combustion turbines will normally be fired with a low Btu gas from the Uch gas field. Plant is expected to run at a high base load factor greater than 80%.

Plant operations will be continuous except for any annual maintenance outage which is typically of 30 days and breakdowns. Annual maintenance is extended to 60 days every sixth year for major overhaul and repair.

About 50 personnel directly associated with operations of Uch-2. Plant personnel will reside in the plant colony.

4.5.1 Resource usage

a. Water consumption

Water for the plant operations will be supplied from Pat Feeder Canal located about 3km via the existing water supply pipeline.

Main water usage will be the replacement for the cooling tower blow down. Other water uses will include generation of demineralised water for various plant operations, water required for staff colony, gardening etc. The breakdown of water requirements are given in Table 4-4.

A reverse osmosis (RO) unit is also being considered for recycling of cooling tower blow down water. The RO unit will further reduce the water requirements by about 50%.

b. Fuel consumption

The power plant under normal base load operation will consume about 0.57kg/kWh of low BTU gas.

c. Chemical, colony supplies and other consumables

The plant operation will require typical consumables such as filters for the diesel engines, batteries, oils, lubricants, replacement parts, paints, solvents, cleaning rags, chemicals for the water treatment and other miscellaneous items. Most chemicals required for



proposed operations will be delivered to the plant in drums; some bulk storage may also be employed.

Other supplies will include food supplies and toiletries for the residential colony at the plant. A catering company will be contracted for these supplies. The colony supplies will be trucked to the site on regular basis.

4.5.2 Waste streams during plant operations

a. Wastewater

The major wastewater stream for the proposed plant will be cooling tower blow down. Other wastewater sources will include plant low volume wastes and sanitary wastewater. Power plant low volume wastes will include floor drain wastes, boiler blow down, demineralised regeneration wastes and filter backwash.

Plant drains and HRSG blow down will be recycled to the cooling tower system. Cooling tower blow down will be the primary discharge to the evaporation pond. The use of evaporation pond will eliminate the wastewater discharge outside the plant.

Summary of wastewater generation from various power plant activities is shown in Table 4-5

b. Solid waste

Operations of a combined cycle power plant yield a relatively minor volume of solid waste for disposal. Wastes generated during operation and maintenance activities generally consist of used filters, chemical containers, oily rags, used cables and parts, packaging materials etc.

Solid waste generated from the plant residential colony will mainly consist of house hold waste such as plastic water bottles, used papers and packaging, wet garbage, and kitchen and food waste etc.

Clinical wastes generated from plant colony clinic will be disposed off through approved clinical waste disposal facility.

Wastes will be segregated and recyclable waste will be temporarily stored in designated area and disposed off periodically by recycling contractors. Non-hazardous wastes including kitchen wastes and wet garbage will be buried in the burial pits located within the plant boundary.

The evaporation pond will generate approximately 970 m3 per year of solids that will be accumulated in the pond at a rate of about 0.8 cm per year. The solids will consist of the mineral salts that remain after evaporating the Pat Feeder Canal water in either the cooling towers or the evaporation ponds. A similar quantity of settle-able solid wastes will be generated in the raw water storage and pre-treatment system for the facility. This solid waste stream will consist of settled solids in the raw water storage pond, clarifier



sludge, and filtration residue. These solid waste streams are neither toxic nor hazardous and will entirely be contained on site.

c. Air emissions

The air emissions from proposed combined cycle units will mainly consist of particulate matter (PM), sulfur dioxide (SO2), nitrogen oxides (NOx) and Carbon Dioxide (CO2) as a result of combustion of low fuel in gas turbines.

Stack emissions of the pollutants when operated by low Btu gas as fuel for Uch-2 are shown in Table 4-6.

Stack emissions from the power plant will be monitored periodically and will be reported to regulators according to required frequency.

4.6 Plant decommissioning

It is recommended that plant should be decommissioned after it is no longer in service. At the time of decommissioning a detailed plan should be prepared. However, an outline of general guidance for the decommissioning activities is provided below for information:

The power plant and the auxiliary systems including the gas and steam turbine units, transformers, piping sections, pumping equipment, diesel generators, water and diesel storage tanks, and other plant equipments will be disassembled into component parts, and either re-used at another location or removed from the site for scrap.

All the buildings and concrete structures such as foundations etc. will be demolished. The inert debris will either be used as a fill materials or landfill.

All wastes including demolition wastes will be removed from site. All the recyclable wastes will be recycled, non-recyclable wastes will be disposed off in an environmentally friendly manner following the best practices.

The water supply and wastewater treatment system will also be removed from the site with the raw water storage and evaporation pond backfilled with earth and site leveled.

The access roads may be left intact, if they have a future use. If not, they too will be dismantled and the land returned to its original condition.

The entire site will be rehabilitated to a condition compatible with the original land use of the area prior to the plant installation.

Drawn By: AA Dated: 12-08-2009

Dated: 12-08-2009Checked By: AS

Authorised By: AG Dated: 12-08-2009

Scale:

Plant Layout

Project

Map

Client

Halcrow Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd.

3rd & 4th Floor, Nawa-e-Waqt house,Mauve Area, Zero Point, Sector G-7/1Islamabad, Pakistan.Tel: +92 51 220 3451-55Fax: +92 51 220 3462www.halcrow.com

FIGURE 4-1Figure No:

EIA FOR EXTENTION OF 404 MW POWER GENERATION CAPACITYAT UCH POWER STATION

PLANT LAYOUT

Proposed Colony

Proposed Raw water pond

Proposed power plant

Proposed evaporation pond

Existing power plant

Existing evaporation pond

Existing Colony

Existing Raw water pond

Goth Rehmatullah

Goth Dargahi Khosa

Goth Babu Khaskhali

Goth Jeewan khan Bahrani

Goth Abdul Ghafoor Bhangar

Goth Abdul Karim Bangul-zai

Goth Faiz Muhammad khan Jamali

0 100 200 300 400 50050Meters

1:17,373

±

UCH-II POWER LIMITED

LEGENDEIA VISIT(TOTAL POPULATION)

WATER BODIES

ROAD NETWORK

Project area

7 - 125126 - 350351 - 750751 - 25002501 - 5000

CanalsStreams

Metalled

TracksUnmetalled

Existing featuresProposed features



Figure 4-3: Process flow diagram for existing power plant

Deareator

Condenser 130MW

Combustor IP steam

GT-1B

Combustor

Combustor

130MW Generator

To HRSG

To

196MW Generator

130MW Generator

To otherHRSGs

FROM OTHER HRSGs

HP From otherHRSGs

IP steam From otherHRSGs

HP IP

LP

AIR INLET TO COMPRESSOR

HEATRECOVERY

STEAM GENERATOR

EXHAUSTFLUE GAS 101.3OC

GT -1C

GAS TURBINE 1A

G

G

G

G I.P. TURBINE HP

TURB

CONDENSATE TRANSFER

PUMP

EXHAUST GAS542.9OC

COOLING WATER INLET 27 8OC

COOLING WATER OUTLET 38 2OC

HP BOILER FEDWATER 126

518OC 95.5 BAR

HPSTEAM

268OC5.96 BAR

LP STEAM 124.6OC, 2.32 BAR

FEEDWATER PUMPS 1 0F 4



Table 4-1: Technical parameters for Uch-1 plant operation

Parameter Value

Uch-1 design data for Full load Combined Cycle operation

Gross combined cycle power output 572 MW

Plant auxiliaries 12.5 MW

Net power output 559.5 MW

Fuel energy 3,987 GJH

Max. NOx emission 300 mg/Nm3/15% O2

Reference Conditions

Ambient temperature 27.3 C

Air intake temperature 20.7 C

Relative humidity 48.5%

Barometer pressure 1.026 Kg/cm2

Site elevation (above mean sea level) 65 m

Main fuel low BTU gas

Start up and back up fuel High speed diesel

Gas Turbines

Number 3

Power output 125.99 MWe

Heat rate for LHV 10656kJ/kWh

Exhaust mass flow 1508 t/hr

Exhaust temperature 542.9 C

Steam Turbines

Number 1

Power output 197.5 MWe

High pressure (HP) conditions 549 t/hr: 91.7 bars@ 515 C

Interim pressure (IP) conditions 147 t/hr: 5.96 bars@ 268 C

Generators

Number 4

Rating GT/ST 148.5/240 MV A

Power factor 0.85

Frequency 50 Hz

Cooling Hydrogen

Voltage GT/ST 11.5/15 KV



Parameter Value

Transformers

Number 4

Rating GT/STG 190/300 MV A

LV GT/STG 11.5/15 KV

HV GT/STG 220 KV

Insulation Oil

Cooling ODAF

Heat Recovery Steam Generators

Number 3

Evaporation capacity 300 tons/hr of steam

HP conditons 183.2 t/hr: 95.5 bars@ 517.7 C

IP condition 50.9 t/hr: 6.27 bars@ 269 C

LP conditon 7.1 t/hr: 2.47 bars@ 126.4 C

Main Condenser Cooling System

Condensor pressure 0.089 kg/cm2

Exhaust steam flow 695.5 t/hr

Number of condensors 1

Type of cooling towers Induced draught fans

Number of cooling towers 12

Source: Brief Summary on Existing (Uch-1) Project



Table 4-2: Summary of construction waste generation and disposal

Category Waste Generated Disposal

Liquid waste

Waste oils, lubricants Stored and transported to offsite (Karachi) for authorised disposal/ recycle facility.

Hazardous

Sewerage Treatment by sewerage treatment plant or lined septic tanks. Final disposal into existng evaporation pond

Non-hazardous Test water from pipeline that meets NEQS

Discharge to plant oilly water drainage system. Final disposal in evaporation pond after passing through oil seperator.

Solid Waste

Paint tins, batteries, rubber tyres, used oil filters, chemical containers, contaminated soil (chemical), grease trap sludge and other hazardous wastes

Hold at on-site hazardous waste storage facility until disposal through an authrised waste disposal facility.

Hazardous

Product and chemical containers (including partially full)

Return to vendor

Cable drums, wood, packaging, buildings materials, plastic sheeting, cement bags, papers, scrap metal, recyclable plastic sheeting, construction debris etc.

Recycling via approved vendors.

Non-hazardous (Recyclable)

Constuction debris and inert wastes

Recycled as fill material or landfill.

Non-hazardous (Non-recyclable)

Food waste, non-recyclable wood/packaging

Disposal by landfill inside plant in the existing plant burial pits



Table 4-3: Schedule of construction activities

Activity Start Complete

Mobilization February 2010 January 2011

Civil Works May 2010 November 2011

Demobilization February 2011 September 2012

Start up August 2011 July 2012

Testing February 2012 August 2012

Turn Over June 2012 August 2012

Table 4-4: Summary of water requirements

Maximum Water Use (404MW) Water Use

(Litres/min)

Cooling tower makeup 6,600

Other plant uses 500

Plant and colony potable water 50

Total plant water requirement 7,150

Table 4-5: Summary of wastewater generation

Wastewater Generation (404MW)

Water Use (Litres/min)

Cooling tower blowdown 800

Low volume wastes 10

Plant and colony sanitary wastewater 50

Total potential wastewater discharge 860

Table 4-6: Stack emission parameters for Uch-2 power station

Item description Value

Number of stacks 2

Stack coordinates (UTM)

Stack 4 419424, 3161820

Stack 5 419508, 3161870

Stack height 42.0 meters

Stack internal diameter 5.6 meters

Exhaust gas temperature 115 °C



Item description Value

Exit gas velocity 19.17m/s

Exhaust gas volumetric flow rate 472.168 m3/s

Exhaust gas normalised flow rate 332.22 Nm3/s

Emission Concentration (mg/Nm3)

SO2 3.1 mg/Nm3

NOx @ 15% O2 77.0 mg/ Nm3

CO 30.0 mg/ Nm3

PM10 50.0 mg/ Nm3

Emission Concentration (g/s)

SO2 1.03 g/s

NOx @ 15% O2 25.58 g/s

CO 9.97 g/s

PM10 16.61 g/s



Photographs: Existing power plant components and auxiliary facilities

Photograph 4-1: A view of existing Uch Power Station Photograph 4-2: Raw water storage pond

Photograph 4-3: UPL gas receiving station Photograph 4-4: High speed Diesel storage tank

Photograph 4-5: Main and by pass stacks Photograph 4-6: Switch yard house and grid station




Photograph 4-7: HP, IP and LP pipes leading to steam turbine

Photograph 4-8: Water condensate tank

Photograph 4-9: Steam turbine Photograph 4-10: Water treatment system

Photograph 4-11 Service water generation unit Photograph 4-12: Cooling towers




Photograph 4-13: Sludge basin Photograph 4-14: Evaporation pond

Photograph 4-15: Residential colony Photograph 4-16: Chemical storage yard

Photograph 4-17: View of proposed site for plant expansion

Photograph 4-18: Another view of proposed site for plant expansion



5 Review of Alternatives

5.1 Project Alternatives

Alternatives are generated and examined to determine the best method of achieving project objectives, while minimising environmental impacts (WB December 19961). Alternatives that are generally reviewed for private sector projects include alternative site, technology, waste disposal systems and management systems. The analysis of some of the alternatives is not as exhaustive or strategic as would be required for public sector projects as the decision to invest in a particular sector is made by the project proponent. In some instances there will be an overlap between alternatives and mitigation measures, as alternative design, location, and technology are also a way of impact mitigation.

5.1.1 Do-Nothing Alternative

Pakistan, like most developing countries, faces a shortfall of power because of the excess of industrial and residential demand over the existing power-generating capacities. The installed capacity in Pakistan as in March 2007 was 19,440 MW2, comprised of hydel (6,463 MW) thermal power plants (12,515 MW) including WAPDA, Karachi Electric Supply Company (KESC) and Independent Power Producers (IPPs), and nuclear (462 MW).

Historically Pakistan faced electricity deficit from 1990 to 1997. The demand and supply of electricity was balanced in 1997. From 1997, the generation capacity increased and it was expected that the demand and supply position of electricity will remain in equilibrium up to 2009. However, as existing peak demand approach to 6.6 percent growth per annum during 2001 to 2007 the supply shortage occurred much earlier than 2009. Brisk pace of economic activity, rising levels of income of people, the double digit growth of large scale manufacturing, higher agricultural production and village electrification programme have all resulted in higher demand of power in Pakistan.3

The power shortage is especially during the peak hours when power blackouts (load shedding) are required to regulate the power supplies. Load shedding continued during year 2007. The average load shedding duration was upto four hours per day during summer and two hours per day during winter months. The economic loss due to power load shedding is estimated to be enormous. In 2001, it was estimated that the loss of industrial output due to load shedding alone cost Pakistan Rs 250 billion a year4.

1 World Bank December 1996. Analysis of Alternatives in Environmental Assessments Environment Assessment Sourcebook, Update

17 The Environment Department, World Bank 2 Pakistan Economic Survey 2006-07; http://www.finance.gov.pk/survey/sur_chap_06-07/15-Energy.pdf 3 ibid 4 http://www.pakistaneconomist.com/database2/cover/c2001-31.asp

Review of Alternatives EIA for Expansion of 404MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS


Power demand is expected to rise with the economic growth. It is anticipated that by the year 2010 there will be an additional demand of 5,500 MW5.

Considering the current shortages and future demands of power in Pakistan, the additional 404 MW power generation capacity at proposed Uch-2 can play a significant role and can contribute much for Pakistan's future. Therefore do-nothing alternative is highly unfavourable as it would exacerbate the power shortages.

5.1.2 Alternative Project Timelines

Consideration of alternative timings for construction or operation of a project are necessary in cases where there are social, physical or biological receptors that may be sensitive to the project at a particular time and the postponement of the project in these times can avoid any potential significant impacts. No such considerations are necessary for the project as no significant sensitivities exist in the area that cannot be mitigated by management or application of physical controls.

5.1.3 Project Design Alternatives

a. Fuel used

It is important to use the cleanest fuel which is economically available. There are various options for the use of fuel including low BTU gas, Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG), coal and diesel fuel oil etc. However from economical, environmental and engineering perspectives, low BTU gas from Uch gas field is considered to be most favorable due to:

Using indigenous gas is economically preferable to using imported fuel oil. The gas from Uch gas field due to its low calorific value makes it inappropriate and uneconomical for home heating, vehicular transport, and other commercial uses; therefore, utilising this gas for power generation decreases the need for Pakistan to import fuels for power generation.

There are adequate reserves of gas present to ensure continued supply of fuel for the power plant. The studies carried out at the time of Uch-1 installation confirmed the presence of enough reservoirs for upto 30 years with full planed 1,000 MW complex at Uch.

A recent study carried out by an international consulting firm (IPR, Dallas International, Ltd) has estimated that the recoverable reserves at Uch gas field are about 5.3 trillion cubic feet (Tcf) original gas in place (OGIP).

The gas pipeline is already laid from Uch gas field to Uch Power Station.

From an environmental perspective, there will be negligible particulate matter emissions and emissions of sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxides are lower on low

5, Ministry of Water and Power, Government of Pakistan. www.pakistan.gov.pk/divisions



BTU gas when compared with coal and fuel oil. Further more since the gas essentially contains no ash, maintenance costs will be less as compared to firing ash-bearing fuels.

LPG is not preferable as it require huge transportation cost to the power plant location.

Coal available in Pakistan has a low calorific value than imported coal and is also rich in sulfur. Burning imported coal or residual fuel oil would require clean technologies including the installation of capital-intensive Flue Gas Desulfurization (FGD) equipment to reduce emissions of Sulfur Oxides (SOx).

b. Power generation technologies

The power generation technologies used for the proposed project will be combined cycle gas turbines (CCGT), i.e. low BTU gas will be fired in a gas turbine to generate electricity, the waste heat from the gas turbines will be recovered using HRSGs. The steam generated by waste heat will run on steam turbine to produce more electricity.

Gas turbines, especially in a combined cycle configuration are relatively most efficient compared to other fossil fuel combustion processes; (36% and 38% respectively for typical coal and oil fired plants, typical combined cycle gas turbines 50 to 60%). The higher efficiency results in part from the clean nature of the fuel which results in efficient combustion and lower emissions to atmosphere.

c. Alternative sites

The site for Uch-2 is adjacent to Uch-1 within the walled area for the plant. This site is most favorable due to:

No additional land need be acquired for the project thus avoiding any issues associated with resettlements and conversion of arable land to non-agricultural uses.

Locating the plant at separate location would require additional land for auxiliary facilities, pipeline network, and offices. This has been avoided.

A single facility is also desirable from security, safety, and environmental management perspectives.

The existing site was selected at the time of installation of Uch-1 after considering various sites. The existing Dera Murad Jamali site was found to be economically and environmentally the most favorable based on various criteria including water availability, infrastructure like road link, distance from gas field, distance from WAPDA power grid and availability of land.

d. Water supply

Water will be obtained from Pat Feeder Canal using the existing water supply pipeline for the plant. The only alternative water source for the project would be groundwater.



However, if available, the groundwater in the Kachhi Plain is highly saline and would require costly pre-treatment compared to the Pat Feeder Canal.6

e. Wastewater treatment and disposal

The power plant is designed to be a zero discharge facility i.e. no effluent will be discharged outside the plant boundary. Zero discharge option is environmentally most favorable as there will be no impact on any surface water resources. The wastewater from the plant will be treated and disposed through evaporation pond within the plant boundary.

Consideration was given to using an impervious liner in the evaporation pond. However, based on the onsite soils investigations as well as the United Nations Development Program (UNDP) report that shows that the soils in the area act as an aquitard (i.e. minimal infiltration is expected), existing groundwater dissolved solids concentrations are > 5,000 mg/L, and depth in groundwater is > 120ft. These factors plus the desert and non-arable nature of the soils lead to the conclusions that:

Infiltration from the evaporation ponds into the groundwater system will be approximately 7.6x10-4 cm/day (0.0003in/ft/day)

The water quality in the existing aquifer is non-potable and is not likely to be used as a source of potable or irrigation water supply given the high cost of treatment required and

Given the above, minimal or no impact to groundwater quality is expected if the evaporation basins are unlined.7

f. Air emissions controls

NOx emissions form combustion turbines are formed by the combination of nitrogen and oxygen in the combustion air, referred to as thermal NOx, and from the combination of nitrogen in the fuel with oxygen in the combustion air, referred to as fuel-bound NOx. Thermal NOx, can be reduced by four techniques (EPA, 1997):

Reduce the combustion pressure

Decrease the peak flame temperature in the combustor

Reduce the effective residence time during which combustion gases remain in elevated temperature, and

Control the amounts of nitrogen and oxygen available for production of NOx

There is no need to consider the above mentioned alternatives/techniques for NOx emission reduction as the said emissions from Uch-2 operations would be below the

6 KBN 1995, ESSA Uch Power Plant Blochistan Pakistan; Section: Project Design Alternatives, Section 2.4.2, Page 2-5 7 Ibid; Section 2.4.3



national (i.e. NEQS) as well as various international guideline values (i.e. the USEPA8 and IFC).

8 The expected NOx emissions for low BTU gas will be less than USEPA New Source Performance Standards (NSPS) of 75

parts per million volumetric dry (ppmvd) for combustion turbines



6 Public Consultation

Stakeholders consultation is a tool used for communication with a diverse group of stakeholders and having multifarious aims, inter alia, information dissemination, exchanging views, soliciting feedback and suggestions on issues pertaining to the project, plan future actions, initiate a needs assessment, and identify areas of concern.

At the start of the Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) study, the ToRs of the EIA were sent to the key stakeholders for their comments. The stakeholders including regulators, government representatives and the NGOs were later met to appraise and discuss the environmental and social perspective of project activities related to the extension of Uch Power Station. Their valuable concerns and suggestions were noted and thereafter incorporated in the EIA process and study.

During the field survey for this EIA study, meetings were also held with the communities residing within the project area. The objective of these meetings was to solicit and record their views and concerns for inclusion in project design at the planning phase. In the same vein, meetings were held with the members of local and provincial government, NGOs and district government representatives.

All the stakeholders were given project information verbally and were shown map of the area in detail. Their concerns and suggestions were heard which are reproduced at the end of this section.

6.1 Benefits and objectives of Stakeholders consultation

Consultation with stakeholders leads to an overall better understanding of the project on the part of the communities and also gives the proponent a clearer understanding of the stakeholders’ perspective. Effective public consultation can add substantial value to the EIA process. The information gained through public consultation on the stakeholders’ concerns, interests, and their ability to influence decision-making helps identify key cause of environmental problems.

This can be used to evaluate direct and indirect environmental impacts, and assess short term and long-term resource use implications. The input from local communities and NGOs can help evaluate alternatives and strengthen the management planning by incorporating local input and know-how. An informed public will better understand the tradeoffs between project benefits and disadvantages; be able to contribute meaningfully to the project design; and have greater trust with the project proponent and support for the proposed project, says the Asian Development Bank. These factors contribute

Public Consultation EIA for Expansion of 404MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS


towards improved project implementation sensitised to the human environment of the area. The objectives of stakeholders’ consultation are to:

Promote better understanding of the proposed operation through explaining its objectives and its potential positive and negative impacts;

Identify and address concerns of all interested and affected stakeholders;

Provide a mechanism to resolve issues identified by communities, before project plans are finalised and development begins, thereby, avoiding public out cry and resentment;

Instill trust between various stakeholders and the proponent to promote cooperation.

6.2 Community Consultations

Community consultations were carried out in the project area through formal and informal meetings, focus group discussions and in depth interviews. The consultation exercise was conducted in Balochi and Sindhi. The socio-economic team, assisted by environmental specialists initiated the sessions by giving a brief, simple and non-technical description of the project providing an overview of all likely positive and negative impacts. This was followed by an open discussion in which all participants were encouraged to voice their concerns and opinions. Feedback obtained from the stakeholders was documented, and all issues and suggestions raised were recorded in survey forms. Through this process the consultant reached out to a wide segment of the population of the area, whereby actively involving all stakeholders in the decision-making process.

All information was imparted to the communities and other stakeholders in such a manner that their expectations were not unnecessarily or unrealistically raised in order to avoid any future conflict involving tribal leaders or local administrators.

The villages where detailed consultation with the community was carried out included Village of Taj Mohammad Khan Jamali, Haji Rehmat, Faiq Khan Jamali, Haji Sohbat Khan, Azizabad, Haji Mohammad Ayub Mangal, Mir Abdul Ghafoor Lari, Jan Mohammad Jamali, Langha Khan Jamali and Soobho Khan Jatak. They are inhibited by Jamali, Jakhrani, Khoso, Mengal, Lari, Panhwar, and Pandrani tribes respectively.

6.2.1 Community’s concerns

All the communities consulted were open to the idea of development in the project area. No major concerns were raised, neither were there any objections to the project concept. Most people welcomed the idea of project activities sensing a relative boom in the localised economy and employments. They envisaged the proposed plant will have positive impact in the project area.



The main concerns raised by most communities are listed hereunder.

Local villagers should be given priority when employing people for various project-related works and activities;

Community water resources should not be over-exploited; and

Increased traffic should not jeopardise the safety of the communities.

6.3 Other Stakeholders

In addition to holding consultation meetings with communities, meetings with community and members of local and provincial government and NGOs were also deemed essential. All the stakeholders were given maximum project information verbally and were shown map of the area in detail. Their concerns and suggestions were heard which are reproduced below. A list of these stakeholders is provided in Table 6-1. Proceedings of the meeting with DCO Naseerabad, Director BEPA (Implementation), Conservator Forests BWFD and Dr. Abdul Majeed (Head of IUCN Balochistan) are presented below. The rest of the meetings were mostly of the sort of information collection and dissemination.

6.3.1 District Coordination Officer (DCO), District Naseerabad

As the project area lies under the Naseerabad District, the DCO was approached and the proposed plant was discussed in detail.

Briefing and Discussion The environmental specialist paid a customary visit on Mr. Tahir Muneer at his office. He was informed with the help of project’s area map about the proposed activities. He spoke at length about the development activities in the area. He expressed some concerns regarding the projects, which are discussed below.

Uch Power and their contractor should employ local people during the project execution, thereby ensuring maximum project benefits for the local communities. He also emphasised on the need to provide trainings to the unskilled workers so that in future locals may also be hired for skilled jobs. He also offered his assistance if required to introduce the required trades in technical training centre at Dera Murad Jamali.

The company shall plan to mitigate the adverse impact of noise and dust on the people.

Any damage caused to the infrastructure due to movement of heavy vehicles will need to be repaired by the proponent.

DCO welcomed the project initiation and termed the consultation as a very meaningful and healthy activity.



6.3.2 Director Implementation BEPA, Quetta

A consultation meeting was held with BEPA on 6th Nov, 2007 to discuss the issues related to the proposed project activities. During the meeting the consultants briefed about the proposed operation, its location and the environmental issues pertaining to the proposed power plant. Mr. Tahir Durani showed great interest in the briefings and discussions, his main concerns were:

Air emissions due to the proposed plant may affect the ambient air quality of the area surrounding the proposed plant location. He suggested conducting ambient air quality of the area. Halcrow team informed that ambient air quality as well as air dispersion modeling is proposed to be conducted for the study to cover this aspect in detail and low BTU gas will be used as fuel resulting in less air quality issues.

He suggested that the EIA should recommend the best available mitigation measures of the major air pollutants.

He suggested providing a concise report instead of voluminous reports. He also suggested following the format of Impact assessment as prescribed in EPA Guidelines.

He also emphasised on self monitoring of the project related activities by proponent and reporting of the non-conformance with reference to EMP to BEPA.

6.3.3 Head of IUCN, Balochistan

A consultation meeting was held with Head of IUCN in Quetta office and was informed about the proposed activities. He appreciated the stakeholder consultation process. His main concerns and suggestions were:

He emphasise on the need to conduct the survey in the manner to identify different wildlife species present in the area.

Avoid over exploitation of water resources in the project area.

Appropriate environmental provisions should be taken into account to avoid contamination of surface and groundwater resources; and

Monitoring the project activities to validate the implementation of suggested mitigation measures.

6.3.4 Conservator, Forest and Wildlife Department Balochistan

A consultation meeting was held with Conservator of Forest and Wildlife departments, Balochistan at his office in Quetta. He was informed about the proposed project. He informed that the proposed location of the plant does not fall in any wildlife protected area or protected forest and therefore the department has no any objection or concern related to the project. However he suggested that the natural vegetation and wildlife in the area should be protected adopting proper mitigation measures.



6.3.5 Worldwide Fund for Nature (WWF)

The ToRs of the EIA along with the project area map were sent to WWF Karachi office. WWF did not communicate any concerns or comments related to the ToRs. WWF was later contacted for a consultation meeting, however due to their busy schedule meeting could not be arranged.

6.3.6 Other Meetings

Similarly consultation meetings with revenue department, education and health department were held. They were informed about the proposed activities. None of the consulted stakeholders showed any apprehensions about the proposed activities. All of them raised common concerns and suggestions which were:

The proponent should respect local cultural environment

The proponent must give preference to the locals in employment; and

The proponent should consider investing in social infrastructure for the locals.

6.4 Key findings and issues

The project site is located with in the walled area of existing power plant. The project will have minimum interaction with the local communities and hence social interface and consequently magnitude of project impacts on communities can be expected to be low.

People have hopes that the proponent and its contractors would employ locals during the project. However, locals know their limitations, as they are mostly illiterate and unskilled.

Most of the communities and to some extent the local influential people are not concerned over the environmental issues. They are mostly interested in getting maximum benefits in terms of employment, local market boom and community development programmes.

The biggest aspiration of locals can be easily identified as ‘employment’.



Table 6-1: List of stakeholders consulted

No Stakeholder name Organization Designation/Status

1 Tahir Muneer District Government DCO Naseerabad 2 Tahir Qureshi BEPA Director (Implementation) 3 Dr. Abdul Majeed NGO-IUCN Head of IUCN Balochistan 4 Mohammad Yousuf

Kakar Forest and Wildlife Department Balochistan

Conservator

5 Dr. Abdul Qadir Mengal District Government EDO- Health 6 Mohammad Ibrahim

Rindh Irrigation Department Executive Engineer

7 Dr. Dost Ali DHQ Hospital MS 8 Wazir Ahmed Bugti Revenue department Tehsildar, DMJ



Photographs: Public consultation

Photograph 6-1: Consultation with DCO, Naseerabad Photograph 6-2: Consultation with BEPA in Quetta

Photograph 6-3: Consultation with Naib Tehsildar, Dera Murad Jamali

Photograph 6-4: Consultation with EDO health

Photograph 6-5: Community consultation in the project area

Photograph 6-6: Consultation with locals of the project area



7 Background Environment

7.1 Physical Environment

7.1.1 Landform, Geology and Soils

The project area lies in the south eastern portion of the Balochistan province. The province is an extensive plateau, which is the continuation of the geological configuration of the Iranian plateau and about 50% of the mountain ranges are of those found in southern Iran. The plateau is an extensive rough surface divided into basins by ranges of sufficient height to form obstacles to movement. It is sharply divided from the Indus plain by the Sulaiman, Khirthar and Pub ranges. There are only three sizable plains in the province namely Kachhi, Lasbela, and Dasht9.

The project area lies in the Kachhi plain which consists of flat valley amid various ranges. It is surrounded on the west by the Khirthar and central Bolan ranges and on the north-east by the Marri and Bugti hills. Other than theses ranges skirting the basin are range of low hills called Pabs. The land is flat plain which slopes from north to south and elevates from 50 to 100 m above sea level, in the south-north direction.

The project area is part of the piedmont plain. This plain has been formed by the deposition of fine sediments during the quaternary age brought down by wide spread sheet floods caused by hill torrents originating from the surrounding hills. The parent material of the plain originated from limestone, shale, sand stone and conglomerate sedimentary rocks. The sediments of the plain are mainly fine silty approaching to clayey. Clayey soils of the area are very hard when dry and very sticky when wet because of the swelling properties of the clay mineral. The Bugti hills located on the eastern side of the project area consist of rocks of Jurassic to Tertiary ages.10

Soils of the area are extremely rich in calcium and magnesium because of calcareous parent material but are deficient in nitrogen due to rapid decomposition of the organic matter under arid climate conditions. The natural surface of the soil show intersecting cracks and theses further develop on artificial irrigation and drying. The infiltration rate in the initial stage of wetting is very high, but thereafter it decreases considerably due to swelling nature of the clays The soils are also rich in minerals and nutrients required for the plant growth They have only minor problems of workability and seedbed preparation. More than 90% of the soils in the project area are well to moderately suit for agriculture.11. Geological map of the area is shown in Figure 7-1

9 Provincial Census Report of Balochistan 1998 10 Agricultural Development Project with Widening of Pat feeder Canal 1983 11 ibid

Background Environment EIA for Expansion of 404MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS


7.1.2 Climate

The climate of the project area is broadly described as hot and arid. Various meteorologists have developed classification schemes to describe local climatic features of Pakistan.

(Shamshad 1998) has classified the climate of Pakistan on the basis of characteristic seasons found in the country. Taking into account topography, proximity to the sea, rainfall, temperature, and winds, Shamshad has defined eleven climatic zones for Pakistan. Under his scheme, the climate of the project area is classified as ‘Subtropical double season hotland.’ The characteristic features of this climatic zone are low rainfall, (less than 250 millimetres per annum) absence of a well-defined rainy season, and high temperatures that increase from east to west.

No meteorological station exists within the close proximity of project site. The nearest meteorological stations are located in Jacobabad and Sibbi. Jacobabad station is located about 40 km towards south eastern direction and Sibbi about 160 km towards north-western direction from the project site.

Interpretations of available meteorological data for the last five years from these stations show that the project area experiences extreme temperatures. July and August are the wettest months. Precipitation during these two months accounts for more than half of the total annual rainfall. October and November are among the driest months. May, June, July and August are among the hottest months of the year with temperatures rising close to 50°C. December and January are the coldest months.

The weather parameters of Jacobabad and Sibbi are provided in Table 7-1 to Table 7-7.

The western hot winds blow particularly in the months of June and July. Infrequent dust storms also blow during the hot season. The northern winds blow during winter season. The humidity increases in the summer particularly in the areas adjacent to the Pat Feeder Canal.

For dispersion modeling it is important to have good quality data that includes all the necessary parameters and has a high data capture rate. These considerations override the need to have data from on-site or nearby.

Meteorological data from Jacobabad has been used for air dispersion modeling. This data from will be representative of climatic conditions prevailing within the project area and its surroundings.

7.1.3 Ambient Air Quality

Pakistan lacks a comprehensive and effective air quality monitoring system that can be used to track and address specific instances of air pollution and air quality degradation. At present, monitoring of urban air pollution in Pakistan is limited to isolated instances



where air pollutants are measured for brief periods at selected locations. Urban locality, city, region, or countrywide continuous or repeated air quality monitoring data does not exist. Similarly, there is no formal system of air quality data storage and reporting.

The region in which the power plant is situated is predominantly flat and semi-arid, although irrigation has been introduced to provide water to enable crops to be grown. The immediate vicinity of the power plant is sparsely populated. Emission from the existing power plant operations and the vehicular exhaust emissions from the national highway (N65) may be considered as the significant sources of ambient air pollution in the project area.

As part of the study, ambient air quality monitoring was carried out during the EIA field visit in November 2007 as well as in April 2009 as part of the addendum study. The addendum to the EIA was carried out to observe the project’s compliance with the new IFC guidelines of the World Bank group and to re-access the impacts on the air quality due to changed stack emission parameters. The recent monitoring was carried out at two separate locations within the power plant premises in order to find the present concentration values of SO2, NOx, CO and PM10.One sampling site was located adjacent to the mosque in the plant residential colony, whereas the second site was located adjacent to the sewerage system near gate no. 4. The sites were selected after considering various factors such as the affect of the pollutant concentration on sensitive receptors (e.g. the residents of the power plant) and the weather conditions (i.e. wind direction etc). The air quality monitoring was carried out for 24 hours at each of these locations at hourly interval.

The ambient air quality sampling locations are marked in Figure 7-2.

The values of the pollutants for short time period averages (i.e. for 1 and 24 hour) have been provided. Detailed air quality monitoring for at least 3 – 6 months is required for determining the concentration values for longer time period (i.e. annual ). It was observed from the results that the ambient air quality of the area is generally good with all the concentration values of the pollutants below the guideline values (i.e. NEQS and WHO). This means that the air shed is non-degraded with enough assimilation capacity to accommodate other facilities including Uch-2. The recorded values of the pollutants at the second sampling point were greater than those recorded at the first sampling point. The increase in the values at this sampling location can possibly be due to the prevailing wind direction and close proximity to the power plant. However the increase in the PM10 concentration may be due to the presence to loose soil surrounding the second sampling point location. The contribution from the power plant in generating PM10 would be much less in this case.

Results of the ambient air quality monitoring are provided in Table 7-8. The detailed results along with the monitoring report are provided in Appendix C.



7.1.4 Noise

There is no continuous major source of noise in the project area. Intermittent sources include farm tractors, farm equipment, road and rail traffic. Considering the intermittent nature of these noise sources, it can be concluded that the noise pollution in the area is low.

The plant operations generate noise, which is recorded periodically in the main plant area and at the plant boundary.

The maximum value of noise levels in the existing main plant area were recorded to be 108 dB(A) in the gas turbine area, which reduces rapidly as one moves away from the gas turbines. However the human activity in those areas is minimal as the turbines are controlled through central control system and are only inspected by plant operational staff. The high noise areas are identified by sign boards and ear mufflers are worn by the workers to minimise the noise effects.

Table 7-9 presents the results of the noise survey conducted on plant boundary in May 2007. It can be inferred from the results the noise levels at most of the plant boundaries are below the World Bank guideline values and therefore do not have a harmful affect on the communities living in the vicinity of the power plant.

7.1.5 Water resources

a. Surface water channels/streams

The only perennial surface water channel in the project area is the Pat Feeder Canal. Some seasonal streams also originate from the Dera Bugti hills. These streams flow during rains, but with limited flows.

The Pat Feeder Canal is a branch of Desert Pat Feeder Canal which off takes from right bank of Indus River at Guddu barrage. Water from this canal is used for agricultural purposes in Balochistan province. This canal was constructed between 1963 and 1969 by WAPDA and started operation in 1970. The last re-modeling of Pat Feeder Canal was completed in 1997-98 to increase its capacity by nearly 100 m3/s The total length of canal is 171km and has a present design discharge of nearly 190 m3/s. (6700 cubic feet per second (cusecs)). The canal serves cultivated command area (CCA) of about 458,425 hectares (132,788 acres) through a network of 13 distributaries and 164 minors. The canal is perennial except for a closure/maintenance period of about one month. Highest discharges in the Pat Feeder Canal are recorded in June, July and August. Minimum discharge is reported in the months of December and April which is also the canal closure period.12.

12 Irrigation and Power Department 2005; Briefing, Canal System & Development Schemes



The Rabi canal is a branch of Pat Feeder Canal. It is a non-perennial canal operating only in the Rabi season. It was completed in June 2002. Total length of the canal is 47 km and has a design discharge of 9.9 m3/s (350 cusecs).The canal serves 20,234 hectares (50,000 acres) of CCA also including areas surrounding the power plant.

The surface water resources in the project area are shown in Figure 7-3.

The recorded discharge of Pat Feeder Canal from 2005 to 2007 is graphically shown in Figure 7-5. The average discharge from 2005 to 2007 is about 3,000 cusecs.

b. Surface water quality

Water quality of the Indus River is highly dependent on river flow. Other than bacteriological contaminants and suspended solids (e.g., sediment), Indus River water is acceptable chemically for agricultural uses. Typically, suspended solids and turbidity are lowest in December to February and increase from March through October. Water mineralisation (i.e., total dissolved solids) is generally low to moderate; pH ranges from 7.0 to 8.5. Water temperature varies from 15°C to 37°C13.

The water quality of Pat Feeder Canal is generally good as the water is used for irrigation as well as domestic purposes. As part of this EIA study sampling was done on a part of the canal adjacent to the power plant to determine various water quality parameters.

The results of the sampling and analysis for various water quality parameters along with comparison with guideline values such as World Bank/IFC14 and NEQS standards for discharge into inland waters is provided in Table 7-10.

The microbial test results of the water sample is provided in Table 7-11

The water sampling locations are shown in Figure 7-2.

It was inferred from results that the values of most of the water quality parameters were below the guideline values. However this does not suggest that the water of the canal is fit for drinking purpose as well, as the guideline values are used as a pre-cursor for effluent discharge to the inland water bodies only.

The microbial test results have shown presence of total coliforms indicating that the water is un-fit for drinking with treatment.

c. Groundwater resources

Geologically, the Kachhi Plain is made up of unconsolidated deposits several hundred meters thick. Clay is the dominant component, with presence of appreciable amounts of gravels, clayey silts, and minor sand. The unconsolidated deposits constitute the major groundwater reservoir in the region. Groundwater use in the region is predominantly

13 KBN 1995, ESSA Uch Power Plant Blochistan Pakistan 14 Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines for thermal Power Plant by International Finance Corporation of World Bank

group



limited to the alluvial plain areas at the head of the Kachhi Plain. WAPDA installed 18 test holes and 14 tube wells in the plain during a groundwater investigation study of the area. The groundwater potential of an extensive area from roughly Jacobabad to Sibbi has been characterised by WAPDA to yield less than 10 cubic meters per hour per screened meter down to a level of at least 150 m (492 ft). The aquifer is described as poor and patchy. This zone of low potential extends from Jhatpat to Sibbi and includes all of the area of the proposed site near Dera Murad Jamali. This aquifer is not capable of sustaining a reliable water supply to serve any purpose15.

Study of the ground water resources during the construction of Pat Feeder Canal has shown that the water table in larger part of the area ranges from 8 to 15 m below the natural ground surface. The water table would take about 25 to 30 years rise to within 2.5 m of the surface. Recharge to groundwater is principally due to infiltration of precipitation falling within the basin. However after the construction of irrigation network, canal water infiltration will also be a significant source of recharge. Hydro geological map showing the groundwater resources of the area is shown in Figure 7-4.

d. Groundwater quality

The groundwater quality of the upper 150 m of the aquifer is brackish with a total dissolved solid (TDS) content of greater than 3,000 parts per million (ppm). The UNDP study reports TDS levels greater than 5,000 ppm near the site. Uch Power Limited (1990) notes that well water is very brackish with a TDS of 30,000 ppm near the site. Detailed information about aquifer productivity and the quality of water from possible aquifers below the upper water bearing unit(s) is limited; however, all reports indicate the aquifer is highly mineralised, with low transmissivity, and discontinuous in nature16.

Groundwater is of such poor quality that it is not economically viable to pre-treat it for industrial use. Large pockets of land to the south of the project site near Jacobabad exhibit serious problems of water logging and salinity. These problems result from the application of irrigation water to soils combined with the high evaporation rate of the dry climate. The high evaporation rate in the region enhances this potential use of evaporation ponds for the project.

15 KBN 1995, ESSA Uch Power Plant Blochistan Pakistan; 16 ibid




Scale:

Plant Layout

Project

Map

Client

Halcrow Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd.3rd & 4th Floor, Nawa-e-Waqt house,Mauve Area, Zero Point, Sector G-7/1Islamabad, Pakistan.Tel: +92 51 220 3451-55Fax: +92 51 220 3462www.halcrow.com

Figure No:

EIA FOR EXTENTION OF 404 MW POWER GENERATION CAPACITY AT UCH POWER STATION

AMBIENT AIR QUALITY ANDWATER QUALITY SAMPLING LOCATION MAP

#

#

#

#

#

#

#

Existing Power Plant

Existing Colony

Existing Evaporation Pond

Existing Raw Water Pond

Goth Rehmatullah

Goth Sanja Jamali

Goth Dargahi Khosa

Goth Babu Khaskhali

Goth Jeewan khan Bahrani

Goth Abdul Ghafoor Bhangar

Goth Fazal Muhammad Jamali

Goth Ghulam Haider Jakhrani

Goth Abdul Karim Bangul-zai


AIR2

AIR1

W5

W4

W1

W3 & B2

W2 & B1

68°12'0"E68°11'0"E68°10'0"E28

°35'

0"N

28°3

4'0"

N

0 100 200 300 400 50050Meters

±

LEGEND

FIGURE 7-2

1:25000

#

COMMUNITIES(TOTAL POPULATION)

WATER BODIES

ROAD NETWORK Sampling Location7 - 125126 - 350351 - 750751 - 25002501 - 5000

CanalsStreams

Metalled

TracksUnmetalled

Plant Boundary Wall

0 275 550 825 1,100137.5Meters





Scale:

Project

Map

Client





SURFACE WATER RESOURCES

"

"

"

"

" "

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

" ""

"

"

"

"

"

"

""

"

"

" "

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

""

"

"

""

"

"

"

"

""

""

"

"

"

"

""

"

"

""

"

"

"

""

""

"

""

"

"

""

"

"

"

"

"

""

"

"""

""

"

"

"

"

"

"

""

"

"

""

"

"""

" ""

"

""

""

""

"

""

"

"

"

"

"

""

"

""

"""

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

""

B

B

B

B

BB B

B BB

B BB

B BB BB

B BB B

DERA MURAD JAMALI

68°15'0"E68°10'0"E68°5'0"E28

°40'0

"N28

°35'0

"N28

°30'0

"N

0 1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000500Meters

1:126,295

±


"

LEGEND

COMMUNITIES

WATER BODIES

ROAD NETWORK

LANDUSEProject area

B GraveyardSettlements

CanalsStreams

Metalled

TracksUnmetalled

Barani agricultural landNon-perennial agricultural landPerennial agricultural landUrban area

Existing featuresProposed plant



Figure 7-5: Pat Feeder canal discharge (2005-2007)

0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

May June July Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr

Period

Disc

harg

e (c

usec

s)

2005

2006

2007

Source: Irrigation and Power Department, Government of Balochistan



Table 7-1: Summary of mean monthly maximum temperature at Jacobabad and

Sibbia

Jacobabad Sibbi Month

2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006

January 23.9 24.2 22.5 21.3 22.5 24.5 24.7 22.4 20.8 23.0

February 25.7 25.6 27.8 21.2 29.1 25.5 25.5 28.2 20.3 30.4

March 33.3 31.4 36.3 30.4 31.1 33.5 31.4 36.7 28.8 31.3

April 40.5 39.3 41.3 37.6 39.4 40.6 40.0 41.1 36.1 39.4

May 46.6 43.6 44.5 42.0 46.0 47.6 43.0 44.5 40.9 45.8

June 45.7 46.0 44.2 44.7 43.8 47.1 46.7 45.8 45.0 44.5

July 41.3 38.0 39.9 39.8 41.5 44.0 40.7 42.9 42.0 44.0

August 38.0 37.5 38.3 37.7 37.5 41.4 39.7 42.1 40.4 39.3

September 36.3 36.0 36.4 36.7 36.7 40.1 39.0 40.4 40.2 40.0

October 35.8 35.2 33.0 34.8 34.7 37.4 37.2 34.4 37.1 37.0

November 30.4 29.7 30.9 30.3 29.5 31.4 30.5 31.6 31.3 29.7

December 25.3 24.8 25.4 25.1 22.5 26.2 26.2 26.3 26.4 23.1

Annual avg 35.2 34.3 35.0 33.5 34.5 36.6 35.4 36.4 34.1 35.6

Source: Pakistan Meteorological Department Note: a Expressed in Degrees Centigrade



Table 7-2: Summary of mean monthly minimum temperature at Jacobabad and

Sibbia

Jacobabad Sibbi

Month 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006

January 7.7 8.5 9.6 8.3 6.6 7.7 7.5 7.9 8.1 5.6

February 9.9 12.2 12.6 11.2 14.2 10.1 10.8 11.1 10.4 13.7

March 17.0 17.1 18.2 18.3 16.8 17.1 16.4 18.1 17.6 15.6

April 22.9 23.3 24.3 21.3 23.1 25.1 22.8 26.1 21.3 22.8

May 28.8 27.2 28.1 26.9 29.5 30.3 27.4 29.8 26.4 30.2

June 31.0 30.4 30.2 30.5 29.9 32.8 N.Rb 31.1 31.1 30.7

July 29.0 29.3 29.5 30.0 30.8 31.2 N.R 30.4 31.0 32.0

August 28.1 29.0 29.2 28.2 29.1 29.1 N.R 30.3 29.5 27.8

September 26.6 26.8 26.1 27.4 27.6 26.9 N.R 26.4 27.7 27.1

October 20.7 20.5 20.2 21.6 24.3 19.7 19.2 18.3 20.8 22.9

November 15.1 13.1 14.4 15.4 16.9 14.3 12.3 8.7 13.7 14.7

December 9.9 9.3 9.7 7.1 10.9 8.2 7.2 N.R 5.4 8.3

Annual avg 20.6 20.6 21.0 20.5 21.6 21.0 - - 20.2 20.9

Source: Pakistan Meteorological Department Note: a Expressed in Degrees Centigrade b means not recorded



Table 7-3: Summary of monthly amount of precipitation at Jacobabad and Sibbia

Jacobabad Sibbi

Month 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006

January 1.0 Traceb 13.4 0.0 Trace 0.0 5.6 23.8 8.4 0.0

February 5.0 19.2 0.0 22.0 Trace 0.7 17.3 0.0 64.9 11.2

March 5.6 2.0 0.0 5.1 8.0 1.0 4.0 0.0 110.0 22.9

April Trace 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.1

May 0.0 Trace 0.0 6.3 0.0 0.0 10.5 0.0 4.2 0.0

June 0.0 0.0 1.4 Trace Trace 0.0 2.0 12.0 0.0 0.0

July 0.0 134.8 5.0 15.0 2.0 0.0 60.5 0.0 10.5 10.3

August 0.0 54.0 5.0 3.4 18.5 3.4 51.0 Trace 50.4 80.7

September 0.0 0.0 0.0 10.0 24.0 0.0 14.0 0.0 26.0 0.0

October 0.0 0.0 0.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

November 2.0 Trace 0.0 0.0 0.7 0.0 0.7 Trace 0.0 2.0

December 3.5 0.0 24.0 0.0 39.0 4.6 0.0 21.0 0.0 39.5

Annual 17.1 210.0 49.6 61.8 94.2 9.7 165.6 56.8 274.4 169.7

Source: Pakistan Meteorological Department Notes: a Expressed in millimeters (mm) b Rain fall amount less than 0.1 mm



Table 7-4: Summary of mean monthly relative humidity at Jacobabad and Sibbia

Jacobabad Sibbi

Month 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006

January 75.0 80.0 76.0 74.0 64.0 66.0 68.0 69.0 72.0 61.0

February 71.0 74.0 73.0 73.0 74.0 56.0 64.0 58.0 79.0 68.0

March 64.0 61.0 58.0 76.0 72.0 54.0 46.0 41.0 80.0 64.0

April 53.0 49.0 48.0 57.0 49.0 37.0 33.0 28.0 55.0 46.0

May 51.0 42.0 48.0 52.0 56.0 36.0 32.0 33.0 44.0 44.0

June 66.0 69.0 59.0 60.0 56.0 47.0 34.0 49.0 49.0 46.0

July 77.0 83.0 73.0 72.0 71.0 57.0 67.0 57.0 71.0 60.0

August 76.0 82.0 74.0 77.0 79.0 63.0 71.0 65.0 75.0 72.0

September 79.0 87.0 79.0 77.0 81.0 64.0 65.0 63.0 72.0 64.0

October 81.0 86.0 74.0 79.0 80.0 55.0 54.0 60.0 65.0 70.0

November 77.0 76.0 76.0 68.0 80.0 58.0 48.0 65.0 56.0 70.0

December 74.0 75.0 72.0 77.0 82.0 57.0 58.0 61.0 64.0 80.0

Annual avg 70.3 72.0 67.5 70.2 70.3 54.2 53.3 54.1 65.2 62.1

Source: Pakistan Meteorological Department Note: a At 0000 hrs Greenwhich mean time expressed in percentage



Table 7-5: Summary of mean monthly wind speed at Jacobabad and Sibbia

Jacobabad Sibbi

Month 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006

January 0.8 0.1 0.5 0.3 0.5 1.7 0.2 0.6 0.7 0.1

February 0.3 0.7 0.3 2.0 0.4 1.3 0.6 0.6 1.1 0.0

March 0.7 1.6 1.1 1.0 1.2 0.4 1.4 0.6 0.0 0.2

April 1.1 2.1 1.3 0.9 1.0 1.3 0.9 0.1 1.2 1.0

May 3.5 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.4 1.2 0.2 1.0 0.2 0.0

June 4.2 2.1 1.3 2.3 2.4 0.7 1.0 0.5 1.0 0.5

July 3.2 1.9 1.1 1.7 2.6 1.1 1.0 0.3 0.4 0.9

August 1.5 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.0 0.4 0.5 0.1 0.1 0.0

September 0.9 1.3 0.7 1.8 0.4 1.0 1.0 1.0 N.R 0.0

October 0.6 0.4 1.2 0.6 0.7 0.0 0.2 0.9 0.1 0.0

November 0.3 0.5 0.1 0.5 0.6 0.2 0.8 0.3 0.6 0.1

December 1.0 0.5 0.4 1.0 0.5 0.7 0.0 0.5 0.0 0.1

Annual 1.5 1.2 0.9 1.3 1.1 0.8 0.7 0.5 0.5 0.2

Source: Pakistan Meteorological Department Note: a At 0000 hrs Greenwhich mean time expressed in knots



Table 7-6: Summary of mean monthly wind direction at Jacobabad and Sibbia

Year January February March April May June July August September October November December

2002 N45W S21E S45E S77E S45E S57E S62E S54E S69E S63E N N45W

2003 E N55E S45W N38E S9E S51E S51E S68E S56E E N34W N7W

2004 N08W N45E N67W N71W S50E S72E N53E S45E S92E S31E S45E W

2005 N72E N56E N63E S79E S45E S41E S51E S47E S28E S45E N S45W

Jacobabad

2006 N11E E S89E S82E S56E S59E S51E S81E S45E N83E S83E N14W

2002 N41W N08W N72W N30W N45W S18E S12E S22E N CALM N N45W

2003 N17W NW N37W N45W N46W S71W S19E S10E S45E N45W N48W N45W

2004 N46W N16W N45W N45W N56W S28E S14E E S45E N71W CALM N63W

2005 N45W N45W S41W N72W N23W N45W N75W S CALM N45W N45W CALM

Sibbi

2006 N45W CALM N N45W CALM S18E S23W CALM CALM CALM N45W N45W

Source: Pakistan Meteorological Department Note: a At 0000 hrs Greenwhich mean time



Table 7-7: Summary of monthly number of thunderstorm days at Jacobabad and

Sibbi

Jacobabad Sibbi

Month 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006

January 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

February 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

March 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0 1.0

April 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 1.0

May 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

June 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

July 0.0 10.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.0 12.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

August 0.0 4.0 0.0 0.0 5.0 0.0 4.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

September 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 1.0 1.0 0.0 0.0

October 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

November 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

December 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Annual 0.0 15.0 2.0 4.0 12.0 0.0 20.0 2.0 2.0 2.0

Source: Pakistan Meteorological Department

Table 7-8: Ambient air quality monitoring results for various time periods

SO2 NOXa PM10 CO Monitoring location

1hr. 24hr. 1hr. 24hr. 1hr. 24hr. 1hr. 24hr.

Uch Power Plant Residential Colony

2.85 2.47

7.40

5.75

- 79.62 2.81 mg/m3

2.79 mg/m3

Near Sewerage system 6.15 4.34

17.82 9.50

- 128.02 2.55 mg/m3

2.55 mg/m3

Average 4.50 3.41 12.61 7.63 103.82 2.68 2.67

Notes:

All values are expressed in µg/m3 unless specified a: calculated as NO2



Table 7-9: Noise survey along plant boundary a

No Location Average noise readingb

Remarks

1. Main gate 51.2

2. John Mohan Post 53.2 Closer to main plant area.

3. Lalek Jan post 45.5

4. Colony (North boundary wall near swimming pool) 51.8 Birds activity

5 Boundary wall (Tariq post) 53.2 Birds activity and village noise.

6 Boundary wall (Minhas post) 56.9 Birds activity and village noise.

7 Boundary wall (Ghaznvi post) 57.2 Birds activity

8 Boundary wall (Qasim post) 60.1 Birds activity.

9 Colony (West boundary wall near mess in Cluster IV) 43.4

10 Boundary wall (New security post at North boundary wall) 41.4

11 Boundary wall (New security post at South boundary wall) 44.3

Notes: a Base plant load conditions b All values in db (A) unless otherwise stated



Table 7-10: Chemical test results of water sample at Pat Feeder canal and water course outside plant boundary

Test Results Guideline Values

No. Parameters Method Unit Lowest

Detection Limit

Pat Feeder Water course

World Bank

NEQs

1 Temperature (At the time of sample collection) - °C - 19.0 20.0 - -

2 pH @ 25° C APHA-4500H+B - - 7.98 7.64 6-9 6-9

3 Total Suspended Solids(TSS) APHA-2540 D mg/L 5.0 106.0 17.0 50.0 200.0as

4 Total Dissolved Solids APHA-2540 C mg/L 5.0 136.0 164.0 - 3500.0

5 Grease & Oil USEPA-1664 mg/L 1.0 <1.0 <1.0 10.0 10.0

6 Chlorine , Residual APHA-3500C G mg/L 0.1 1.1 0.22 0.2 1.0

7 Chromium (Cr) ASTM-D1687 mg/L 0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.5 1.0

8 Copper (Cu) ASTM-D1688 mg/L 0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.5 1.0

9 Iron (Fe) ASTM-D1068 mg/L 0.02 5.2 1.26 1.0 8.0

10 Zinc (Zn) ASTM-D1691 mg/L 0.01 0.02 <0.01 1.0 5.0



Table 7-11: Microbial test results of water sample of water course outside plant

boundary

Parameters Method Unit Test

Results Permissible

Limits

Total Colony Count APHA Method Cfua/ml TNTCb < 500 /ml-

Total Coliforms APHA-9222 B Colonies/100ml TNTC Absent /100ml

Facal Coliforms (E.Coli) APHA-9222 D Colonies/100ml Absent Absent /100ml

Faecal Streptococci/Enterococci

APHA-9230 C Colonies/100ml Absent Absent /100ml

Notes:

a Colony forming unit b Too numerous to count



Photographs: Physical environment of the project area

Photograph 7-1: A view of clayey plain in the project area

Photograph 7-2: A view of agricultural land in the project area

Photograph 7-3: A view of harvested Paddy adjacent to power plant

Photograph 7-4: Boundary wall of power plant

Photograph 7-5: A view of Pat Feeder canal in the project area

Photograph 7-6: A view of bridge over Pat Feeder Canal in the project area



Photographs: Physical environment of the project area

Photograph 7-7: View of Rabi canal Photograph 7-8: A distributory for irrigation supply

Photograph 7-9: A pumping arrangement for canal water lift irrgation

Photograph 7-10: A view of tallab (temporary water storage pond) in the project area



Photographs: Ambient air quality monitoring and water quality

Photograph 7-11: A view of existing Uch Power Station

Photograph 7-12: Ambient air monitoring at first location point in progress

Photograph 7-13: Ambient air monitoring at second location point in the project area

Photograph 7-14: A view of the PM10 measuring equipment

Photograph 7-15: Recording of pollutant concentration values in progress

Photograph 7-16: Water sample collection from Pat Feeder canal



7.2 Biological Environment

7.2.1 Overview

Originally, the plant site and surrounding area was a representative of typical semi-desert flats influenced by sporadic monsoon rains and runoff through seasonal streams, commonly known as Pat. However, the development of irrigation system in this area has completely changed the land-use and now a good proportion of surrounding flats are under cultivation. Pat Feeder Canal system was initially constructed as a part of Guddu Barrage Project during 1969 to irrigate this part of Balochistan. Recently, another canal (Rabi canal) has become functional bringing more land under plough in the immediate vicinity of the power plant and towards northern parts of the project area. The changed environmental conditions obviously affected the distribution of wildlife in this area. The paddy fields, other wet areas and food availability are now more conducive for waterbirds than the original fauna of the semi-arid conditions.

The project area is located outside any conventional protected area (national park, wildlife sanctuary or game reserve) declared under the Balochistan Wildlife Protection Act, 1974.

7.2.2 Data Collection

Data for this EIA was gathered from both primary and secondary sources. Baseline field survey was conducted in November 2007. Sampling locations for the identification of floral and faunal assemblages has been carefully selected covering all habitat types, within walled area and also in peripheral adjoining areas upto 10 km from the plant site considering as the air shed of the power plant. The summary of biodiversity found during the site visit is given in Table 7-12.

a. Wildlife survey techniques

During the site visit of the project area, the sampling locations were randomly selected, ensuring that sufficient locations are sampled for each habitat and the maximum number of species belonging to each habitat is identified. The survey was undertaken by the wildlife experts following the standard survey techniques including line transects, incidental sightings and plot searches for ungulates, carnivores, birds, reptiles and small mammals present within the project area and habitat use by resident as well as migratory wildlife. Since the survey has been conducted during winter season (November 2007), a good number of migratory birds have been recorded within the project area. During the four days survey, 85 birds, 16 mammals and 21 reptile species were recorded in three major habitats in and around the project area. The habitats and details of flora and fauna observed in the project area have been provided below.

The wild life sampling locations are shown in Figure 7-6.



7.2.3 Habitats

Three major habitat types may be observed within the project area including semi-desert area, wetland in shape of evaporation and water storage pond and finally agricultural lands/settlements which is present outside walled area. Description of these habitats along with the floral and fauna attributes is provided below.

a. Semi-desert/flat area

The semi-desert area is a mainly flat with scattered water courses flowing in case of good rains. This area is undated by the flood water originating mainly during monsoon flowing from western Balochistan towards east i.e. Indus river. Sometimes, as observed in recent monsoon rains, flood water from western parts of Balochistan pass through this area entering ultimately in Hammal and Manchar lakes in Sindh and ultimately reaching Indus. Precipitation ultimately influence the vegetation which otherwise is xerophytic in nature, very scattered and scanty. Typical desert oriented species like Zizyphus mauritiana, Tamarix indica and Calotropis procera. A total of 12 floral species were recorded from this habitat type which is also site for plant extension.

The area is habitat for a number of reptile species like snakes and lizards. The most important snake species in the area is the saw-scaled viper. This is a highly poisonous snake and is distributed throughout Pakistan. The lizards include Desert monitor, Indian Spiny-tailed Lizard and Indian sand swimmer. Moreover, such habitat also supports winter migrants like Houbara bustard if area remains un-disturbed and food availability is adequate. Presently, large number of Crested larks were observed in such areas. Some activity of rodents was also noticed. Since the ground cover is thin, and grazing by livestock is extensive, such areas are not suitable for large mammals and carnivores.

b. Wetland/evaporation pond

A large sized wetland, with an approximate area of 25 hectares is present within walled area in shape of evaporation pond. This artificial wetland for the disposal of cooling water blow-down and other effluent by evaporation, appeared to be a useful and protected site for wintering waterfowl. This wetland is lined with typical water oriented floral species, Phragmites karka and provides source privacy to the wintering waterfowl. The area is occupied by a number of waterbirds including Anatidae species like Common pochard, Common teal, Gadwal, Mallard, Shoveler and White-eyed pochard. The number of these waterfowl recorded during the survey was close to 4,000.

c. Agricultural lands and settlements

This habitat type is dominant outside the power plant and is mainly irrigated through irrigation canals. Such areas are created either in late 1960s when Pat Feeder Canal was built or recently in the immediate vicinity of the power plant and more towards north when Rabi canal started operation. The agricultural activities altered the habitat which was originally with semi-desert conditions.



Mostly weed species are found in the cultivated fields where crops have been harvested. Besides the weed species, anthropogenic plant species (trees) introduced by the farmers for their use in daily life are also observed in the area. Common species of this habitat include Acacia nilotica, Dalbergia sisso, Prosopis cineraria and Prosopis juliflora. A total of 56 floral species were recorded from this habitat type including weeds.

Mainly bird species associated with human settlement can be seen in such habitat type where scattered human settlements are also present. Grey partridges are seen very close to desert area visiting agriculture areas for feeding. Similarly, bank myna and common myna are seen in abundance in addition to house crow and sparrows. Indian roller, collard dove and little brown dove are commonly seen roosting on trees and power lines close to human habitations. Asiatic jackal and foxes visit these areas during night for predation on domestic fowl and scavenging on food refuse. The small mammals, mainly rodents and reptile species also observed close to human settlements and grain storages.

7.2.4 Flora

Ecologically the area is a part of the Dry sub-tropical temperate semi-evergreen scrub forest, a semi-desert flat area with scattered vegetation. The area is characterised by low rainfall, high summer temperatures, poor soil and low diversity of plant species. This type of climatic conditions hardly supports any appreciable vegetation. However, irrigation system introduced in the project area has altered the ecological conditions of this area.

During field work for the EIA, presence of 56 plant species were identified within project site within walled area and adjoining habitats including semi-desert and agricultural lands.

Outside the walled area, plant communities in the semi-desert area faced with the threats of livestock grazing. In general the native vegetation is xerophytic, sparse and of low economic value. The primary natural influence on the vegetation is the low rainfall. Most the rainfall is confined to the summer monsoon period and is also scanty and meagre. The common bushy large shrubs or small trees are Alhaji maurorum, Zizyphus mauritiana and Calotropis procera. These vegetation species (total 56) recorded in project area and adjoining areas are listed in Table 7-13.

7.2.5 Fauna

The fauna of district Dera Murad Jamali, where the project site is located, is predominantly belongs to Palaearctic zoogeographical region. However, some avian species of Oriental region are also noticed here. The project area is located outside any conventional protected area (national park, wildlife sanctuary or game reserve) declared under the Balochistan Wildlife Protection Act, 1974. The power plant site is located with in existing power plant boundary (walled area) which contains existing plant, its



associated residential colony, evaporation pond and almost 70% area in natural state. The variety of micro-habitats within walled area, which is well protected as far as hunting is concerned under a policy enforced by the plant management, there are ample opportunities for wildlife to survive. The wetland is shape of evaporation pond and semi-desert flat area in southern half of the project area is providing wintering habitat for a number of migratory birds where they enjoy complete protection.

a. Birds

A total of 85 species of birds were recorded from inner and outer portions of the walled area. Out of total 85 recorded species, 36 are migratory while rest, 49 are resident to this area. 18 species were recorded from the site of plant extension area, 53, mostly winter migrants were recorded from Evaporation pond while 75 were recorded from rest of the areas including residential block, agriculture and other areas around the walled plant site. The most interesting were the Anatidae species and other waterbirds which were estimated more than 4000 in number including Common pochard, Common teal, Gadwal, Mallard, Shoveler and near threatened, White-eyed pochard. The species recorded from rest of the areas are common in nature and have adapted the change in land use like agriculture and residential areas. The trees planted in residential block provide shelter as well as nesting places for resident birds. Similarly, the electric poles and other high areas serve as roosting sites for raptor species.

Out of total 85 recorded species of birds, 36 are migratory, 50 common, 14 abundant, 12 less common, 9 listed as rare, 2 listed in IUCN list of Threatened Species, including Greater spotted eagle and White eyed pochard, and 14 listed in appendices of CMS also known as Bonn Convention. In addition, 17 out of 85 enjoy the legal protection status under the Balochistan Wildlife Protection Act 1974. A list of bird species observed in the project area is provided in Table 7-14.

b. Mammals

A total of 16 species of mammals were recorded from inner and outer portions of the walled area. These include carnivores like Asiatic jackal, Desert cat, Indian or Bengal fox, Common red fox and Mongoose. But most of the species constitute the small mammals occupying the burrows system. However, none of species recorded are endangered or having some international status. Seven species were recorded from the site of Plant extension area, 10 were recorded from the Evaporation pond while 16 were recorded from rest of the areas like residential block, agriculture and other areas around the walled plant site.

Out of total 16 recorded species, 15 are common, none less common and only one, Desert cat is rare. Out of these total 16 species none is protected under the Balochistan Wildlife Protection Act 1974. Moreover, none of the recorded species may be rewarded



as key species. A list of mammal species observed in the project area is provided in Table 7-15.

c. Reptiles

A total of 21 reptile species were recorded from inner and outer portions of the walled area. These include poisonous and non-poisonous snakes, lizards and other species. Poisonous snakes include Saw scaled viper which is quite common, Indian cobra and Indian krait comparatively rare. The non-poisonous snakes are Pakistan ribbon snake Checkered keelback, Eastern diadem snake, Glossy bellied racer and Indian sand boa. These snakes are important part of the ecosystems and help to maintain the rodent population in balance. The most common reptiles are Indian sand swimmer, Spotted Indian house gecko and Yellow bellied house gecko. Five species were recorded from Plant extension area, 10 were recorded from the Evaporation pond while 21 were recorded from rest of the areas like residential block, agriculture and other areas around the walled plant site

Out of total 21 recorded species, 9 are common, 12 less common and none is rare. Out of these total 21 species only two, Monitor lizard and Indian desert monitor are protected under the Balochistan Wildlife Protection Act 1974. But, like mammals, none of these may be rewarded as key species. A list of reptile species observed in the project area is provided in Table 7-16.




Scale:

Project

Map

Client

Halcrow Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd.3rd & 4th Floor, Nawa-e-Waqt house,Mauve Area, Zero Point, Sector G-7/1Islamabad, Pakistan.Tel: +92 51 220 3451-55Fax: +92 51 220 3462www.halcrow.com


WILDLIFE SAMPLING LOCATION MAP

"

""

"

"

" "

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

""

"

"

"

"

" ""

"

"

"

""

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

""

"

"

" "

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

""

"

"

""

""

"

"

" "" "

"

""

""

"

"

"

""""

""

"

"

"

"

"

""

""

"

" "

"

" "

"

"

"

""

" "

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

""

""

"

""

"

""

"

"

""

"

"

"

"

""

"

"""

""

"

"

"

"

"

"

""

"

"

""

"

"""

" ""

"

""

""

""

"

"""

"

"

"

"

""

"

""

"""

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

""

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ


ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ


ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ




ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ




ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ


ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ


ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ


ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ





ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ


ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ



ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ


ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ


ÇÇÇÇÇ

DERA MURAD JAMALI

68°15'0"E68°10'0"E68°5'0"E28

°40'

0"N

28°3

5'0"

N28

°30'

0"N

1:141,445

±

EIA FOR EXTENTION OF 404 MW POWER GENERATION CAPACITY AT UCH POWER STATION

0 1,500 3,000 4,500 6,000750Meters


LEGEND

EIA VISIT

ROAD NETWORK LANDUSEProject areaMetalled

TracksUnmetalled



Ç Wildlife survey locations



Table 7-12: Brief summary of biodiversity found during the site visit

Biological Attributes

Total Plant Extension

Area

Evaporation pond Area

Agriculture Area

Vegetation 56 12 01 56

Birds 85 18 53 75

Mammals 16 07 10 16

Reptiles 21 05 10 21



Table 7-13: Floral species observed during the site visit

Family Name Plant Specie Local Name Life-Form Life-Span

Cyperaceae

Cyperus rotundus Kabuh Sedge Perennial

Cyperus specie Sedge Perennial

Cyperaceae

Cyperus rotundus Kabuh Sedge Perennial

Cyperus specie Sedge Perennial

Poaceae

Cynodon dactylon Chhabar Grass Perennial

Dactyloctenium aegyptium Gandheer Gaah Grass Annual

Desmostachya bippinata Drabh Grass Perennial

Eragrostis minor Makhni Gaah Grass Annual

Ochthochloa compressa Gandheer Gaah Grass Perennial

Oryza sativa Saari Grass Annual

Panicum antidotale jhim Grass Perennial

Phragmites karka naaro Grass Perennial

Saccharum bengalense Booro Grass Perennial

Saccharum spontaneum Booro/Munian Grass Perennial

Setaria ipalica Bajari Grass Annial

Sporobolus spcie Grass Perennial

Sorghum bicolor Jowar Grass Annual

Triticum aestivum Gandum Grass Annual

Veazea nays Makae Grass Annual

Aizoaceae

Limeum indicum Dhoor Chhapri Herb Annual

Zelya petandra Wasanh/Waho Herb Annual

Asclepiadaceae

Calotropis procera Ak Shrub Perennial

Asteraceae

Conyza canadensis Gidar Buti Herb Annual

Eclipta alba Daryi Booti Herb Annual

Helianthus annuus Soorag mukhi Shrub Perennial

Launaea procumbens Bhattar Herb Perennial

Xanthium indicum Bhurt Shrub Annual




Boraginaceae

Cordia myxa Lesuro Small tree Perennial

Heliotropium europeum Uth Charo Herb Annual

Capparidaceae

Cleome scaposa Khathoori Herb Annual

Chenopodiaceae

Saueda nudiflora Lano Sub-shrub Semi-perennial

Saueda fruticosa Lani Sub-shrub Semi-perennial

Convolvulaceae

Cressa cretica Oin Herb Herb

Convolvulus arvensis Naro Climbing herb Herb

Cucumis melo Mitero Prostrate herb Annual

Euphorbiaceae

Euphorbia thymifolia

Euphorbia hirta Kheer Wal Herb Annual

Ricinus communis

Fabaceae

Alhaji maurorum Kandero Sub-shrub Perennial

Dalbergia sisso Taari Tree Perennial

Liliaceae

Allium cepa Peyaz Herb Annual

Malvaceae

Abutilon indicum Pat Teer Shrub Perennial

Mimosaceae

Acacia nilotica Sindhi Babur Tree Perennial

Albizia lebbeck Sarianh Tree Perennial

Prosopis cineraria Kandi Tree Perennial

Prosopis juliflora Devi Shrub Perennial

Molluginaceae

Glinus lotoides Herb Perennial

Rhamnaceae

Zizyphus mauritiana Jhangoori Ber Shrub Perennial

Solanaceae

Lycopersicom sesculeupum Tamator Shrubb Annual




Solanum melonjina Wagan Shrub Annual

Solanum surattense Kanderi Wal Sub-shrub Annual

Tamaricaceae

Tamarix aphylla Lawo Tree Perennial

Tamarix indica Laie Larg shrub Perennial

Verbenacea

Phyla nodiflora Bukkan Herb Annual

Typhaceae

Typha domingenasis Pan Rush Perennial

Typha elephantina Pan Rush Perennial

Zygophyllaceae

Fagonia indica Dramaho Herb Annual

Fagonia bruguieri Dramaho Herb Annual



Table 7-14: List of birds observed during the site visit within the project area

Locality/Habitat Status Occurrence Listing

No. Common Name Scientific Name

Pla

nt

Ext

ensi

on

Are

a

Eva

por

atio

n P

ond

Oth

ers

Mig

rato

ry

Res

iden

t

Com

mon

Ab

un

dan

t

Les

s C

omm

on

Rar

e

BW

PA

IUC

N

CM

S

1. Bank Myna Acridotheres ginginianus x x x x

2. Bay-backed Shrike Lanius vittatus x x x

3. Black Crowned finch lark Eremopterix nigriceps x x x x x

4. Black Drongo/King Crow Dicrurus macrocercus x x x x

5. Black Kite Milvus migrans x x x x x x

6. Black Redstart Phoenicurus ochruros x x x x

7. Black-winged Kite Elanus caeruleus x x x x x

8. Black-winged stilt Himantopus himantopus x x x x II

9. Blue Rock Pigeon Columba livia x x x x x III

10. Bluethroat Luscinia svecica x x x x

11. Blyth’s Reed Warbler Acrocephalus dumetorum x x x

12. Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis x x x x x

13. Chiffchaff Phylloscopus collybita x x x x

14. Common Babbler Turdoides caudatus x x x

15. Common Myna/Indian Myna Acridotheres tristis x x x x x

16. Common Pochard Aythya ferina x x x II

17. Common Redstart Phoenicurus phoenicurus x x x





Pla

nt

Ext

ensi

on

Are

a

Eva

por

atio

n P

ond

Oth

ers

Mig

rato

ry

Res

iden

t

Com

mon

Ab

un

dan

t

Les

s C

omm

on

Rar

e

BW

PA

IUC

N

CM

S

18. Common Rosefinch Carpodacus erythrinus x x x

19. Common Sandpiper Actitis hypoleucos x x x x

20. Common Teal Anas crecca x x x II

21. Crested Lark Galerida cristata x x x x

22. Darter or Snake Bird Anhinga melanogaster x x x x II

23. Desert lark Ammomanes deserti x x x

24. Desert Wheatear Oenanthe deserti x x x x

25. Gadwal Anas strepera x x x II

26. Golden backed Woodpecker Dinopium benghalense x x x

27. Great Cormorant Phalacorcorax carbo x x x

28. Great Grey Shrike Lanius excubitor x x x x

29. Great Reed Warbler Acrocephalus arundinaceus x x x

30. Greater Short-toed Lark Calandrella brachydactyla x x x

31. Greater spotted eagle Aquila clanga x x x x VU I/II

32. Grey Heron Ardea cinerea x x x x x

33. Hoopoe Upupa epops x x x x x

34. House Crow Corvus splendens x x x x x

35. House Sparrow Passer domesticus x x x x x

36. House Swift Apus affinis x x x x





Pla

nt

Ext

ensi

on

Are

a

Eva

por

atio

n P

ond

Oth

ers

Mig

rato

ry

Res

iden

t

Com

mon

Ab

un

dan

t

Les

s C

omm

on

Rar

e

BW

PA

IUC

N

CM

S

37. Hume’s Wheatear Oenanthe alboniger x x x x x

38. Indian / Common Moorhen Gallinula chloropus x x x x

39. Indian Crow Pheasant Centropus sinensis x x x x

40. Indian Robin Saxicoloides fulicata x x x x

41. Indian Tree-Pie Dendrocitta vagabunda x x x

42. Intermediate Egret Egretta intermedia x x x x

43. Isabelline Shrike Lanius isabellinus x x x x

44. Large Pied Wagtail Motacilla maderaspatensis x x x

45. Little Cormorant Phalacrocorax niger x x x x x

46. Little Egret Egretta garzetta x x x x x

47. Little Green Bee-eater Merops orientalis x x x x

48. Little Stint Calidris minuta x x x II

49. Long-eared Owl Asio otus x x x

50. Long-legged Buzzard Buteo rufinus x x x x

51. Long-tailed Grass Warbler Prinia burnesii x x x

52. Mallard Anas platyrhynchos x x x II

53. Marsh Harrier Circus aeruginosus x x x x

54. Merlin Falco columbarius x x x x II

55. Northern Pintail Anas acuta x x x II





Pla

nt

Ext

ensi

on

Are

a

Eva

por

atio

n P

ond

Oth

ers

Mig

rato

ry

Res

iden

t

Com

mon

Ab

un

dan

t

Les

s C

omm

on

Rar

e

BW

PA

IUC

N

CM

S

56. Paddy Bird/Indian Pond Heron Ardeola grayii x x x x x

57. Peregrine Falcon Falco peregrinus x x x x II

58. Pied Bushchat Saxicola caprata x x x x x

59. Pied Kingfisher Ceryle rudis x x x x x

60. Plain Prinia Prinia inornata x x x

61. Purple Heron Ardea purpurea x x x x x II

62. Purple Sunbird Nectarinia asiatica x x x x x

63. Redshank Tringa totanus x x x II

64. Red-vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer x x x x x

65. Red-wattled Lapwing Hoplopterus indicus x x x x x

66. Ring Dove Streptopelia decaocto x x x

67. Rufous fronted Prinia Prinia buchanani x x x x

68. Rufous-tailed Scrub Robin Cercotrichas galactotes x x x x

69. Short-toed Eagle Circaetus gallicus x x x x

70. Shoveler Anas clypeata x x x II

71. Sindh Jungle Sparrow Passer pyrrhonotus x x x

72. Sindh Pied Woodpecker Dendrocopos assimilis x x x

73. Spotted Little Owl Athene brama x x x II

74. Streaked Weaver Ploceus manyar x x x





Pla

nt

Ext

ensi

on

Are

a

Eva

por

atio

n P

ond

Oth

ers

Mig

rato

ry

Res

iden

t

Com

mon

Ab

un

dan

t

Les

s C

omm

on

Rar

e

BW

PA

IUC

N

CM

S

75. Tawny Eagle Aquila rapax vindhiana x x x x

76. Tawny Pipit Anthus campestris x x x

77. White-breasted Kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis x x x x x

78. White-breasted waterhen Amaurornis phoenicurus x x x x

79. White-browed Fantail Flycatcher Rhipidura aureola x x x

80. White-cheeked Bulbul Pycnonotus leucogenys x x x x

81. White eyed Pochard Aythya nyroca x x x x NT II

82. White / Pied Wagtail Motacilla alba x x x x x

83. White throated Munia/Indian Silverbill Eodice malabarica/Lonchura malabarica x x x x

84. Yellow bellied Prinia Prinia flaviventris x x x x

85. Yellow Wagtail Motacilla flava x x x

Notes:

VU= Vulnerable, NT= Near threatened

Others: include agricultural land and associated land but outside premises of power plant



Table 7-15: List of mammals observed during the site visit within the project area

Locality/Habitat Status Listing


Pla

nt

Ext

ensi

on A

rea

Eva

por

atio

n P

ond

Oth

ers

Com

mon

Les

s C

omm

on

Rar

e

BW

PA

IUC

N

1. Asiatic Jackal Canis aurius x x x x

2. Desert Cat Felis silvestris ornate x x x

3. Red Fox Vulpes vulpes x x

4. Five Stripped Palm Squirrel Funambulus pennanti x x x x

5. Indian Crested Porcupine Hystrix indica x x x

6. Indian Desert Jird Meriones hurrionae x x x x

7. Indian Gerbil Tatera indica x x x x

8. Cape Hare Lepus capensis x x

9. Long-eared Hedgehog Hemiechinus auritus x x x x

10. Small Indian Mongoose Herpestes javanicus x x

11. Balochistan Gerbil Gerbillus nanus x x

12. House Mouse Mus musculus x x x x

13. House Rat Rattus rattus x x x

14. Indian/Bengal Fox Vulpes bengalensis x x

15. Indian Grey Mongoose Herpestes edwardsi x x x

16. Little Indian Field Mouse Mus booduga x x x



Table 7-16: List of reptiles observed during the site visit within the project area



Pla

nt

Ext

ensi

on A

rea

Eva

por

atio

n P

ond

Oth

ers

Com

mon

Les

s co

mm

on

Rar

e

BW

PA

IUC

N

1. Brilliant Agama Trapelus (Agama) agilis isolepis x x x x

2. Indian Cobra Naja naja naja x x x

3. Indian Desert Monitor Varanus griseus x x x

4. Indian Fringed Toed sand Lizard Acanthodactylus cantoris cantoris x x

5. Indian Monitor Varanus bengalensis x x x x x

6. Indian Sand Boa Eryx johnii johnii x x

7. Indian Sand Swimmer Ophiomorus tridactylus x x

8. Indian Spiny-tailed Lizard Uromastyx hardwicki x x x

9. Saw scaled Viper Echis carinatus x x x x

10. Spotted Ground Agama Trapelus ruderatua x x

11. Bronze Grass Skink Mabuya macularia x x

12. Checkered Keelback Xenochrophis piscator piscator x x x

13. Eastern Diadem Snake Spalerosophis diadema diadema x x

14. Fat tailed Gecko Eublepharis macularius x x

15. Glossy Bellied Racer Coluber ventromaculatus x x x x

16. Garden Lizard Calotes versicolor x x x

17. Indian Krait Bungarus caeruleus x x





Pla

nt

Ext

ensi

on A

rea

Eva

por

atio

n P

ond

Oth

ers

Com

mon

Les

s co

mm

on

Rar

e

BW

PA

IUC

N

18. Pakistan Ribbon Snake Psammophis leithii x x

19. Sindh Sand Gecko Crossobamon orientalis x x x

20. Spotted Indian House Gecko Hemidactylus brookii brookii x x x

21. Yellow Bellied House Gecko Hemidactylus flaviviridis x x x



Photographs: Biological environment of the project area

Photograph 7-17: Semi desert habitat Photograph 7-18: Agriculture fields

pPhotograph 7-19: A view of Proposed power plant site

Photograph 7-20: Evaporation pond at power plant

Photograph 7-21: Discharge point into evaporation pond

Photograph 7-22: A flock of ducks at evaporation pond




Photograph 7-23: A flock of Mallard at evaporation pond

Photograph 7-24: A flock of Little egret along Pat Feeder canal

Photograph 7-25: Indian Pond heron Photograph 7-26: A flock of large cormorant

Photograph 7-27: Bay backed shrike Photograph 7-28: White wagtail




Photograph 7-29: Black drongo Photograph 7-30: Crow pheasant

Photograph 7-31: Fresh foot print of Desert hedgehog Photograph 7-32: Briliant agama

Photograph 7-33: Glossy bellied racer Photograph 7-34: Indian monitor lizard




Photograph 7-35: Calotropis procera Photograph 7-36: Acacia nilotica

Photograph 7-37: Alhaji maurorum Photograph 7-38: Tamarix indica

Photograph 7-39: Prosopis juliflora Photograph 7-40: Nests of Streaked weaver bird



7.3 Socio-economic Environment

7.3.1 Overview

The project site is located within walled area of the existing power plant, hence direct disturbance to communities will be minimum from the project activities. However physical extent of the study area, up to 10km surrounding the power plant boundary was selected (referred as project area) taking into consideration the physical and socioeconomic boundaries beyond which the project is not likely to significantly influence local communities, and also with a view of covering a substantial sample size for collection of reliable and authentic socio-economic data.

7.3.2 Methodology

Data was collected from published sources such as census reports, previous studies and data from government departments as well as from field survey carried out in the surroundings of the power plant covering more than 100 hamlets.

Field work methodology included Rapid Rural Appraisal (RRA) techniques including transact walks through villages, group interviews and focus group discussions with the local communities. A semi-structured interview guide was also used in the process. The information was collected with the objective of obtaining a clear and complete understanding of the social and economic conditions of the local communities; assessing the vulnerability of the local communities; identifying marginalised strata of the community; and gathering local concerns and inhibitions.

Socio-economic environment and infrastructure of the project area is shown in Figure

7-7.

7.3.3 Study Objectives

The socio economic study undertaken for the EIA was designed and conducted to meet the following objectives:

To assess the human environment of the area i.e. to determine the Quality of life (QOL) of communities within the Region of Influence (ROI).

To have an insight into the day to day activities of people especially focusing on their income generating activities viz., agriculture and labor.

To access the vulnerabilities of the local communities and the effects of project activities on their QOL and

Consultation with communities regarding the proposed project activities and to find out their concerns and aspirations.



7.3.4 Project location and tribal distribution

The project area is located in Mouza17 Kuba Sher Khan, union council Kuba Sher Khan of Dera Murad Jamali Tehsil in Naseerabad district, Balochistan. In the north, the project area is bounded by the district Sibi and Bolan, in the west by Jhal Magsi district, in the east by Dera Bugti district, and in the south by Jaffarabad district. Under the new system of local government i.e. Local Government Ordinance 2001, a Nazim and Naib Nazim have been elected as administrative heads of the local government. Naib Nazim at the tehsil level handles all civil matters for the area, such as liaising with education department, the land revenue department, and other government departments located in the district.

Overall, province wise, the Baloch tribes comprise 62%, rest are Pashtuns and Brahvis of the province. Baloch are living in the sparsely populated north-west, west, east, and south, Brahvi living in centre of province and while the Pashtuns are the majority in the north.

The project area is inhabited mainly with Baloch tribes which is further sub classified linguistically as Brahvi18 and the rest are Samāt locally known as Jamote19. Therefore the main tribes found in the project area are Baloch, Brahvi and Jamote. The main tribes outside of Baloch genealogy include Syed, Daya, Kori, Kumbhar, Jat, Bheel and Mukhi. The main tribes inhabiting the project area are provided in Table 7-17.

Muslims are in majority in the project area and mainly belongs to Sunni sect although there are few Hindu tribes as well.

7.3.5 Demographic profile

The proposed plant location falls in the Dera Murad Jamali Tehsil, which covers an area of 1,986 km2. The total population of the Dera Murad Jamali Tehsil is 157,429 of which 82,627 are males and 74,802 are females according to the population and housing census of 1998. According to the 1998 census, the male-female ratio is 1.10:1, i.e., there are 110 men to every 100 women.

The socioeconomic study for the EIA covered 103 villages. The total population of the surveyed villages in the project area is 21,055 with approximately 3,779 households. The male and female population is estimated to be close to 51.05% and 48.94% of the total respectively. The male-female ratio is 1.04:1, this compares favourably with the male-female ratio for Pakistan as a whole, which stands at 1.08:1 based on population data provided in the Economic Survey for 2002-2003.20 The average household size of the

17 Smallest administrative unit. 18 Brahvi or Brohi are closely linked to the Baloch with whom they have substantially intermingled. Linguistically, they speak the

Brahvi language it is also called as Bravi. There is no distinct indigenous script for Brahvi; like Balochi it is written in Perso-Arabic alphabet.

19 Jamote is Samat living in Sindh and Balochistan provinces of Pakistan and speak Sindhi and Siraeki. 20 According to the Economic Survey 2002-2003, the projected population estimate for the year 2003 is 149.03 m, of which 77.38

m are males and 71.65 m are females.



surveyed villages is approximately 5 persons/ household, which is lower than the average household size calculated for district Naseerabad (6.4) according to 1998 census. Population figures of villages visited in the project area are shown in Table 7-18.

a. Pattern of settlement

The settlement in the project area has emerged after construction of Pat Feeder Canal and mainly after construction of Rabi canal in the year 2002. Settlements are mainly in the form of scattered hamlets comprising small clusters of houses.

For the settlements surveyed, almost 65% of the settlements are comprised of households less than 20 in number, 31% of the settlements are comprised of households less than equal to 100 and only 4 % of the settlements are comprised of more than 100 households.

Large settlements include Killi Bangul-zai, Killi Sohbat Khan, Killi Kutab Din Jamali, Killi Muhammad Aslam Jatak and comprising of approximately 1000, 400, 150 and 150 households respectively. These hamlets are separated by short distances. Aggregation of settlements is based on kinship relations, with each settlement being inhabited by descendents from the same family lineage. Villages in the area are named after the local headman.

b. Migration

In-migration Due to favourable environmental and economic conditions, in-migration exists in the project area. In Balochistan the livestock owner migrate from area to area in search of better pastures and water. During winter season when the pasture is totally dried and grazing is no more possible the livestock owners from high lands take their herds and move towards Kachhi and Naseerabad plains where they purchase sorghum field and stay in the area till February. Some Pashtuns also migrate to the project area and work as manual labour, sale dry fruit, second hand cloth and so on. Suleman Khail tribe also migrate into the project area to de-silt the Canals and return back after completing the work. As soon as the summer starts they move back towards mountainous areas.

The project area has seen a recent increase in in-migration as farm labour in the immediate vicinity and North of the power plant after the construction of Rabi canal.

Out-migration Permanent out-migration of the land owners is rare and none of the respondents interviewed during fieldwork indicated any significant trends of permanent out-migration from the area. However there are few incidences of seasonal migration of tenants in the Rabi canal command area, where the water is available to cultivate Rabi crops only.



7.3.6 Social organisation

Social organisation in the area is tribal. Tribe is the major entity which provides identity, security and rights to individuals and families and who in return show their allegiance to their leader. A tribe is a segmentary organization of kinship groups consisting of many lineages and each lineage consisting of many agnatic groups. Each agnatic group has its own leader, who is also the village headman and is consulted for conflict or dispute resolution. Every lineage has one leader, who is recognised by all of the constituent agnatic groups. The tribal leader is the lord of the area and his power extends to all lineages and agnatic groups. He presides over the mechanisms for adjudication of conflicts and for enforcement of decisions. The jurisdiction of the tribal leader is extended to all areas inhabited or controlled by his tribe, and also to other smaller tribal groups or lineages in the area.

The area of Dera Murad Jamali Tehsil has influence of Mir Zafarullah Khan Jamali who is also ex Prime Minister of Pakistan. The project area is inhabited by different tribal groups having their own tribal heads. The distribution of tribal authority in the project area is provided in Table 7-19.

7.3.7 Social infrastructure and facilities

a. Education

The level of literacy is low. The field survey revealed that the male literacy rate is10.9% and the female literacy rate, 3.7% in the project area, compared to urban areas of Naseerabad District where 17.06% of the men and 4.39% of the women are educated (Population Census Organization, August 1999). There are only 5 government and 3 private primary schools in the project area. Numbers such as these have very dire implications for the future of education in these areas.

b. Health

The overall health of a community is primarily reflected by the life expectancy of the people. The average life expectancy of men in the project area is 61.6 years, slightly greater than the 60.4 years expected for women21. Evidence from the field survey suggests that child immunization for polio is nearly 100%.

No health facility is available in the immediate vicinity of the power plant. The community visits the District Head Quarter (DHQ) hospital and nearest BHU and the government clinic and private clinic at Dera Murad Jamali. Dera Murad Jamali is located at a distance of 5 km from the plant location. In case of an emergency the hospitals at Sukkur are mostly visited. A total of 5-6 dais, without any formal maternity training, were reported in the project area villages. People have to travel around 5 to 10 km for

21 The life expectancy in the field was calculated based on information gathered from village elders, and indicates only how long

male and female villagers live on average. These figures are not to be confused with national-level demographic details, which calculate life expectancy using the standard method.



immediate medical attention. For serious illnesses they go to Sukkur. Infant mortality in newborn babies is 10 to 15%22. This is due to the absence of a local system of child delivery, or proper nutrition for infants.

Information provided by the MS DHQ hospital revealed that common ailments in the area include malaria, typhoid, gastroenteritis, tuberculosis, acute respiratory infection (ARI), hepatitis B and C and seasonal fever whereas among women include malnutrition, anemia, general back aches and pains.

According to the outpatient register maintained by the DHQ hospital at Dera Murad Jamali, the number of patients varies from 250 to 300 per day. The Doctor also informed of frequent cases of snake bites in the area. Health facilities available in the Dera Murad Jamali Tehsil are listed in Table 7-20.

c. Drinking water

There is no water supply system available in the project area except for Killi Azizabad where the community has constructed a water reservoir to store surface water. The stored water is filtered before being pumped into over head tanks to supply water to the communities. The main source of drinking water is surface water extracted from Pat Feeder. Groundwater in the project area is brackish and is not being used for drinking purpose by the communities.

Livestock is taken to the canals/distributaries for drinking water. Women spend up to one hour daily fetching the required amount of drinking water.

d. Energy and communication

The national highway (N65) a black top road connecting Jacobabad with Quetta passes through the project area and provides main access to the project area. The offshoots from the black top road into the project area are mainly dirt tracks used by locals for commuting within the project area.

The project area lies along the main Quetta – Rohri railway link. The closest railway station from the project area is at Dera Murad Jamali situated about 5km from the power plant.

The availability of electricity is limited only to some parts of the project areas including the main villages. During field work only 17% of the villages visited had electricity.

7.3.8 Economy of the area

Economy of the project area is dependent primarily on two occupations i.e., agriculture (maximum) and livestock (limited extent).

22 Reported by EDO Health, Dera Murad Jamali



a. Agriculture

Agricultural activity in the project area started after the construction of Pat Feeder Canal in 1970, the activity emerged in the immediate vicinity and north of power plant after construction of Rabi canal in year 2001. The entire area around the plant location is now cultivated by irrigation supplies from Pat Feeder and Rabi canals. This indicates the importance of agricultural sector in the project area. The existing standards and management levels of agriculture in the project area are very low. As a result, the present subsistent agriculture does not produce enough to meet the food and financial requirements of the farm population.

The project area within the Pat Feeder command area has two cropping seasons: Rabi and Kharif. The period of kharif and rabi harvests is May/September and October/March respectively. Major crops grown in Rabi season are wheat, paddy, vegetables (Tomato, Onion), and fodder (jawar and maize) while the kharif season brings pulses and fodder. However the command area of Rabi canal only receives irrigation supplies during one cropping season of Rabi.

Based on interviews with local farmers, farming is an entirely private enterprise and is managed at the household level. Family members provide the labour required for most of the season. The crop yield of wheat and Vegetables (tomato and onion) is approximately 1,500-2,000 kg/hectare (15-20 mds/acre) and 3,000 kg/hectare (30 mds/acre) respectively. The vegetables are risky crops as attack by disease is more likely for the case of vegetables. However, locals prefer growing onions and vegetables in the area which according to them give higher economic return without the risk of being rotten due to easy access to local vegetable market of Dera Murad Jamali.

Land ownership and tenure system Ownership of the land in the project area is by tribes and individuals. Based on revenue records there is no government land available in the Rabi canal command area however few small patches of government land is available in Pat Feeder command area and the ownership rights are in process to be transferred to the cultivators.

Based on the size of landholding, the landholding can be divided into three categories in the project are: (i) large landholding - individuals having more than 40 hectares (100 acres) (ii) medium landholdings - landowners having more than 6.5 hectares (16 acres) and (iii) small landholdings - landowners having less than 6.5 hectares (16 acres). Most of the landowners in the category of large and medium landholdings have given their land on tenancy for cultivation, while the small landowners cultivate their land by themselves. In the project area about 60% of the farms have landholdings of less than 16 acres, whereas 10% of the farms have landholdings of more than 100 acres while the rest fall in the category of medium landholdings.



Terms of tenancy Sharecropping tenancy is mostly practiced in the project area. The share arrangement between the landowners and their tenants is adjusted depending on the share of the input provided by the tenant. If the tenant can pay for the tractor, seed, and fertilizer, the tenants and the landowner will share the total produce equally. Otherwise 10% of the produce is kept by the landowner for the agricultural inputs and the rest is shared equally. The average amount of land given to a tenant is 6.5 hectares (16 acres).

Irrigation The source of irrigation water in the project area is Pat Feeder and Rabi canal. Tube well irrigation system is not practiced in the project area.

Each of the four provincial assemblies passed a Provincial Irrigation and Drainage Authority Act in mid-1997, which converts the provincial irrigation departments into PIDAs. The act is implemented under the National Drainage Programme, whereby each province is to select one canal command for initial implementation. Besides PIDA, the act calls for the establishment of a farmer organization for each distributary (secondary canal) served by the selected canal, along with an area water board for the selected canal command, to be composed of government and farmer representatives. However the PIDA Act is not being implemented in the project area. Besides PIDA, the area water board and role of formers organization for Pat Feeder Canal is also not present.

b. Livestock

Livestock is an important asset for the poor, particularly the landless, and farmers as in terms of profit it is believed to be close to that of the crop production. In the project area, the communities rear flocks of goats, cows, and sheep for commercial reasons and donkeys for water collection.

In the livestock management, the entire family participates except for those keeping large herds, which employ wage paid worker on monthly wages fixed for cow and goat/sheep. The herder is paid Rs40 and Rs 20 per month for cow and goat/sheep respectively for grazing. Herder paid in cash is not allowed to use the milk of the livestock or any share in the offspring. The local communities sell their livestock to purchase basic necessities for daily life. The prices range between Rs 2000-5000 per sheep and Rs1000-3000 per goat. The average wool collection is about 3 kilograms per sheep, which is sold for Rs. 40-50 per kilogram.

7.3.9 Marketing

The main market place in the project area is Dera Murad Jamali. Dera Murad Jamali has various shops and diverse businesses providing basic services for the project area ranging from groceries, restaurants, grain market, tailoring, public call offices, barber shops, mechanical and electric workshops, fertilizer and pesticide shops, flour mills, saw mills, petrol pumps etc.



There are shops in number of villages selling basic commodities for domestic use. Few villages also tea stalls. Unregistered diesel/petrol shops also exist throughout the area along the main road selling fuel for vehicles and farm machinery.

7.3.10 Graveyards & shrines

Graveyards are situated outside the villages normally along the roadsides. Not all villages have graveyards and only bigger and older villages have their separate graveyard. The graveyards are customarily visited on Eid’s mornings and other special occasions. However there is no notable shrine in the project area.

7.4 Gender analysis

As in most rural parts of Pakistan the socio-economic well being of women in the project area is poor. This section describes the roles and responsibilities of women in the project area. Their access to and control over resources, access to health, education, and means of livelihood are also addressed.

7.4.1 Dress

Shalwar qameez is the common dress for women along with dupata in the project area, while women of some Balochi origin tribe wears long Jama like frock down to the heels, Suthan or loose trousers, a long Chaddar or Scarf and shoes narrow at the toe or sandals of leather. The prejudice has, however, began to break down and colored and embroidered coats are sometimes worn by the leading women. Gradually some fashions are being accepted from the media.

A Baloch women wears a red or white cotton sheet over her head, and a chola or long shirt resembling a night gown, which reaches down to the ankles and is prettily embroidered in front. She also wears red or white Pajamas. The hair is worn in long queue and the ordinary ornaments in use are bracelets, a nose-ring, a necklace and ear-rings.

The dress of the Jamotes and Brahvis resembles of the Baloch, but their shirts are shorts, and the Jamotes often wear Khaki or blue trousers, the trousers of their married women are generally red and those of the girls white.

7.4.2 Purdah and social mobility

Women generally observe purdah from outsiders. The purdah restrictions are more stringent for young girls. Adult women can appear before male members of the same tribe. The restrictions on mobility are not very strict and vary with the marital status and age of women as well as it varies from tribe to tribe. Married and relatively older women are freer to attend marriage, death and birth ceremonies in other villages. In agriculture activity women help their male members in the fields. All women take dupata even inside their homes and during household chores.



7.4.3 Preferences in marriage

In many parts of this region the system of exchange marriages still exists. The paternal cousins are given preference and the girl’s choice shouldn’t be sought. In some cases parents decide their daughter’s fate even before she is born. Engagement or mangni is held before marriage which symbolically represents the fixation of matrimony. The females are engaged at a very early age (between 8-10 years) when they cannot make decisions on their own. Then girl is disallowed from going to the in-laws family and also observes purdah from her expected husband. Girls are married at an early age mostly between 12-15 years.

The exchange marriages are a gamble, and females are forced to compromise as the consequence of failure is suffering of mostly the females. Also at times females are married with un-matched males, just to accommodate for a badal (exchange). If a male member does not have a female badal in her family, he pledges the marriage of her daughter to the other family. Polygamy in males is also in practice but in case if the first wife does not bear a male child. The second marriage of divorced women is uncommon. For the case of marriage of a widow, the late husband’s brother would be preferred. Divorce ratio is also low.

In rare cases those who are not getting any girl in exchange claim some money to be paid called lab, but most of the lab money is spent for the purchase of ornaments, beds, clothes and other household good which are given to the bride as dowry (Jahez).

It is very common that most of the marriages are arranged within the tribe, in some cases the parents of the girls agree to give their daughter outside their tribe in a well off family.

The decisions of the marriages are made by the parents and the mother plays the leading role. At the time of Nikah the girls are also asked and usually she delegates the decision powers to her “wali” who is her father, uncle or brother.

Marriage arranged on the choice of a boy is also common; however love marriages/court marriages are not common in the region.

7.4.4 Inheritance

Islamic inheritance laws stipulate that a daughter receives half of a son’s share on the death of a parent. This is completely ignored on the premise that girls are given their share of inheritance in the form of dowry. A typical dowry includes livestock and household items such as utensils and bedding. The number and quality of items in a dowry varies with the economic standing of the girl’s family. Women are made to believe that inheritance in property is the right of their brothers.



7.4.5 Daily seasonal workload

In the project area the girl starts assisting her mother at the early stage of her life. She starts taking care of her younger’s when she herself is just 7 to 8 years. Gradually she is trained in not only the house hold matters but also to provide assistance to her male members of her family in agriculture activities. After marriage she is made responsible to look after all the house hold matter like cooking, cleaning, laundry, taking care of children, looking after her old parents, providing services to sick persons in the house, looking after the domestic animals like milking, feeding, allowing the animals outside for gazing as well as keeping them at proper dry places in winter etc. Besides all these activities she has to take meals to the fields when the male family members are irrigating, ploughing, levelling and seeding. Afterwards when the crops are close to harvesting the work load of the women increase and she has to work very hard during harvesting, thrashing, winnowing of the crops. Similarly in paddy cultivation the women play the main role in putting seedlings. Table 7-21 shows gender roles in upland crop production in the project area.

7.4.6 Latrine and washroom facilities

Surprisingly, women observe strict purdah on one hand but they do not have latrine facilities in part of the project area. In agricultural areas, Mostly women use the fields to ease the nature. Mostly the timings are early in the morning or at night time in the darkness. At bus stops there are neither sitting arrangements for women nor they have latrine facilities.

7.4.7 Decision making

Decision making is in the hands of male members of the family. They control even the household budget. A male member’s decision cannot be challenged by a woman, but in some places women’s decisions are also sought in marriages. Women are expected to bear insolence whatever hardships come in their way as a consequence of a male decision.

7.4.8 Education

Female literacy is much lower than male literacy. Female enrolment in schools is low and their dropout is high. Reasons for this dropout are:

Few of the villages have Primary Boys Schools (PBS), where girls also enrolled. There are no separate girls’ schools in most of the villages.

Mostly Balochi tribes do not allow their girls to get education with boys and by male teacher.

In the patriarchal society, sons are preferred for the education.



The daily life of women is busy and the mothers prefer to use their daughters in supporting them in the daily household chores.

Girls get married starting from the age of 12 and they are taught household chores starting from 6-8 years.




Scale:

Project

Map

Client





SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE

" "

"

"

"

"

"

" ""

"

"

"

" "

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

""

"

"

"

""

"

"

" "

""

"

"

""

""

""

"

"

"

"

"

""

""

"

"

""

"

"

"

"

""

""

"

"

"

""

"

"

"

""

"

"""

""

"

"

"

"

"

"

""

"

"

""

"

"""

" ""

"

""

""

""

"

""

"

"

"

"

"

""

"

""

"""

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

""

B

BBB

B BB

B BB

B BB BB

B BB B B B

B BB

###

#

##

#

#

#

#

#

#

#

# #

##

##

#

#

##

##

##

###

#

#

#

# #

#

##

#

#

##

# #

#

#

#

#

#

#

#

#

#

#

#

#

#

#

#

# #

#

##

#

# # #

#

#

##

#

###

#

# #

#

#

#

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(

!(!(C

C

$

DERA MURAD JAMALI

Goth Azizabad Goth Sohbat Khan

Goth Haji RehmatGoth Ayub Mengal

Muhammad Aslam Jatak

Goth Killi Bangul-zai

Goth Kutab Din Jamali


Goth Killi Bangul-zai

Goth Mir Asad Khan Jamali

Goth Muhammad Siddiq Bangul-zai

68°15'0"E68°10'0"E68°5'0"E28

°40'0

"N28

°35'0

"N28

°30'0

"N

0 1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000500Meters

1:125,475

±

"

EIA VISIT (SCHOOLS)

Primary School (Private)

!( Primary School (2)!( Primary School (1)

!( Mosque School

LEGEND

COMMUNITIES

WATER BODIES

ROAD NETWORK

LANDUSEProject area

B Graveyard# Mosque

Settlements

CanalsStreams

Metalled

TracksUnmetalled



POPULATION

$C

!(7 - 125126 - 350351 - 750751 - 25002501 - 5000

BHU underconstructionPrivate Dispencery




Table 7-17: Mains tribes inhabiting the project area

Main Tribe Clan section Clan subsection

Jamali Ramdani, Sherkhanani, Shahaliani, Shahalzai,Mundrani, Sahriani, Dhoshli, Zanwani, Waswani, Bhandani, Babar, Tingiani, Majhi, Pawar, Rehanwala

Khosa Balelani, Khilolani,Umarani

Umrani Tangiani, Balachani, Ghanhani, Malghani, Paliani, Nodkani, Jonghani, Sobhani, Sethani, Buriani, Misriani, Dilawarzai

Domki Gishkori, Gorgej, Hara

Mughari Haji ja, Rehan Zai

Rindh Chandia, Lashari, Leghari, Mugheri, Buledi

Baloch

- Magsi, Kulachi, Jatoi, Buledhi (Burdi), Bugti, Ramezai, Marri

Brahvi - Mengal, Bado-zai, Khia-zai, Lango, Sasoli, Pandrani, Pirkani, Jatak, Bangul-zai, Lahri, Raeesani,Mohammad Hasni, Sumalani

Jamote - Gola, Pandani, Karmiani, Satmani, Joliani, Jarani, Kashani, Tandlani, Rakhiani, Shambani, Kaliani, Kalwani, Kahgola, Dasowani, Sherkhani, Chunriani



Table 7-18: Demographic data of the surveyed villages

Population Village Name House holds

Total Population Male Female

Gohramabad 1 8 4 4

Habibullah Lango 12 75 38 37

Mir Abdul Ghafoor Lehri 10 70 36 34

Ghulam Rasool Lehri 4 35 18 17

Haji Wahid Bux 1 7 4 3

Haji Abdul Fatah Rind 8 65 33 32

Abdul Qadir Zahri 7 50 26 24

Yaqoob Mengal 7 60 31 29

Muhammad Chuttal Lak 10 70 36 34

Ayub Mengal 80 650 332 318

Abdul Khaliq Jamali 8 60 31 29

Khamisa Khan Kia-zai 20 150 77 73

Hussainabad Bhanger 5 30 16 14

Abdul Khaliq Lango 40 300 153 147

Jan Muhammad Jamali 10 75 38 37

Raees Mahmood 5 40 20 20

Saifullah Jamali 20 150 76 74

Noor Lehri 5 35 18 17

Muhammad Sultan 10 65 33 32

Muhammad Murad 4 30 16 14

Haji Nihal Khan 7 50 26 24

Jumma Khan Pandrani 4 25 13 12

Shahbaz Khan 6 40 20 20

Lashkar Khan Mugairi 50 250 128 122

Abdul Fatah Ramdani 8 60 31 29

Khan Kaprani 6 40 21 19

Amanullah Bugti 50 300 153 147

Faiq Khan Jamali 100 600 306 294

Taj Muhammad Jamali 100 600 305 295

Haji Rehmat 70 350 178 172

Haji Rehmatullah Sasoli 30 150 76 74





Mir Abdul Qadir Khan Jamali 20 100 51 49

Rehmatullah Khosa 7 50 26 24

Arbab Mengal 8 50 26 24

Muhammad Khair Pirkani 40 300 153 147

Azizullah Pirkani 20 125 64 61

Miran Bux Bugti 3 15 8 7

Haji Ijaz 17 100 51 49

Haji Rustam Pandrani 5 30 16 14

Long Bangul-zai 15 75 38 37

Shamsul-Haq Lahri 30 150 77 73

Daria Khan Jamali 17 150 77 73

Dilawar Bugti 60 300 153 147

Muhammad Anwar Kia--Zai 10 60 31 29

Shahan Khan Bugti 45 300 153 147

Sanja Jamali 16 75 38 37

Fazal Muhammad Jamali 48 250 128 122

Haji Hraoon Jakhrani 4 20 11 9

Ghulam Qadir Mughairi 4 25 13 12

Gul Hassan 6 30 15 15

Norez Khan Jamali 8 50 26 24

Abdul Aziz Bugti 5 25 13 12

Molla Bux Lango 15 75 38 37

Abdul Ghafoor Bugti 8 60 31 29

Sardar Khan Mughari 5 25 13 12

Mustafa Mughari 8 60 31 29

Ghulam Mustafa Mughari 8 50 26 24

Khuda Bux Jatak 8 50 26 24

Taj Muhammad Domki 4 25 13 12

Murad Bugti 10 60 31 29

Haji Rahman 20 100 51 49

Muhammad Siddiq 50 250 128 122

Azizabad 100 500 255 245

Muhammad Mugsi 5 30 14 16





Abrar Khan Abro 30 150 77 73

Habibullah Bangul-zai 23 150 76 74

Shukat Bangul-zai 60 160 82 78

Khair Bux 16 100 51 49

Muhammad Bangul-zai 4 25 13 12

Soofi Abdul Hamid 10 60 31 29

Killi Abdul Salam 23 150 77 73

Nazar Muhammad Domki 8 50 26 24

Sohbat Khan Jakhrani 5 25 13 12

Lanja Khan Jakhrani 10 55 28 27

Bhuta Khan Jatak 50 275 140 135

Mir Asad Khan Jamali 50 300 153 147

Abdul Ghafoor Bhangar 50 275 140 135

Abdul Karim Bangul-zai 10 60 31 29

Rehmatullah 10 50 26 24

Babu Khaskhali 7 50 25 25

Azizullah Baharani 8 60 31 29

Muhammad Aslam Jatak 150 700 357 343

Habibullah Bangul-zai 28 125 64 61

Jeewan khan Bahrani 15 75 38 37

Dargahi Khosa 7 40 21 19

Bakhir Khosa 5 25 13 12

Qamar Din 16 75 38 37

Nisar Khan 10 60 31 29

Mir Khan Khoso 4 20 10 10

Bahawal Khan 15 70 36 34

Bahadur Khan 15 75 38 37

Piara Khan 8 50 25 25

Sohbat Khan 400 2,500 1,275 1,225

Faiz Muhammad khan Jamali 80 500 255 245

Kutab Din Jamali 150 750 383 367

Ghulam Haider Jakhrani 10 50 25 25

Mir Abdul Ghafoor 10 55 28 27





Killi Bangul-zai 1,000 5,000 2,550 2,450

Khudadad 5 30 15 15

Dastgirabad 50 275 140 135

Sooba Khan Jatak 10 55 28 27

Muhammad Siddiq Bangul-zai 40 225 115 110

Bachal Mughairi 50 250 127 123

Total 3,779 21,055 10,750 10,305

Percentage (%) 51.05 48.94



Table 7-19: Tribal head in the project area

Tribe Tribal Head Location

Umrani Sardar Shah Nawaz Khan Manjothi

Umrani Sardar Fateh Ali Umrani Tambu

Mugsi Sardar Zulfiqar Ali Mugsi Jhal Magsi

Jamali Sardar Yar Muhammad Khan Usta Muhammad

Domki Sardar Bukhtiar Khan Domki Lahri

Rind Sardar Yar Muhammad Khan Rind Shoran

Lashari Sardar Dhani Bux Khan Gajan

Khosa Sardar Zahoor Khan Khosa Sohbatpur

Mughairi Sardar Ayub Khan Jalal Khan

Buledi Agha Ghulam Ali Ali abad

Abro Mir Murad Khan Abro Khattan (Bolan)

Table 7-20: Health facilities in Dera Murad Jamili Tehsil

No Name of Institution UC Distance from HQ Status

1 DHQ Hospital Gharbi 0 km Functional

2 BHU Manjhoti 20 km Functional

3 BHU Jhudair II 7 km Functional

4 BHU Jhudair I 20 km Functional

5 BHU Manjhoti 45 km Functional

6 BHU Q/Sher Khan 15 km Functional

7 MCH Gharbi 0 km Functional

8 Health Auxiliary Manjhoti 25 km Functional

9 School Health Service Gharbi 0 km Functional Source: EDO Health Dera Murad Jamali Note: DHQ District Head Quarters UC Union Council



Table 7-21: Gender roles in upland crop production

Tasks Female Male Both

Land preparation x

Applying manure x xx

Applying fertilizer x

Weeding/hoeing x xx

Harvesting x

Threshing x

Drying x

Storing x x

Storage x x

Peddy Seedling xx x Note: xx/x= Relative involvement



Photographs: Socio-economic environment and infrastructure of the project area

Photograph 7-41: Typical settlement near Pat Feeder Canal

Photograph 7-42: A typical mud house

Photograph 7-43: A view of Sukkur – Quetta main highway (N65)

Photograph 7-44: Railway link passing through project area

Photograph 7-45: Shops along main highway Photograph 7-46: A typical dirt track in the project area




Photograph 7-47: Live stock rearing in the project area

Photograph 7-48: Livestock

Photograph 7-49: A typical mosque Photograph 7-50: Graveyard near Dera Murad Jamali

Photograph 7-51: Flour mill in the project area Photograph 7-52: Agriculture field




Photograph 7-53: Clean drinking water facility provided by UPL for local people

Photograph 7-54: Clean drinking facility provided by UPL near Dera Murad Jamali

Photograph 7-55: School built by UPL for local people

Photograph 7-56: Survey forms being filled during social survey in the project area



8 Impacts and Mitigation Measures

This section discusses the potential environmental and social impacts of the proposed activities, predicts the magnitude of the impact, assesses significance, recommends mitigation measures to minimise adverse impacts, and identifies the residual impacts of the project. The discussion starts with a description of the methodology used for the impact assessment. Discussion of the environmental and socioeconomic impact is then organised in the following manner:

Impacts Associated with Construction Activities

Impacts Associated with Operation Phase

8.1 Impact assessment methodology

Potential impacts from the proposed project activities were identified by thorough review of the project activities, study of surrounding environment, review of literature, from previous similar studies and expert judgment.

Once potential impacts have been identified, the assessment of each potential impact follows these steps:

1. Definition of the Criteria for Determining Significance

The consequence of the proposed activity is evaluated by comparing it against a recognised Significance Criteria. The criteria are of the following types:

Institutional recognition laws, standards, government policies, or plans.

Technical recognition guidelines, scientific or technical knowledge, or judgment of recognised resource persons.

Public recognition social or cultural values or opinion of a segment of the public, especially the community directly affected by the project.

Professional interpretation of the evaluator.

2. Prediction of the magnitude of the potential impacts

This step refers to the description, quantitatively (where possible) or qualitatively, of the anticipated impacts of the proposed project. This may be achieved through the use of models or comparison with other similar activities. The predicted level of impact magnitude may be due to uncertainties in the baseline conditions, the proposed activities, external developments, or the prediction model.

Impacts and Mitigation Measures EIA for Expansion of 404MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS


3. Identification of the mitigation measures

If it is determined that the predicted impact is significant when compared with the Criteria for Determining Significance, suitable mitigation measures are identified. There is a range of mitigation measures that can be applied to reduce impacts. Broadly, these measures can be classified into four categories:

Avoiding the impact altogether by not taking a certain proposed activity or parts of an activity, for example, using CFC-free equipment to avoid impact on ozone layer.

Minimizing impacts by limiting the degree or magnitude of the activity, for example, minimizing dust emission by reducing vehicle speed.

Rectifying the impact by repairing, rehabilitating, or restoring the affected environment.

Compensating for the impact by replacing or providing substitute resources or environments.

The project proponent plays a key role in developing the mitigation plan by identifying possible mitigation measures and assessing the feasibility of proposed measures.

4. Evaluation of the residual impact

Incorporation of the suggested mitigation measures reduces the adverse impact of the project and brings it within the acceptable limit. This step refers to the identification of the anticipated remaining impacts after mitigation measures have been applied the residual impacts.

5. Identification of the monitoring requirements

The last step in the assessment process is the identification of the minimum monitoring requirements. The scope and frequency of the monitoring depends on the residual impacts. The purpose of monitoring is to confirm that the impact is within the predicted limits and to provide timely information if unacceptable impact is taking place.

8.2 Impacts associated with Construction activities

The environmental and socioeconomic impacts associated with the construction activities of the power plant are discussed in this section. The impacts that are discussed are the following:

Environmental Impacts

Construction Noise

Dust Emission During Construction

Land Use

Water Sourcing



Vehicle and Equipment Exhaust

Soil Contamination

Drainage and Storm Water Run-off

Camp Effluent

Hazardous and Non-Hazardous Waste Management


Socioeconomic Impact

Community Safety

Traffic Disturbance

Local Employment Conflicts

Archeological Resources

Project and Community Interface

8.2.1 Environmental Impacts (Construction phase)

a. Construction noise

Depending on the construction equipment used and its distance from the receptors, the community and the existing plant workers may typically be exposed to intermittent and variable noise levels. During the day such noise results in general annoyance and can interfere with sleep during the night.

In general, human sound perception is such that a change in sound level of 3 dB is just noticeable, a change of 5 dB is clearly noticeable, and a change of 10 dB is perceived as a doubling or halving of sound level.

Potential Issues The potential noise related issues during construction is the disturbance to existing plant workers and the surrounding communities of power plant due to construction machinery operation on the plant site.

Existing Conditions Existing plant is the major source of noise adjacent to the proposed plant site.

Noise sources in the community, mostly intermittent in nature, include farm tractors, farm equipment, and road traffic. It can therefore be concluded that area surrounding the power plant boundary has low noise pollution.

Criteria for Determining Significance The World Bank guidelines for noise (Table 3-11) require that the sound level in offices and other similar areas should not exceed 50dB (A). An alternate criterion is the World



Health Organization (WHO) guidelines.23 The WHO guidelines (Table 3-13), in addition to specifying the energy-average sound level Leq, also prescribe the maximum noise level Lmax. The maximum noise level is important when there are distinct events to the noise. Further more the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standard for exposure to occupational noise (29 CFR 1910.95) specifies as maximum noise level of 90 db (A) for duration of eight hours per day.

Impact Analysis The potential sources of significant noise during the construction period include the construction machinery, generators at camps and construction related traffic. The noise will be maximum during the day time when construction activities are ongoing. The construction site is located about a distance of 500 m from the boundary wall and hence from the closest possible receptor.

Monitoring of actual noise levels from construction camp sites for similar projects has shown that the noise during construction attenuates to ambient levels24 after approximately 300 m from the sites. Noise levels monitored from different vehicles under different conditions by Halcrow in other similar operations show that the noise levels from all vehicles comply with the NEQs level of 85 db at 7.5 m from the source and reach the ambient noise level in the area of at distance ranging from 40 to 70 m from the source.

Since the distance from the nearest receptor from the construction location is greater than 500 m, the impact of noise on the community and plant colony will be negligible.

Mitigation Measures Mitigation measures presented here are of general nature as the nature of impact is temporary occurring during the day time.

Reduce equipment noise at source by proper design, maintenance and repair of construction machinery and equipment.

Minimise noise from vehicles and power generators by use of proper silencers and mufflers.

Use noise-abating devices wherever needed and practicable.

Residual Impacts Residual noise impact is expected to be low from the construction activities of the power plant.

Monitoring Requirements A noise monitoring plan will be developed that will cover monitoring of noise at source, and at the plant boundary periodically.

23 World Health Organization. 1999. Guidelines for Community Noise. 24 Background noise levels within the project area.



b. Dust Emission during Construction

Dust generated during construction activities can be substantial. Dust emission from construction sites is a concern particularly if the site is near residential areas.

Dust or the equivalent technical term ‘particulate matter,’ is generally defined as any airborne finely divided solid or liquid material up to the size of about 100 microns (micrometers or one-millionth of a meter). The main health hazards are the particles smaller than 10 microns (designated as ‘PM10’) as they are respirable. Larger particles also tend to settle rapidly and often do not reach receptors. In cases where they reach the receptors, the dust is considered a nuisance as it may spoil property and affect visibility.

Potential Issues Particulate matter emitted during construction activities can result in deterioration of ambient air quality in the vicinity of the source, and be a nuisance to the communities and plant workers.

Existing Conditions The existing ambient air quality has been discussed in detail in Section 7.1.3.

Criteria for Determining Significance A significant effect on the environment will be interpreted if there is an increase in visible dust beyond the boundaries of the power plant due to activities undertaken at the plant site, or the dust affects local property or results in complaints from the community.

Impact Analysis Potential sources of particulate matter emission during construction activities include earthworks (dirt or debris pushing and grading), exposed surfaces, exposed storage piles, truck dumping, hauling, vehicle movement on unpaved roads, and concrete mixing and batching.

The quantity of dust that will be generated on a particular day will depend on the magnitude and nature of activity and the atmospheric conditions prevailing on the day. Due to the uncertainty in values of these parameters, it is not possible to calculate the quantity from a ‘bottom-up’ approach, that is, from adding PM10 emissions from every activity on the construction site separately. Typical and worst-case PM10 emission from construction sites has been estimated as 0.27 megagram per hectare per month of activity (Mg/ha-month) and 1.04 Mg/ha-month, respectively.

If no controls are imposed, there will be an increase in the value of PM10 emissions from the construction site, however due to the distance of the construction site from the closest receptor, the impact of dust emissions will not be significant.

A wide variety of options exist to control dust emissions from construction sites. The most effective means of reducing the dust emission is wet suppression. Watering



exposed surfaces and soil with adequate frequency to keep soil moist at all times can reduce the total dust emission from the project by as much as 75%.25 Specific measures that can be employed for the proposed construction are discussed in the following section.

Mitigation Measures The following mitigation measures will be implemented at the power plant construction site during construction to control emission of particulate matter:

Water will be sprinkled daily or when there is an obvious dust problem on all exposed surfaces to suppress emission of dust. Frequency of sprinkling will be kept such that the dust remains under control, particularly when wind is blowing towards the receptors.

Dust emission from soil piles and aggregate storage stockpiles will be reduced by appropriate measures. These may include:

Keeping the material moist by sprinkling of water at appropriate frequency

Erecting windshield walls on three sides of the piles such that the wall project 0.5 m above the pile, or

Covering the pile, for example with tarpaulin or thick plastic sheets, to prevent emissions.

All roads within the plant site that are to be paved or appropriately sealed as part of the Phase-II project will be paved as early as possible after the commencement of construction work. Until the roads are paved, they will be sprinkled regularly to prevent dust emission. Other temporary tracks within the site boundary will be compacted and sprinkled with water during the construction works.

Project traffic will maintain a maximum speed limit of 20 km/h on all unpaved roads within the plant site.

Construction materials that are susceptible to dust formation will be transported only in securely covered trucks to prevent dust emission during transportation.

Residual Impacts The effects of the dust nuisance are temporary with no long lasting impact expected after the completion of the construction.

Monitoring Requirements In view of the residual impacts, the following monitoring measures will be undertaken:

Visual monitoring for dust emissions from construction activities.

Monitoring of periodic water sprinkling to suppress the dust emissions at sources.

25 Gaffney, G. and Shimp, D. 1997. Improving PM10 Fugitive Dust Emission Inventories. Sacramento, CA. California Air Resource

Board. <www.arb.ca.gov/emisinv/pubs/pm10tmp.pdf>



c. Land use

The construction of the Uch-2 will require about 55 hectares of land including for the power plant, residential colony, evaporation and water storage pond. Ponds will be excavated , land will be cleared and level and excavated earth will be used as a fill material..

Potential Issues The land use will change from its existing conditions.

Existing Conditions The existing conditions are discussed in Section 4.3.1.

Criteria for Determining Significance There are no standards in Pakistan for maintaining the physical, chemical, or biological properties of soil. An adverse impact on the land will be interpreted if the land as a result of the project activities becomes unsuitable for the purpose for which it was originally intended.

Impact Analysis The project site is located adjacent to the existing power plant within the power plant boundary. The land was originally acquired for the purpose of expansion of power plant.

Mitigation Measures Land uptake will be kept to minimum required.

Residual Impacts The land use will change as a result of construction of the power plant. However the land is already a disturbed site adjacent to existing plant and was originally acquired for the purpose of construction of power plant.

Monitoring Requirements No monitoring is required.

d. Water sourcing

The water during the construction activity will be required for the domestic water consumption at the construction camp and for the construction activities including sprinkling of water for dust suppression. It is estimated that peak water requirement during construction phase will be 400 m3/day. Water will be obtained from Pat Feeder Canal through existing water pipeline.

Potential Issues The extraction of water for the Uch-2 construction may affect the water availability for other water users.



Existing Conditions Pat Feeder Canal originating from Guddu Barrage on river Indus is the only reliable water source in the area. Average water discharge in Pat Feeder Canal is 80 m3/s The water resources of the area are discussed in detail in Section 7.1.5.

Criteria for Determining Significance An adverse impact on the water resources will be interpreted if it is established that the water extraction during construction has directly affected the ability of the community to meet their water needs.

Impact Analysis Water requirement during the construction phase will only be 0.005 percentage of the available water in Pat Feeder Canal. Proper approval will be obtained from concerned departments for the water abstraction.

Mitigation Following mitigation measures will be incorporated to minimise any impacts.

Water will only be abstracted from canal after proper approval from the concerned departments.

Water conservation programme will be initiated to prevent wastage of water.

Residual Impacts Residual impacts are foreseen to be negligible / low in this case.

Monitoring Requirements Water consumption for construction activities will be monitored.

e. Vehicle and equipment exhaust

Potential Issues Combustion exhaust from vehicles and construction equipment and generators can affect the ambient air quality of the project area.

Existing Conditions The existing ambient air quality has been discussed in detail in Section 7.1.3.

Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact will be interpreted if the ambient air quality deteriorates beyond the guidelines values (Section 3) especially at the environmental receptors which are local communities and plant workers colony due to emissions from construction equipment and machinery or the construction generators, equipment and machinery exhaust emissions are in breach of the NEQS limits for exhaust emissions.

Impact Analysis The combustion processes for construction equipment and machinery and generators will not be significant to affect the ambient air quality of the area. The construction site



is located atleast 500 m from the nearest environmental receptors and hence any exhaust emissions will disperse with the prevailing wind currents and will not have any significant impact on the local air quality.

Mitigation Measures The following mitigation measures will be incorporated to prevent any adverse impact on the ambient air quality:

All vehicles, generators and other equipment used during the construction will be properly tuned and maintained in good working condition in order to minimise emission of pollutants.

The stack height of the generators will be at least 3 m above the ground.

Residual Impacts The effect on local air quality of the area will not be significant and of temporary nature with no long lasting impact expected after the completion of the construction.

Monitoring Requirements Regular inspection of equipment and vehicles will be undertaken.

f. Soil contamination

Potential Issues Spills of chemicals and fuel during handling, transportation and storage may result in contamination of soil at a construction site.

Existing Conditions There are no visible signs of soil contamination at the project site.

Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact on soil will be interpreted if visible amount of chemical or hydrocarbon is observed in soil.

Impact Analysis During a typical construction project spill of fuel, lubricants, and chemicals can take place. The spill may take place:

During transfer from one container to another or during refueling

During maintenance of equipment and vehicles

Due to leakages from equipment and containers, and

As a result of traffic accidents.

As a result contamination of soil will occur, significance will depend on the nature of material, location of spill and quantity of spill.



Mitigation Measures The following mitigation measures will be incorporated to prevent the contamination of soil:

Fuels, lubricants, and chemicals will be stored in covered bunded areas, underlain with impervious lining.

Maintenance of vehicles and equipment will only be carried out at designated areas. The area will be provided with hard surface or tarpaulin will be spread on the ground to prevent contamination of soil.

Spill prevention/drip trays will be provided at refueling locations.

Vehicles will only be washed at designated areas.

Regular inspections will be carried out to detect leakages in construction vehicles and equipment.

Appropriate arrangements, including shovels, plastic bags and absorbent materials, will be available near fuel and oil storage areas.

Contaminated soil will be removed and properly disposed after treatment such as bioremediation or incineration.

Residual Impacts Implementation of the proposed mitigation measures is not likely to leave any long-term residual impact.

Monitoring Requirements To ensure compliance:

Regular inspection of the construction site will be undertaken for compliance with the mitigation measures and for visual soil contamination.

Incident record of all moderate and major spills will be maintained. The record will include the location of spill; estimated quantity; spill material; restoration measures; photographs; description of any damage to vegetation, water resource, or community asset; and corrective measures taken.

g. Drainage and storm water run-off

Potential Issues Run-off after a storm from the site may contain oil and silt that may pollute the surrounding land. Earthworks may also alter the drainage pattern and affect the storm water flow.

Existing Conditions The proposed project site is located within a walled area with zero discharge offsite. The proposed site is generally levelled and slopes from north to south.



Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact will be interpreted if oil and grease is present in the run-off and result in soil contamination. Or disturbance to local drainage patter causing inundation of land upstream or downstream.

Impact Analysis The construction activities are contained with in the plant which is a zero discharge facility. The storm water will be contained onsite and disposed by evaporation. Construction activity will not alter any regional drainage system. Construction camp and site will be provided with proper drainage. Properly handling and storage of fuel, chemicals and oil will prevent oil contamination in storm water run off.

Mitigation Measures Following measures will be undertaken to prevent any adverse impact:

Proper drainage will be provided to construction camp and construction site, especially near excavations.

Mitigation for handling and storage of fuel, oil and chemicals will be followed.

Following drainage system will be constructed for the power plant. All drains will discharge into evaporation pond after required treatment.

Plant areas will be provided with the plant low volume waste drain system, this drain system will discharge into plant low volume wastes treatment basin. Water collected through these drains will be treated by neutralisation and will finally be discharge to evaporation pond after mixing with cooling tower blow down.



Residual Impacts Implementation of the proposed mitigation measures is not likely to leave any significant impact on the soil or surrounding land.

Monitoring Requirements Provision of drainage for construction camp and construction site.

h. Camp-effluent

Potential Issues Improper disposal of domestic effluent from the camp may result in contamination of soil and water and become a health hazard.



Existing Conditions The site is a zero discharge facility. Effluent from existing workers colony is treated before discharge into the evaporation pond for disposal.

Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact on the environment will be interpreted if the wastewater discharged is not in compliance with the National Environmental Quality Standards for municipal effluent if discharged offsite. Or improper discharge onsite causes odour nuisance, and health hazard.

Impact Analysis The construction camps will be a source of domestic sewage. Maximum wastewater discharge is estimated to be 120 m3/day. The source of wastewater will include toilets, washrooms, laundry and kitchen. The sewage will be collected in closed drains and will be treated in a wastewater treatment system, using either septic tanks or activated sludge process. The treated wastewater will be disposed off through evaporation pond.

Mitigation Measures The following mitigation measures will be taken:

Camp effluent will be treated onsite before disposal through evaporation pond.

Residual Impacts Implementation of the proposed mitigation measures is not likely to leave any significant impact on the soil or surrounding land.

Monitoring Requirements Wastewater treatment system will be monitored for effective working.

i. Hazardous and non-hazardous waste management

Potential Issues The construction phase of the project is expected to generate wastes including; packing waste; scrap, excess construction materials and debris, domestic wastes from construction camp, empty containers and drums, used lubricating oils and chemicals etc. Besides being an eyesore, the waste can also pose a health hazard, pollute soil, surface and ground water if disposed off improperly.

Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact will be interpreted if the waste management is not carried out properly; witch may effect to health of workers, pollution of soil, surface or groundwater:

Any person is exposed to potentially hazardous waste generated by the project.

Excessive wastes are generated, recyclable waste are not recycled, waste are scattered, handling of wastes results in contamination, and wastes are improperly disposed off causing pollution



Impact Analysis Majority of the construction material to be used and waste generated as a result of construction activity will be inherently less reactive and chemically inert under normal conditions however, its handling and storage may pose adverse impacts of minor nature which could easily be controlled by employing the recommended mitigation measures in this EIA.

Hazardous waste generated during the construction activities, if not managed properly can be a health hazard, can pollute or alter quality of soil, surface and groundwater. Waste from construction and associated activities by all the project contractors will be properly managed by proposed controls discussed in the following section.

Mitigation Measures A waste management plan will be developed before the start of the construction. Key elements of the waste management system will be the following:

Separate bins will be placed for different type of wastes - plastic, paper, metal, glass, wood, and cotton.

Recyclable material will be separated at source. The recyclable waste will be sold to waste contractors for recycling.

Non-hazardous non-recyclable wastes such as construction camp kitchen wastes will be disposed off in an onsite landfill.

No waste will be dumped at any location outside the plant boundary.

All hazardous waste will be separated from other wastes. Hazardous wastes will be stored in designated areas with restricted access and proper marking. Hazardous wastes will be disposed off through approved waste contractors.

Surplus construction materials including partially filled chemical and paint containers will be returned to suppliers. Inert construction wastes will be disposed off onsite as fill material.

Records all waste generated during the construction period will be maintained. Quantities of waste disposed, recycled, or reused will be logged on a Waste Tracking Register.

Training will be provided to personnel for identification, segregation, and management of waste.

Residual Impacts Proper implementation of the mitigation measures will ensure that the residual impact from waste is minimum. Monitoring and inspection will be undertaken to ensure compliance and minimise any residual impact.



Monitoring Requirements The monitoring measures will include:

The areas around the construction camps and the plant boundary wall will be periodically inspected to verify that no project related waste is scattered in these areas.

Waste management inspection will be undertaken on a regular basis of on-site waste management and of waste disposal contractors to ensure that the waste management procedures are being followed.

8.2.2 Disturbance to Wildlife

Potential Issues During the construction phase, there will be considerable human interventions in the project area which can potentially affect the wildlife resources of the project area.

Existing Conditions A detailed description of the fauna of the area is provided in Section 7.2.

No environmentally sensitive area (forest, wetland, national park, wildlife sanctuary, or game reserve) is located in the vicinity of the project area. The project area has been under cultivation and human habitation for almost half a century, and the natural vegetation and habitats have been degraded in most areas. As a result, most wildlife species have either left the area or become locally extinct. Most of the animals found are common species that are highly adaptable and are able to co-exist with people.

The wetland in shape of evaporation pond at the plant is providing wintering habitat for a number of migratory birds where they enjoy complete protection.

Criteria for Determining Significance Any act of wilful killing, trapping, or trade, of wild animals by project-related personnel will be considered as significant impact on the wildlife resources.

Impact Analysis During the construction phase and onwards, the change in land use will occur at the site of plant extension. This will definitely squeeze the existing natural area present in shape of a semi-desert flat area. However, still there will be about 50% area left without any human intervention.

During the filed visit for the EIA, 85 birds, 16 mammals and 21 reptile species were recorded from project area and its immediate surroundings. However, none of these may be considered as critically endangered or key species of global significance. Even if it is presumed that some of the species may be displaced due to loss of habitat or temporary disturbance, natural areas would still be available outside walled plant area. As it has been observed, wildlife is more protected inside plant area than outside where there is a



potential threat of hunting as this part of Balochistan is devoid of any notified protected area.

Mitigation Measures The measures listed below will minimise the disturbance to the wildlife due to the project activities.

A ‘no-hunting, no trapping, no harassment’ policy will be strictly enforced.

Trading of wild animals or birds by project personnel will also be prohibited.

Wildlife protection rules will be included in the Camp Rules.

Residual Impacts Implementation of mitigation measures proposed above will result in negligible residual impact on the wildlife resources due to construction activities.

Monitoring Requirements Compliance monitoring of mitigation measures prescribed.

8.2.3 Socioeconomic Impacts (Construction phase)

a. Community and power plant worker’s safety

Potential Issues Construction activities are inherently unsafe; the hazards include traffic, working of mechanised equipment and machineries, excavations, falling objects, confined spaces, trapped energy, tripping etc.

Existing Conditions The construction activities will be contained within the existing plant boundary. Construction related traffic will use the main.

Criteria for Determining Significance Any incident due to plant construction activities causing injury to a community member, or power plant worker will be considered as significant impact.

Impact Analysis The construction activities will be contained within a completely secured site with complete control on access of non-project related people. The construction camp will also be contained within the power plant boundary. There will be no interaction of non-project related personnel to the construction site. Hence there will be no construction related safety hazard for local community except for the traffic, which will follow the main highway. No project related traffic will use community roads.

The existing power plant workers may be exposed to construction related hazards especially traffic. This will be controlled for following mitigation measures:



Mitigation Measures Construction area will be properly identified and the access to the area will be

limited to only project related personal.

The traffic routes for construction vehicles and equipment will be properly identified.

Strict speed limits will be enforced within the plant boundary and where needed signal man will be placed to control traffic.

After the completion of construction phase, proper site restoration will be carried out to eliminate any safety hazards such as any excavation will be leveled to prevent falling injury to plant worker.

The equipment and construction machinery will only be operated by properly trained and experienced personnel.

Construction traffic will use the national highway and follow the speed limits.

Residual Impacts Adherence to the mitigation measures will avoid any incident. With implementation of the mitigation measures proposed above, the impact on the community and plant workers safety due to the construction activities will be minimised.

Monitoring Requirements Compliance monitoring of the effective implementation of the prescribed mitigation measures.

b. Traffic disturbance

Potential Issues Disturbance to community from material and equipment transport.

Existing Conditions The access to the project site is through national highway (N-65).

Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact will be interpreted if there are traffic jams due to the project activities or there are persistent community complaints.

Impact Analysis The access to the project site is through a national highway. The traffic due to project will be insignificant compared to the existing traffic on the highway. However loads for turbines and other plant equipment may be transported in sections and loads greater than typical sizes, these will be transported during the night to avoid rush hours and escorted to warn other road users. No community roads will be utilised by the project traffic.

Mitigation Measures The following measures will be adopted:



Project traffic will utilise national highway and will avoid any local or unpaved road.

Traffic rush hours will be avoided for the transportation of heavy and odd loads.

Strict speed limits will be imposed near towns and villages

Residual Impacts The nature of impact will be very short term only lasting few days; during the initial mobilization of contractors and transportation of main equipment and parts. Implementation of mitigation measures proposed above will result in negligible residual impact.

Monitoring Requirements Compliance monitoring of prescribed mitigation measures.

c. Local employment conflicts

Potential Issues The potential employment related issue includes dissatisfaction among local communities over the number of jobs offered to them, disagreement on definition of ‘local’ and also on distribution of jobs within the local communities.

Existing Conditions Literacy ratio and skill training among the local population is very low. Main occupation of the locals is agriculture and livestock rearing. Section 7.3 details the socio-econmic conditions of the project area.

Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact will be interpreted if the proportion of available unskilled jobs offered to the locals in the immediate area is less than 50%.

Impact Analysis Overall there will be a positive impact on the local economy, as the employment to the locals and other project related activities will result in a boom in the local economy.

As persons with relevant skills are not easily available locally, people from outside the project area are likely to fill a significant number of the semi-skilled and skilled jobs. About 100 to 200 unskilled labours will be required on average and during the peak of construction activities respectively during the construction phase of the project. Unskilled jobs will be sourced through local communities.

Local employment can be a problematic issue resulting in friction between local residents and the proponent / contractors due to:

Perception of the local communities that significant number of construction related jobs opportunities are not being given to people from the local communities.

A second related issue is the definition of ‘local’ for the purpose of award of jobs. Depending on who is asking for the job, the term can be interpreted as the hamlets



in the immediate vicinity of the power plant, the town of Dera Murad Jamali or Naseerabad, the district of Naseerabad, and even entire Balochistan.

In this situation, it is pertinent to develop an understanding with the community on job distribution mechanism.

Mitigation Measures The following mitigation measures will be implemented:

A local labor selection criterion will be developed which will be based primarily on merit and on equitable job distribution among the locals.

Maximum number of unskilled and semi-skilled jobs will be reserved for the local communities.

Residual Impacts The residual impact will be positive on the local economy as the project will have a positive impact on the local economy. Skills of local personnel will be developed as personnel employed on the project will gain experience and will receive on job trainings.

Monitoring Requirements The record will maintained for the jobs offered during construction phase to the

local community in the category of unskilled, semi-skilled, and skilled jobs.

d. Archaeological and cultural resources

Potential Issues Potential damage to archaeological or cultural resources during the power plant construction.

Existing Conditions There are no documented sites of archaeological, historical, or cultural significance at the plant site.

Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact will be interpreted if any archaeological artefact is damaged.

Impact Analysis The project site was screened by the Department of Archaeology and Museums in 1994 prior to construction of the existing site. The site was found to be clear of any archaeological significance. However, if evidence of archaeological remains is found during construction, the actions listed below will be undertaken.

Mitigation Measures Actions to be taken if evidence of archaeological remains is found:

All contractors hired for construction work will be instructed to notify Uch-II immediately if any object of archaeological or cultural value is found.

Excavation work in the vicinity of the find will be stopped.



Assistance will be sought from the Department of Archaeology at Shah Abdul Latif University, Khairpur to identify the remains.

If it is found that the remains have archeological significance, the Department of Museum and Archeology, Government of Pakistan, will be notified with a request for inspection.

If the museum decides to salvage the find, Uch-II will provide assistance

Residual Impacts With implementation of the mitigation measures proposed above, there will be no residual impact on the archaeological or cultural resources.

Monitoring Requirements Records of all finds with photographic records.

e. Project and community interface

Potential Issues Inter-cultural differences between the project staff from other areas and the local community can result in frictions.

Existing Conditions The project area has well developed communication infrastructure. The project area is situated along the national highway and railway link and has seen many development projects in the past. Local population is exposed to other cultures through development projects. Many people from the communities have travelled and worked in areas outside the project area. In this respect, the intercultural differences are not a major concern.

Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact will be interpreted if there are persistent community complaints.

Impact Analysis The project activities will be confined within the power plant boundary wall. The contractors coming from outside the area will reside in construction camp which will also be situated with in the power plant boundary. This will result in minimum interaction of local communities with project personnel. Further as the community has been exposed to cultures from other areas, it is unlikely that inter-cultural difference will be a major issue. With proper management of the workforce, it is possible to avoid any complaints.

Mitigation Measures The following mitigation measures will be implemented:

The non-local project staff will be housed in the construction camp established within the boundary wall of the power plant.

The non-local project staff will be sensitised to local culture and norms.



Unnecessary interaction of local population with the non-local project staff will be avoided. Construction workers not belonging to the local area will be restricted to wander near the local communities.

Residual Impacts Impacts related to community interface will be of temporary nature. It is envisaged that implementation of mitigation measures proposed above will result in low to negligible impact due to project activities.

Monitoring Requirements Compliance monitoring of the mitigation measures proposed above.

8.3 Impacts Associated with Operation phase

The environmental and socioeconomic impacts associated with the operation phase of the expanded power plant are discussed in this section. The impacts that are discussed are the following:

Environmental Impacts

Air Emissions

Plant Noise

Wastewater

Green House Gas Emissions

Water Resources

Hazardous Material and Waste Handling

Waste Management

Natural Hazard Impacts

Flooding

Seismicity


8.3.1 Environmental Impacts

a. Air emissions

Potential Issues Fuel combustion (low BTU gas in this case) from gas turbines will result in air emissions of exhaust gases which may affect the local air quality.

The three most significant releases to atmosphere from gas turbines in terms of impacts on local air quality are oxides of nitrogen (NOx), Sulfur dioxide (SO2) and carbon monoxide (CO). Particulate matter less than 10 microns aerodynamic diameter (PM10) is



also emitted from combustion processes although when low BTU gas is the main fuel emissions are low.

SO2 results from the burning of Sulfur in the fuel. NOx is formed by the reaction of atmospheric and fuel bound nitrogen with oxygen under high temperature conditions. SO2 and NOx are referred to as acid gases since they are converted through atmospheric processes to sulfuric and nitric acids. Particulate mater emissions results from unburned carbon and impurities in fuels.

Existing Conditions The ambient air quality has been discussed in Section 7.1.3. Further more the region in which the power plant is situated is predominantly flat and semi-arid, although irrigation has been introduced to provide water to enable crops to be grown. The immediate vicinity of the power plant is sparsely populated.

The most significant source of air emissions is the existing power station Uch – 1 adjacent to the proposed power plant.

The emissions from operations of proposed power plant are shown in Table 4-6.

Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact will be interpreted if the concentration of pollutants in the ambient air exceeds the NEQS or recognised international guidelines for ambient air quality such as World Bank and World Health Organization (WHO) ambient air quality guidelines.

National Environmental Quality Standards are also applicable to the stack emissions. Any breach of these standards limits will also be interpreted as significant impact due to breach of applicable regulatory standards.

The impact will also be considered significant if the pollutants emission level as well as the ground level concentration exceed the values as set out by the new IFC guidelines of the World Bank group. As per the new IFC Guideline values the emissions from a new facility (i.e. Uch-2) should not contribute to more than 25% of the existing ambient air quality guidelines (NEQS and WHO in this case). This criterion is only applicable on Uch-2. Furthermore the cumulative ambient air quality values from Uch-1 and Uch-2 should not exceed the limits set by NEQS and WHO guidelines.

Impact Analysis The expansion project will consist of installation of two General Electric (GE) frame 9E gas turbines and two HRSGs linked to one steam turbine generator.

The fuel used for the existing and proposed plant is low BTU gas which is imported by pipeline from the Uch gas field approximately 50 kilometres to the east of the power station site.



The estimated air emissions from the proposed Uch-2 power plant have been compared with the NEQS and the recently published IFC guideline values for combustion turbines. The comparison has been presented in Table 8-1. The table indicates that, emission values of all the pollutants are within the prescribed guideline values. However the emission level of particulate matter is meeting the IFC/World Bank guideline value just by a whisker. Any abnormal combustion conditions (an un-likely event) would result in values of particulate matter to be higher than the guideline value.

Air Dispersion Modeling To assess the impact on the ambient air quality, the increase in concentration of NOx, SOx, PM10 and CO due to Uch-1 and Uch-2 plant operations is assessed using the US American Meteorological Society and Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model (AERMOD). The modeling exercise was carried out in 2007 as part of the EIA study and then again in 2009 as part of the addendum study due to changed stacks emission parameters. The modeling results presented here are those from the recently concluded modeling study.

Windows based BEEST (Bee-Line) software developed around Industrial Source Complex (ISC) having built in AERMOD and AERMOD Prime models were adapted to predict the down wind transportation of gaseous emissions from the operation of the proposed and existing power plant.

BEEST is especially designed to support the USEPA's regulatory modeling manager programs. This model includes ISCST3, ISC-Prime and AERMOD models and graphic tools with user options for their application. BEEST for Windows is different than other AerMod/ISC Windows versions. BEEST is more than just a data entry program or a collection of ISCST3, ISC-Prime and AerMod modeling – from source entry, to receptor generation, building calculations, to model execution, results analysis, and more – is presented in a seamless, user-intuitive interface that makes BEEST for Windows a true modeling project management tool.

For meteorological data to be suitable for dispersion modeling, the following needs to be recorded at hourly or no longer than three-hourly intervals:

Wind speed;

Wind direction;

Temperature;

Cloud cover (or some other surrogate measure for atmospheric stability)

One year of hourly sequential meteorological data (for 2008) from Jacobabad at a distance of about 42km south-east of the project area has been used in the air dispersion modeling. The reason for using Jacobabad meteorological data is that for dispersion modeling it is important to have good quality data that includes all the necessary



parameters and has a high data capture rate. These considerations override the need to have data from on-site or nearby. The best case is to have good quality data from on-site, but this is rarely available. It is however considered that data from Jacobabad will be representative of conditions at the site.

The following scenarios were modeled:

1. Proposed plant low BTU gas fired year round

2. Existing plant plus proposed plant low BTU gas fired year round

3. Existing plant HSD fired plus proposed plant low BTU gas fired year round

Predictions are made for the point of maximum concentration for 1 hour, 24 hour and annual time periods.

Scenario 2 represents the existing power plant and the proposed power plant extension operating at full load firing on low BTU gas for the full year. These are considered to be the most likely operating conditions when the additional turbines are installed.

The modeled values of all pollutants along with the assessment criteria for all scenarios are shown in Table 8-2. The cumulative values (i.e. existing + predicted values) of these pollutants and the guideline values are provided in Table 8-3.

As can be seen from Table 8-2, the predicted ground level concentration values of the modeled pollutants from Uch-2 plant emissions (scenario-1) are below the values as set by the new IFC/World Bank guidelines (i.e. should not exceed 25% of the NEQS/WHO). The assessment criteria are also complied with for scenarios 2 and 3 when Uch-1 and Uch-2 are operated simultaneously on low BTU gas and a combination of HSD and low BTU gas.

Scenario 3 represents the existing power station and the proposed power station extension operating at full load firing on HSD and low BTU gas respectively. This scenario is the absolute worst case situation which is extremely unlikely to occur. This scenario presents the worst case scenario and is extremely unlikely to occur because it relies three of the five turbines firing on HSD. Even this scenario is complied with the assessment criteria which indicate that there is enough space in the air shed.

Interpretation of the data provided in Table 8-3 indicates that the cumulative values are well below the guideline limits of NEQS and WHO for all the scenarios. This is indicative of the fact that the proposed facility will not have any negative impact on the ambient air quality thus allowing for future sustainable development in the local air shed of the project area.

The detailed description of the model, the methodology involved, the results and contour plots for all the scenarios considered is provided in Appendix D.



Mitigation Measures Under normal operating conditions no mitigation measures beyond normal

operating practices are required. However effective management of combustion conditions would ensure that emissions remain low.

Residual Impacts Increase in the concentration of pollutants is expected due to emissions from the proposed plant as shown in Table 8-2 and 8-3. However the residual impact will be insignificant.

Monitoring Requirements Monitoring of PM10, SO2, and NOx emissions will be carried out on an annual basis

to ensure compliance with the NEQS and World Bank emission guidelines.

Monitoring of ambient air quality will be carried out either by passive samplers (monthly average) or by seasonal manual sampling (e.g. 1 weeks/season) for NOx, SOx and PM10.

b. Plant noise

Potential Issues The proposed power plant extension will result in increase in noise. The increased noise may be a source of disturbance to nearby communities and the plant workers colony.

Existing Conditions Noise sources in the community mostly intermittent in nature include farm tractors, farm equipment, and road traffic. It can therefore be concluded that area surrounding the power plant boundary has low noise pollution.

Existing power plant is a continuous source of noise. The existing day time noise levels at the plant boundary are provided in Table 7-9.

Criteria for Determining Significance The World Bank guidelines for noise require that the sound level in residential areas should not exceed 55 dB(A) during the day and 45 dB(A) during the night.26 An alternate criterion is the World Health Organization (WHO) guidelines.27

Impact Analysis The existing daytime noise levels at plant boundary show that at most of the plant boundary noise levels are well below guideline value of 55 dB(A). Similarly the maximum noise levels monitored at plant colony boundary was 52 dB (A). The values are higher than 55 dB (A) at only three location near the plant boundary at check posts which are in the immediate vicinity of the power plant. These noise levels are recorded within the

26 World Bank, UNIDO and UNEP. 1997. Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook, Towards Cleaner Production. Environment

Department, The World Bank; UNIDO; UNEP. 27 World Health Organization. 1999. Guidelines for Community Noise.



plant boundary, the plant boundary wall working as a noise barrier will further reduce the noise levels outside the plant boundary.

It can be inferred that even with the doubling the source of noise, the increase over the existing noise levels will not be more than 2 to 3 dB (A) at a given point in the vicinity of the power plant28. Hence considering the existing noise levels the plant expansion will not cause the noise levels to increase beyond the international guidelines values.

Noise levels at the power plant location will be high, however only concerned staff will be working in the area with required PPE, and the exposure will be limited to short durations. The control on occupational hazards including noise is discussed later in this section.

Mitigation Measures The following mitigation measure will be undertaken in order to further reduce the noise levels.

The noise producing equipments such as the turbines will be placed inside the acoustic enclosures to reduce noise at source.

Residual Impacts Implementation of the mitigation measures proposed above will result in negligible / no residual impact due to plant noise on surrounding environment.

Monitoring Requirements The noise level surveys will be periodically conducted at various sources.

c. Wastewater

Potential Issues The power plant operation will generate wastewater in the form of cooling tower blow down, plant low volume wastes and sanitary wastewater from plant colony. The wastewater can be a potential source of pollution to surface and groundwater resources of the area.

Existing Conditions The existing conditions have been discussed in detail in Section 4.2.

Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact will be interpreted if discharged to the environment exceed the NEQS limits for effluent discharge or World Bank guidelines for effluent discharge from power plant.

Similarly a significant impact will be interpreted if wastewater contaminates the groundwater.

28 Introduction to Environmental Engineering, page 506-507



Impact Analysis Wastewater generated during the operation of power plant is estimated to be approximately 1,240 m3 per day. There will no discharge to the environment as the power plant is designed as a zero discharge facility. The wastewater will be disposed through onsite evaporation after required treatment.

Sampling was carried out of the existing evaporation pond during the EIA field visit to determine various water quality parameters (chemical and microbiological). The sampling locations are provided in Figure 7-2.

The results of the sampling for various water quality parameters along with comparison with guideline values such as World Bank/IFC guidelines and NEQS standards29 for discharge into inland waters are provided in Table 8-4.

It can be inferred from the test results of water samples taken from existing evaporation pond that the values of most of the water quality parameters including metals are within the permissible guideline values. The values of total suspended solids (TSS) and total dissolved solids (TDS) and residual chlorine are exceeding the NEQS standards however; compliance of these parameters with the NEQS values is not applicable since the effluent is not being discharged into any inland water body.

The evaporation pond will not require to be lined as the nature of the soil is silty clay with a very low permeability rate of 0.00143 to 0.000449 cm/day. This is considerably less than standard commonly used in United States of permeability 0.3175 cm/day for similar evaporation ponds. Further the aquifer of the project area is described as poor and patchy and is not capable of sustaining a reliable water supply to serve any purpose.

The evaporation pond will cover a total water surface area of approximately 17 hectares and will have a 3.0-meter (m) berm (2.0 inch of maximum operating level with 1.0 m of freeboard). The area of the evaporation pond is based on the wastewater discharge and evaporation rates of the area.

The evaporation pond will have a positive impact in the shape of wetland that will provide wintering habitat for a number of migratory birds where they enjoy complete protection.

Following mitigation measures will be adopted for effective management of wastewater from the plant.

Mitigation Measures The facility will be constructed as a zero discharge facility; wastewater will be

disposed off through onsite evaporation pond after required treatment.

29 This should be noted that the NEQS standards and World Bank guidelines are for discharge into inland waters and hence do

not apply for the disposal through evaporation pond, the comparison has been given as a reference only.



The wastewater from low volume waste stream will be treated by sedimentation, flow equalization, and neutralization in the treatment basin before discharging into the evaporation pond.

Sanitary wastewater will be treated in a wastewater treatment plant under aerobic conditions before discharge into the evaporation pond.

Sanitary wastewater system will have capacity to treat additional effluent generated from camp operations during the plant outage when maintenance staff is also residing in the plant.

Residual Impacts Implementation of the proposed mitigation measures and regular monitoring is not likely to leave any significant impact of the wastewater from the proposed power plant.

Monitoring Requirements Following monitoring will be carried out;

Regular monitoring of operating conditions for sanitary wastewater treatment system and plant low volume waste treatment system to ensure effective operations.

Periodic sampling and monitoring of key parameters for wastewater effluent to monitor the wastewater quality. The sample will be taken at the discharge point and from evaporation pond to ensure effective treatment.

Although the soil permeability is very low and there is no groundwater present in the area which can be used for any purpose. However as a good environmental practice, groundwater monitor wells may be established around the evaporation ponds to monitor any unlikely change in groundwater properties.

d. Greenhouse gas emissions

Potential Issues Green house gases are released as a result of combustion process. The increase in greenhouse gas emissions in the atmosphere due to human activities such as combustion and land use change contributes to the global warming.

Criteria for Determining Significance The Kyoto Protocol is an amendment to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) an international treaty on global warming. Ratifying developed countries commit to reduce their combined greenhouse gas levels. Islamic Republic of Pakistan ratified the United Nations Framework on climate change in January 1994 and is a party to other international agreements concerning climate change.

Developing countries including Pakistan have no obligation beyond monitoring and reporting emissions.



Impact Analysis The amount of CO2 emissions from proposed power station operations is estimated to be about 2,124,641 Tons per year (TPY) excluding CO emissions.30

It should however be recognised that CO2 emissions result from the combustion of any fossil fuel. A relevant factor in evaluation of CO2 emissions is the overall efficiency of the power cycle for a gas turbine when firing fossil fuel relative to that for alternative systems. The proposed power station will burn low BTU gas as the primary fuel. CO2 emissions from the proposed power station can be compared to projects burning alternative fuels. A conventional boiler burning No. 6 fuel oil will have the potential to emit 1.70 lb CO2 per kWh of electricity produced. A conventional fluidised bed boiler burning coal will have the potential to emit 2.03 lb CO2, per kWh. In contrast, the proposed power station will have the potential to emit approximately 1.65 lb CO2 per kWh. The proposed project has a high thermal efficiency relative to alternative systems and will produce lower CO2 emissions per kilowatt of electric generation produced. These data indicate that the proposed power station would have much lower emissions of greenhouse gases than No. 6 fuel oil and coal-fired generation units typical in developed countries.31

Mitigation Measures There are no generally accepted methods for the mitigation of CO2, emissions. However, two possible mitigation strategies were given consideration. These included:

CO2, removal from the fuel gas at the gas field with re-injection of the CO2.

Carbon sequestration by planting trees near the site.

The CO2 removal and re-injection option was determined not to be economically viable for the project for several reasons. The capital and operating costs of the CO2 removal and re-injection system would increase the cost of the gas to where the project would no longer be economical. Further, and most significant, is that re-injection of the CO2, into the gas field would dilute the gas to a point where it would eventually be uneconomical for any use.

As the plant site is in a semi-arid area with only 100 to 125mm of rainfall per year, carbon sequestration by planting trees near the plant site was determined not to be viable because the trees would have to be continually irrigated to sustain growth. To have any significant impact of CO2 sequestration, a large area would have to be planted with trees thus requiring large volumes of water for irrigation. These large volumes of water required for the trees would have a significant impact on water resources and the economic viability of agriculture in the area.

30 Two units burning low Btu Gas at 95% availability including schedule outages. 31 Uch – 1, Environmental and Social Soundness Assessment



Residual Impacts CO2 emissions contributes to the global warming however, CO2 emissions from the proposed project will be considerably less per unit electricity generated compared to any other conventional alternative.

Monitoring Requirements None.

e. Water resources

Potential Issues The increased withdrawal of surface water for the proposed project may affect the water availability for the other users of the project area.

Existing Conditions The only perennial surface water channel in the project area is the Pat Feeder Canal. The Pat Feeder Canal is a branch of desert Pat Feeder Canal which off takes from right bank of Indus River at Guddu barrage. The total length of canal is 171.0 km and has a present design discharge of nearly 190.0 m3/sec. (6700 cubic feet per second (cusecs)). However the average discharges for past 3 years are around 85 m3/sec (3,000 cusecs). The canal serves cultivated command area (CCA) of about 458,425 hectares (132,788 Acres) through a network of 13 distributaries and 164 minors. The canal is perennial except for a closure/maintenance period of about one month.

Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact will be interpreted if water extracted for the project directly affects the ability of the community and other users to meet their water needs.

Impact Analysis Main water usage will be the replacement for the cooling tower blow down. Other water uses will include generation of demineralised water for various plant operations, water required for staff colony, gardening etc. The water requirement for the proposed power plant will be 0.13m3/s (4.2 cusecs). The breakdown of water requirements are given in Table 4-4.

There will be onsite water storage pond with storage volume equal to two months water requirements to store water for canal annual and maintenance closure. Water will be transported through existing water pipeline.

The proposed project water requirements (maximum) will only be about 0.4% of the average flows of the Pat Feeder Canal. Proper approval will be sought from the irrigation department for the withdrawal of water. Hence the project water abstraction will not have any significant impact on water resources of the area.

A reverse osmosis (RO) unit is also being used for recycling of cooling tower blow down water. The RO unit will further reduce the water requirements by about 50%.



Table 8-5 shows the comparison of the water availability in Pat Feeder Canal and proposed project water utilisation on monthly basis

Mitigation Measures Approval from the concerned departments will be obtained for the withdrawal of

canal water for the plant water requirements.

The plant cooling system will consist of vertical draft cooling towers with continues recirculation of cooling water. The cooling water chemistry will be closely monitored for optimum utilization of cooling water.

Reverse osmosis (RO) technology may be employed to further reduce the water requirements of the power plant.

Water conservation program will be initiated in plant colony to prevent wastage of water.

Residual Impacts No significant residual impact on the surface water resources of the area is expected after the implementation of proposed mitigation measures.

Monitoring Requirements Record of water withdrawal from the Pat Feeder Canal will be maintained.

f. Hazardous materials

Potential Issues The operations of power plant will require use of process chemicals for water treatment, as lubricants and corrosion control etc. Some of these chemicals may be of hazardous nature. These chemicals have a potential to harm human health and contaminate soil, surface and groundwater if not handled correctly.

Existing Conditions At the existing power plant (Uch – 1) all chemicals are stored in designated storage areas with proper marking and hard surface to prevent soil contamination in case of leaks or spills. Hazardous material storage area drains in the plant low volume waste treatment basin. Chemical and hazardous material handling procedures are defined inline with MSDS of the substance.

Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact will be interpreted if the hazardous material are not handled properly i.e. in manner other than that prescribed in the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS).

Impact Analysis The chemicals for the plant operations will include various salts, coagulants, flocculants, Sulfuric acid and caustic soda for water treatment and regeneration systems, lubricants,



corrosion inhibiter WD40 etc. for use in plant maintenance and workshop. The operation of plant will not require chemicals in large quantities.

These chemicals and hazardous materials will be handled following the mitigation measures described below:

Mitigation Measures A chemical and hazardous material handling procedure will be prepared that will contain:

Storage and handling of hazardous materials will be in accordance with international standards and appropriate to their hazard characteristics.

Storage areas for fuels and liquid chemicals will be designed with secondary containment to prevent spills and contamination of soil and groundwater. The secondary containment will be impervious with a capacity of at least 110% of the largest single container.

Labelling will be placed on all storage vessels/containers as appropriate to national and international standards. The labeling will clearly identify the stored materials.

Supporting information such as Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) will be available for all hazardous materials.

A Hazardous Materials Register will be in place that covers:

Hazardous Material name

HAZCHEM/United Nations Code

MSDS

Summary of maximum inventory

Storage requirements and precautions

Location, physical properties of the materials where they are used

Approved disposal methods

Disposal of any hazardous material will be according to the MSDS requirements.

Residual Impacts Implementation of the proposed mitigation measures is not likely to leave any significant impact.

Monitoring Requirements Record of purchase, storage, use, and disposal of hazardous material will be maintained.

g. Solid waste management

Potential Issues The solid waste generated during the operational phase of proposed project can pose a health hazard, pollute soil, surface and ground water if not managed properly.



Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact will be interpreted if the waste management is not carried out properly; witch may effect to health of workers, pollution of soil, surface or groundwater:

Any person is exposed to potentially hazardous waste generated by the project.

Excessive wastes are generated, recyclable waste are not recycled, waste are scattered, handling of wastes results in contamination, and wastes are improperly disposed off causing pollution

Impact Analysis The operation of the proposed power plant will generate a relatively minor volume of solid wastes. The waste generated during the operation phase of the project will include:

The evaporation ponds will generate about 970 m3 per year of solids that will accumulate in the pond at a rate of about 0.66 cm per year. The solids will consist of the mineral salts that remain after evaporating the Pat Feeder Canal water in ether the cooling towers or the evaporation pond.

A similar quantity of settleable solid waste will be generated in the raw water storage and pre-treatment system for the facility. This solid waste stream will consist of settled solids in the raw water storage pond, clarifier sludge, and filtration residue. These solids waste streams are neither toxic nor hazardous.

Other wastes from the power plant operations will include, various oil and air filters, used lubricating oils, wastes from workshops, empty containers, scrap and debris from various plant maintenance and operations activities.

Domestic waste from the power plant colony which will include, waste from kitchen and general rubbish, recyclable waste such as empty containers, paper, plastics bottles etc.

All wastes generated from the project will be properly managed by proposed controls discussed in the following section. The environmental impacts will be minimum after the implementation of the proposed mitigations.

Mitigation Measures Key elements of the waste management system will be the following:

Separate waste bins will be placed for different type of wastes - plastic, paper, metal, glass, wood, and cotton.

Recyclable material will be separated at source. The recyclable waste will be sold to waste contractors for recycling.

Non-hazardous non-recyclable wastes such as construction camp kitchen wastes will be disposed off in an onsite landfill.

No waste will be dumped at any location outside the plant boundary.




Surplus materials including partially filled chemical and paint containers will be returned to suppliers. Inert wastes will be disposed off onsite as fill material.

Records of all waste generated will be maintained. Quantities of waste disposed, recycled, or reused will be logged on a Waste Tracking Register.

Training will be provided to personnel for identification, segregation, and management of waste.

Residual Impacts Proper implementation of the mitigation measures will ensure that the residual impact from waste is minimum. Monitoring and inspection will be undertaken to ensure compliance and minimise any residual impact.

Monitoring Requirements The monitoring measures will include:

Waste management inspections will be undertaken on a regular basis of on-site waste management and of waste disposal contractors to ensure that the waste management procedures are being followed.

8.3.2 Natural hazards

a. Flooding

Potential Issues The proposed power plant location may inundate in an event of high flood. The flood water may damage various plant components resulting in soil and water contaminated due to escape of chemicals etc.

Existing Conditions & Impact Analysis Review of hydrological studies carried out for the Pat Feeder Canal for WAPDA shows that the 25 year flood event will result in a flood approximately 1.5 m above the existing grade at the plant location. The existing plant boundary has been provided with a solid wall which has been built over a bund protected by stone pitching. This bund will provide protection in case of a 100 year flood event.

Additional mitigation measures that will be taken will include:

Mitigation Measures The flood protection measures for the power plant include;

Elevating the plant site above the 25 year flood plain using soil excavated from the ponds and foundation on the site.



The top of the berm around the evaporation ponds will be above the 25 year flood level.

Provisions have been made to sandbag the main gate when necessary.

Residual Impacts No residual impacts are interpreted with the implementation of mitigation measures listed above.

Monitoring Requirements None.

b. Seismicity

Potential Issues The area presents a minor to moderate potential for earthquake activity. Farah (in KDA, 1982) shows the area to be within the moderate zone for seismic activity, with expected earthquakes to be in the 5.5 to 6.5 Richter Magnitude (M) range32.

Existing Conditions The Seismic Zones of Pakistan Map of the Geological Survey of Pakistan shows the Site to be on the border of the minor to moderate damage zones. According to the United States Geological Survey (USGS) National Earthquake Information Centre, the area has been subject to earthquakes of 5.0 to 5.9 M during the period 1965-1990. This range of earthquake magnitude would place the proposed site within Uniform Building Code (UBC) Zone 2 with expected peak ground accelerations on the order of 0.03 to 0.15 g. The expected intensity according to the Modified Mercalli Scale (MM) would be between VI and VIII.

Impact Analysis No groundwater has been found during the soil investigations previously carried out. The soils are defined as a silty clay with very low permeability and high bearing capacity. Liquefaction typically occurs in loose sand materials combined with a high water table. It may therefore be concluded that the potential for liquefaction will not be a significant problem.

Local geologists were not aware of a significant potential for land subsidence in the area. As the underlying material does not appear to be karstic in nature the development of solution caverns which may provoke such subsidence appears unlikely.33

Mitigation Measures No specific mitigation measure other than to construct the various plant buildings in accordance with the UBC Zone 2.

32 KBN, 1995 ESSA Uch Power Plant, Balochistan, Pakistan 33 Uch 1 ESSA



8.3.3 Occupational health and safety

This section discusses the occupational and safety impacts of operations of various power plant components.

a. Safety

The major safety topics discussed below include:

Electrical hazards

Confined space entry

Machine guarding

Eye, head and foot protection

Fire and explosion hazards

House keeping Issues

Electrical Hazards Electrical hazards constitute a major threat to employees at a power generation facility. Care will be taken to properly ground and insulate all equipment, maintenance activities around electrical equipment will utilise written procedures to de-energise circuits that will be impacted by the repair activity. Tools shall also be of the type that will not conduct electricity if circuits cannot be de-energised.

Employees will be required to periodically inspect and maintain combustion turbine equipment. Procedures shall be developed and implemented to protect workers from exposure to toxic explosive gases as well as other hazards associated with such inspections and maintenance.

Confined Space Entry Standard procedures for confined space entries will be in written form and will include electrical lockout, air testing before and during entry, proper respiratory protection if required, standby help (buddy system), and piping system disconnection. Hazardous air conditions that may be encountered are oxygen deficiency and toxic gases such as aromatic hydrocarbons.

Machine Guarding Proper machine guarding, which is critical for the prevention of injuries to workers by isolating them from moving machinery, will be provided. Examples of critical guarding points are fan belts and moving gears. Guard railing necessary to minimise hazard of falls from elevated walkways on equipment such as fuel storage tanks will be provided.

Eye, Head and Foot Protection Head protection will be worn in appropriate plant areas, i.e., power block and production areas. Open-toed shoes will be prohibited. Eye protection will be required



during all maintenance activities involving dust exposure or the production of particulates from sanding or grinding activities.

Fire and Explosion Hazards Explosion and fire are a risk from flame out, electrical fault, or equipment overheating. Fire fighting equipment will be available in the form of ABC fire extinguishers as a minimum, and their locations will be clearly marked. Exits from work places will be well marked and visible in dim light. Fire water will be located throughout the plant in well-marked piping. Diesel engines will be provided to assure the system has power for fire protection. Portable fire extinguishers will be located in appropriate areas for use by employees.

House Keeping Housekeeping will be frequent and thorough to prevent slips, trips, and falls. Problem areas include aisles and roadways that are often oily from machinery leakage. Visibility will be clear at pathway intersections to prevent employee injury and equipment damage.

A lockout / tag out program will be implemented

b. Occupational health

The occupational topics discussed below include:

Chemical exposure

Noise levels

Medical Monitoring

Ambient temperature

Respirator Usage

Chemical Exposure Chemical exposure during operation of the power plant is a possibility. Toxic gases that may be encountered are listed in Table 8-6 Workers need to be trained in the potential health effects of these chemicals and the job categories in which exposure is most likely to occur. Some compounds, such as carbon monoxide, sulfur dioxide, and oxides of nitrogen may be present at times at low concentrations. These compounds are products of combustion, and high levels are anticipated only during process upsets. Low sulfur fuel oil will be used to reduce sulfur dioxide emissions. Most chemicals are likely to be encountered only during periodic maintenance activities and proper precautions will be taken to minimise employee risks. Respirator will be used if required such as entry into confined space where hazardous gases are present. Proper training will be provided to the staff prior to operations for chemical exposure..



Noise Levels Based on the noise surveys for Uch-1 plant which is similar to the proposed plant, noise levels above 90 dB (A) may be encountered in certain workplaces. Measurements of noise exposure will be made for all job categories as soon as the new equipment is fully operational. Employee exposure above 90 dBA requires engineering or administrative controls to reduce exposure wherever feasible. If noise reduction is not feasible, personal protective equipment must be worn for those job categories with exposures over 90 dB (A). In addition, a hearing-conservation program is recommended for all employee exposure over 85 dB (A). The hearing-conservation program should include audiometery, training in the use of hearing protection (ear muffs, plugs, canal caps), identification of areas that have high (85 dB (A) or above) sound levels, and discussion of the effects of noise exposure.

Medical Monitoring Medical monitoring is important for all facility workers. Pre-employment medical examinations will be utilised to develop a baseline set of data for each worker which can be compared to future data developed during periodic examinations. A medical clinic with basic medical facilities and a qualified medical practitioner will be present in plant worker’s colony for routine medical monitoring.

Ambient Temperature Ambient temperatures are often in the 40°C (104°F) range in this portion of Pakistan. This fact coupled with the heat generated from the equipment indicates that heat-related stress must be monitored at the facility. Heat-related illnesses include: heat stroke (life threatening collapse of the body’s cooling mechanisms), heat exhaustion (profuse sweating, headache, nausea, dizziness), and heat rash (dermatitis from clogged pores). These illnesses can be prevented through the use of the proper work/rest cycle and increased intake of fluids.

Respirator Usage Respirator usage may be required during maintenance activities. All respirator usage requires the implementation of a respirator protection program which includes a written document that will be regularly updated to reflect new plant equipment or new chemical usage, respirator selection, training, respirator storage and cleaning, surveillance of work place conditions, medical surveillance to determine if employees are able to wear respirators, and National Institutes for Occupational Health and Safety (NIOSH) approved respirators for employee use. An effective respiratory protection program as outlined will be established at site.

c. Monitoring Requirements

Baseline occupational air monitoring for the gases shown in Table 8-6 w ill be carried out periodically in the main plant working area. The recorded data will be



compared with the exposure limits listed in the table. If exposure exceeds the listed values, respiratory protection will be provided.

Measurements of noise exposure will be made for all job categories as soon as the new equipment is fully operational. Employee exposure above 90 dB(A) requires engineering or administrative controls to reduce exposure wherever feasible.

Pre-employment medical examinations will be utilised to develop a baseline set of data for each worker which can be compared to future data developed during periodic examinations.

8.4 Environmental and social benefits

8.4.1 Electricity supply to Pakistan

Pakistan, like most developing countries, faces a shortfall of power because of the excess of industrial and residential demand over the existing power-generating capacities. The installed capacity in Pakistan as in March 2007 was 19,440 MW34. It is anticipated that by the year 2010 there will be an additional demand of 5,500 MW35.

The power shortage is especially during the peak hours when power blackouts (load shedding) are required to regulate the power supplies. Considering the current shortages and future demands of power in Pakistan, the additional 404 MW power generation capacity at proposed Uch –2 can play a significant role and can contribute much for Pakistan's future.

The proposed project will therefore enhance the power generation capacity and contribute to filling the gap in power supply and demand.

8.4.2 Employment

The project will generate directly about 600 - 800 jobs during the construction phase of the project. The project operational phase will generate about 100 jobs. Most of these vacancies will be filled by Pakistani nationals.

The locals belonging to the project area do not have the required education or skill for the skilled or semi skilled jobs for the power plant however, locals will be given preference for unskilled jobs. It is expected that about 25% of the available jobs will be for unskilled personnel, these jobs will be provided to the locals belonging to the project area.

Similarly the construction and operation of the project will create far greater number of indirect jobs for example job for transporters for the transportation of the plant materials etc.

34 Pakistan Economic Survey 2006-07; http://www.finance.gov.pk/survey/sur_chap_06-07/15-Energy.pdf 35,Ministry of Water and Power, Government of Pakistan.

www.pakistan.gov.pk/divisions



The electricity generated at the plant will run number of factories and other enterprises providing job opportunities indirectly to large number Pakistani citizens.

Overall the power plant will have a very positive impact on the employment opportunities in Pakistan.

8.4.3 Community development

UPL as a responsible corporate citizen has number of ongoing community development programs, these initiatives include:

Drinking water filtration units in the project area.

Donation for flood relief in case of a flood in the region.

Donation of ambulances and other assistance to District Health Unit in Dera Murad Jamali

Construction of School etc.

The community development schemes are ongoing and will continue as the proposed project are constructed and operated in the area.



Table 8-1: Comparison of Uch-2 plant emissions with emission guidelines

Target Emission Standard

Parameter IFC/ World Bank

NEQS

Estimated Uch-2 Plant

Emission

Low BTU Gas

Sulfur dioxide Use of 1% or less Sulfur fuela

500.00 tons per dayb

0.18 tons per day N/A

Nitrogen oxides 152.00mg/Nm3c 400.00mg/Nm3 77.00mg/Nm3

Carbon monoxide N/A 800.00mg/Nm3 30.00mg/Nm3

Particulate matter 50.00mg/Nm3 N/Ad 50.00mg/Nm3 Notes: The values are from single source (stack) unless specified The IFC/World Bank values are based on non-degraded air shed. Different values have been prescribed by IFC for degraded air-shed a: Expressed as a percent by mass. The value is defined for liquid fuels. No value is defined for low BTU gas b: The value is for a single plant facility. c: Maximum emission level should not exceed 200mg /Nm3

d: The value is defined for coal and oil. No value is defined for low BTU gas

Table 8-2: Comparison of ambient air quality guidelines with modeled values

(µg/m3)

Assessment Criteria Modeled Values

Scen

ario

s

Pol

luta

nt

1hr 24hr Annual 1hr 24hr Annual

SOx - 50.00 12.50 0.44 0.24 0.04

NOx 50.00 - 25.00 10.93 5.91 1.08

PM10 - 37.50 17.50 7.1 3.83 0.7

Scen

ario

-1a

CO 7,500- - - 4.26 2.3 0.42

SOx 200.00 50.00 1.49 0.89 0.16

NOx 200.00 100.00 43.15 26.01 4.74

PM10 150.00 70.00 23.93 14.26 2.6

Scen

ario

-2

CO 30,000b 22.7 13.92 2.53

SOx 200.00 50.00 168.42 87.35 15.74

NOx 200.00 100.00 56.44 33.93 6.17

PM10 150.00 70.00 18.44 12.61 2.31

Scen

ario

-3

CO 30,000 5.59 4.11 0.76 Notes: a: For scenario-1, the values in the assessment criteria are taken as 25% of the existing ambient air quality guideline (NEQS and WHO in this case) as according to the new IFC/World Bank guideline for thermal power plants, ground level concentration from a new facility (i.e. Uch-2 in this case) should be less than this value. b: Permissible WHO guideline value for CO is 30mg/m3 which is equal to 30,000µg/m3



Table 8-3: Comparison of ambient air quality guidelines with cumulative values

(µg/m3)

Guideline Values Cumulative Values

Scen

ario

s

Pol

luta

nt


SOx 200.00 50.00 4.94 3.65 0.04

NOx 200.00 100.00 23.54 13.54 1.08

PM10 150.00 70.00 7.10 107.65 0.70

Scen

ario

-1

CO 30,000 4.26 2.30 0.42

SOx 200.00 50.00 5.99 4.30 0.16

NOx 200.00 100.00 55.76 33.64 4.74

PM10 150.00 70.00 23.93 118.08 2.60

Scen

ario

-2

CO 30,000 22.70 13.92 2.53

SOx 200.00 50.00 172.92 90.76 15.74

NOx 200.00 100.00 69.05 41.56 6.17

PM10 150.00 70.00 18.44 116.43 2.31

Scen

ario

-3

CO 30,000 5.59 4.11 0.76 Notes:

The cumulative values are obtained by adding the modeled values into the background concentration values as provided in Table 7-8.



Table 8-4: Chemical test results for water sample at existing evaporation pond

Test Results Guideline

Values No. Parameters Method Unit

Lowest Detection

Limit Main pond

Discharge point

Pond Extension

World Bank

NEQs

1. Temperature (At the time of sample collection) - °C - 20.0 21.0 22.0

2. pH 25 @ °C APHA-4500H+B - - 7.52 7.5 7.54 6-9 6-9

3. Total Suspended Solids(TSS) APHA-2540 D mg/L 5.0 190.0 167.0 272.0 50.0 200.0a 4. Total Dissolved Solids APHA-2540 C mg/L 5.0 3894.0 3816.0 5444.0 - 3500.0 5. Grease & Oil USEPA-1664 mg/L 1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1.2 10.0 10.0 6. Chlorine , Residual APHA-3500C G mg/L 0.1 1.2 1.1 1.33 0.2 1.0

7. Chromium (Cr) ASTM-D1687 mg/L 0.02 <0.02 0.02 < 0.02 0.5 1.0 8. Copper (Cu) ASTM-D1688 mg/L 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.5 1.0 9. Iron (Fe) ASTM-D1068 mg/L 0.02 0.37 0.88 1.0 1.0 8.0 10. Zinc (Zn) ASTM-D1691 mg/L 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.02 1.0 5.0



Table 8-5: Comparison of Pat Feeder canal flows and proposed project

withdrawal

Month Pat Feeder canal Flow (2005-2007)

Water utilisation

Use as percent of

flow

January 51.1 0.13 0.24%

February 59.2 0.13 0.21%

March 45.3 0.13 0.28%

April 0.0 0.0 -

May 38.4 0.13 0.33%

June 151.3 0.13 0.08%

July 163.5 0.13 0.08%

August 152.4 0.13 0.08%

September 137.1 0.13 0.09%

October 45.4 0.13 0.28%

November 33.5 0.13 0.37%

December 36.8 0.13 0.34% Notes: a All values in m3/s

Table 8-6: Exposure limits for gases associated with power production

Compound Exposure limits Target organs

Sulfur dioxide ACGIH/NIOSH/OSHA-2 ppm Respiratory system, skin, eyes

Carbon monoxide NIOSH/OSHA—35 ppm ACGIH—25 ppm

Lungs, blood, central nervous system

Nitrogen dioxide NIOSH/OSHA—1 ppm ACGIH—3 ppm

Respiratory system, cardiovascular system

Notes: AGGIH: American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygiene NIOSH: National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health. OSHA: Occupational Health and Safety Administration, part of the U.S. Department of Labor. ppm : parts per million in air. Exposure Limits are expressed as 8-hour time-weighted averages



Table 8-7: Impacts characteristics during construction phase

Impact Nature Duration Geo extent Reversibility Likelihood Consequence

severity Impact

significance

Noise Direct Short term Local Reversible Possibly Minor Low

Dust emissions Direct Short term Local Reversible Likely Minor Medium

Land use Direct Medium term Local Reversible Almost certain Minor Low

Water sourcing (over exploitation) Direct Short term Regional Reversible Unlikely Minor Low

Vehicle and equipment exhaust Direct Short term Local Reversible Likely Minor Medium

Soil and land contamination Direct Medium term Local Reversible Possibly Minor Low

Drainage and storm water runoff Direct Short term Local Reversible Possibly Minor Low

Camp effluent Direct Medium term Local Reversible Unlikely Moderate Low

Solid waste management Direct Medium term Local Reversible Possibly Minor Low

Disturbance to wildlife Direct Short term Local Reversible Likely Minor Low

Community and power plant workers safety Direct and Indirect

Short to Medium term Local Reversible Unlikely Moderate Medium

Traffic disturbance Direct Short term Regional Reversible Likely Minor Low

Local employment conflicts Direct Short term Regional Reversible Unlikely Moderate Low

Impacts on archaeological and cultural resources Direct Long term Local Irreversible Rare Moderate Low

Project and community interface Indirect Medium term Regional Reversible Possibly Minor Low



Table 8-8: Impacts characteristics during operation phase

Impact Nature Duration Geo

extent Reversibility Likelihood

Consequence severity

Impact significance

Air emissions (detoriation of ambient air quality) Direct Medium term Regional Reversible Unlikely Minor Low

Noise Direct Short term Local Reversible Almost certain Minor Low

Waste water Direct Medium term Local Reversible Unlikely Moderate Low

Green house gas emissions Direct Long term National Reversible Almost certain Minor Low

Water resources (over exploitation) Direct Short term Local Reversible Unlikely Moderate Low

Soil and land contamination Direct Medium term Local Reversible Unlikely Moderate Low

Hazardous materials Direct Medium term Regional Reversible Unlikely Moderate Low

Solid waste management Direct Medium term Regional Reversible Unlikely Moderate Low

Natural hazards-flooding Indirect Medium term Local Reversible Rare Moderate Low

Natural hazards-seismicity Indirect Medium term Regional Reversible Rare Moderate Low

Occupational health and safety Direct/Indirect Short term Local Reversible Unlikely Moderate Low



9 Conclusion

Pakistan, like most developing countries, faces a shortfall of power which is expected to continue. Brisk pace of economic activity, rising levels of income of people, the double digit growth of large scale manufacturing, higher agricultural production and village electrification programme have all resulted in higher demand of power in Pakistan.36

The prevailing scenario implies that there is an urgent need for additional power generation capacity. The proposed project will help towards achieving this objective, however, the scale and nature of the project requires that potential environmental effects due the proposed project are evaluated, mitigation measures required to minimise or obviate these impacts be assessed, implemented and monitored. Any residual impacts may be assessed for their significance. All these requirements have been addressed in this EIA, which has in considerable length covered the following:

The proposed project activities;

Alternatives considered in finalising the project design;

Environmental conditions of the project area;

Legislative requirements related to the project;

Views and concerns of stakeholders with regards to the project as well as the EIA itself;

Potential environmental effects of the proposed project activities on the physical, natural and socio-economic receptors;

Mitigation and monitoring measures that will help in avoiding or minimizing these impacts.

An EMP has been provided that will help in effective implementation of mitigation measures.

On the basis of the above, the EIA concludes that the residual impacts of the proposed operation will be of minor significance and careful implementation of the EMP will ensure that environmental impacts are managed and minimised and all statutory requirements are met by the project proponent.

36 Pakistan Economic Survey 2006-07; http://www.finance.gov.pk/survey/sur_chap_06-07/15-Energy.pdf


1 JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EIA-F03

References

Ahmad, M.F. and Ghalib, S.A. 1975. A Checklist of Mammals of Pakistan. Ref. Zool Sur. Pak. VII (1 & 2): 1-34

Ahmad, M.F. and Ghalib, S.A. 1986. Field Guide to the Ducks, Geese and Swans of Pakistan

Ali, S. 1996. The Book of Indian Birds. Twelfth edition. Mumbai: Bombay Natural History Society & Oxford University Press

Ali, S. I. and Qaiser M. 1995-till to date. Flora of Pakistan Fascicles. Karachi

Auffenberg, W. and Dr. Rehman. H. 1985 –1988. Herpetology of Pakistan

Busnel,R.G. and Fletcher J. 1978. Effects of Noise on Wildlife. New York: Academic Press

Cheema, M.S.Z.A. and Qadir S. A. 1973. Autecology of Acacia Senegal (L.) Willd. Vegetation. 27: 3: pp. 131-162

Grimmet, R., Inskipp, C. and Inskippe, T. 1998. Birds of the Indian Subcontinent

Jefferies, M. 1997. Biodiversity and Conservation. London and New York

Kelloge, E C. 1966. A Land Capability Classification. USDA Agriculture Handbook No. 210

Larry, W. 1996. Environmental Impact Assessment. McGraw Hill Publications

Mackenzie, L.D. and David, A. C. n.d. Introduction to Environmental Engineering. McGraw-Hill International Edition

Nasir, E. and Ali, S. I., 1972-1995. Flora of Pakistan Fascicles. Karachi, Islamabad

Raunkiaer, C. 1934. The Life Forms of Plants and Statistical Plant Geography. Oxford University Press

Roberts, T.J. 1991. The Birds of Pakistan. Volume-1 (Non-passeriformes). Karachi: Oxford University Press

Roberts, T.J. 1992. The Birds of Pakistan. Volume-2 (Passeriformes). Karachi: Oxford University Press

Roberts, T.J. 1997. The Mammals of Pakistan. Karachi: Oxford University Press,

Schemnitz, D.S. 1990. Wildlife Management Techniques Manual. Fourth Edition. Revised. Wildlife Society. Washington D.C.

Usman, H. Muhammad.1992. Indus Civilization and Balochistan.

References EIA for Expansion of 404MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS


Additional Reading

Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES). 1973.

Department of Natural Resources. 1990. Statewide Order 29 – B. State of Louisiana

EUAD/IUCN. 1992. The Pakistan National Conservation Strategy. Government of Pakistan and The World Conservation Union

Government of Pakistan. 1860. The Pakistan Penal Code

Government of Pakistan. 1923. The Mines Act

Government of Pakistan. 1949. Pakistan Petroleum (Production) Rules

Government of Pakistan. 1975. The Antiquities Act

Government of Pakistan. 1997. Pakistan Environmental Protection Act

Government of Pakistan. 1997a. Guidelines for Public Consultation. Draft. Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency

Government of Pakistan. 1997c. Guidelines for Preparation and Review of Environmental Report. Draft. Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency

Government of Pakistan. 1997d. Policy and Procedures for Filing, Review and Approval of Environmental Assessments. Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency

Government of Pakistan. 1998. District Census Report of Naseerabad. Population Census Organization

Government of Pakistan. 1998. Provincial Census Report of Balochistan. Population Census Organization

Government of Pakistan.1997b. Guidelines for Sensitive and Critical Areas. Draft Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency

Irrigation and Power Department, Government of Balochistan. 2005. Briefing Canal System and Development Schemes

IUCN. 1997. Biodiversity Action plan for Pakistan. First Draft. World Conservation Union

IUCN. 1998. Model Provincial Wildlife (Protection, Conservation and Management) Act. Draft. World Conservation Union

IUCN. 2000. Red List of Threatened Animals

KBN. 1995. Environment and Social Soundness Assessment of Uch Power Plant

References EIA for Expansion of 404MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS


National Engineering Services Pakistan (Pvt) Limited. 1983. Agricultural Development Project Widening of Pat Feeder Canal

National Engineering Services Pakistan (Pvt.) Limited. n.d. Extension of Pat Feeder Canal Project for Utilisation of Indus Water in Balochistan as per Water Accord 1991

NCS.1972d. National Conservation Strategy

Pakistan Economic Survey. 2006-2007. Chapter 15 - Energy

The Convention on Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals. 1979

The Convention on Wetlands of International Importance. Ramsar. 1971

Uch Power (Private) Limited. n.d. Brief Summary on Existing (Uch-1) Project

World Bank, United Nations Industrial Development Organisation and the United Nations Environment Program. 1998. Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook: Towards Cleaner Production. Environment Department

World Bank. 1991. Environmental Assessment Sourcebook. Volume-I. Policies, Procedures, and Cross-Sectoral Issues. World Bank Technical Paper Number 139. Environment Department

World Bank. 1991b. Environmental Assessment Sourcebook. Volume-III. Guidelines for Environmental Assessment of Energy and Industry Projects. World Bank Technical Paper No. 154. Environment Department

World Bank. 1996. Analysis of Alternatives in Environmental Assessments. Environment Assessment Sourcebook Update 17. Environment Department

World Bank. 1999. Environmental Assessment-Operational Policy 4.01. Washington DC. USA

World Bank. 2008. Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines for Thermal Power Plants. International Finance Corporation

Appendices

Appendix A

Environmental Management Plan

Environmental Management Plan EIA for Expansion of 404MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS

i JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EMP-F03

Contents

1 Environmental Management Plan 1-1

1.1 Project Overview 1-1

1.2 The EMP 1-1

1.3 Objectives of the EMP 1-2

1.4 Structure of the EMP 1-2

2 Legislation and Guidelines 2-1

3 Organisational Structure and Roles and Responsibilities 3-1

3.1 Organisational Structure 3-1

3.2 Roles and Responsibilities 3-1

4 Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan 4-1

5 Environmental Monitoring and Trainings 5-1

5.1 Environmental Monitoring 5-1

5.2 Environmental Trainings 5-2

6 Communication and Documentation 6-1

6.1 Kick-off Meeting 6-1

6.2 Daily & Weekly Meetings and Reports 6-1

6.3 Social Complaints Register 6-1

6.4 Change Record Register 6-1

6.5 Photographic Record 6-1

6.6 Environmental Reporting 6-2

6.7 Public Consultation 6-2

7 Change Management Plan 7-1


1-1 JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EMP-F03

1 Environmental Management Plan

1.1 Project Overview

Uch Power Station owned by Uch Power (Private) Limited (UPL) is located approximately 600 kilo meters (km) north of Karachi and 42km in the north west of Jacobabad, in the Dera Murad Jamali sub-district of Balochistan Province in Pakistan.

Uch-II Power (Private) Limited (referred to as Uch-II) intends to expand power generation capacity by 404MW at the existing Uch Power Station. The proposed project will consist of a conventional gas turbine, combined cycle, electricity generating plant with an ISO gross output rating of 404MW. The plant configuration is comprised of two nominal 134MW gas turbine generators and two heat recovery steam generators (HRSGs), one 134MW steam turbine generator and associated plant equipment and auxiliary systems.

The combustion turbines will be fired with a low BTU gas from the Uch gas field.

1.2 The EMP

The Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) for the proposed project has identified potential impacts that are likely to arise during the project. The EIA has examined in detail both negative and positive impacts at each stage of the project covering both construction and operations phase.

To minimise the effects of adverse impacts the EIA has recommended mitigation measures. These mitigation measures include the use of alternative technologies, management and physical controls, or compensation in monetary terms. The proposed mitigation measures have been based on the understanding of the sensitivity and behaviour of environmental receptors in the project area, the legislative controls that apply to the project and a review of good industrial practices while operating in similar environments. For residual impacts (impacts remaining after applying the recommended mitigation measures) and for impacts in which there can be a level of uncertainty in prediction at the EIA stage, monitoring measures have been recommended to ascertain these impacts during the course of the project.

For effective implementation and management of the mitigation measures an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been prepared. The EMP satisfies the requirement of the Pakistan Initial Environmental Examination and Environmental Impact Assessment Review Procedures, 2000.

Environmental Management Plan EIA for Expansion of 404MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS


1.3 Objectives of the EMP

The EMP provides a delivery mechanism to address potential impacts of the project activities, to enhance project benefits and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project works. The EMP has been prepared with the objectives of:

Defining roles and responsibilities of the project proponent for the implementation of EMP and identifying areas where these roles and responsibilities can be shared with other parties involved in the execution and monitoring of the project;

Outlining mitigation measures required for avoiding or minimizing potential impacts assessed by the EIA;

Developing a monitoring mechanism and identifying requisite monitoring parameters to confirm effectiveness of the mitigation measures recommended in the EIA;

Defining the requirements for communication, documentation, training and monitoring, management and implementation of the mitigation measures.

1.4 Structure of the EMP

The EMP consists of the following:

Summary of Legislation and Guidelines

Organisational Structure and Roles and Responsibilities;

Environmental Management and Monitoring plan

Communication and Documentation

Change Management Plan



2 Legislation and Guidelines

The EIA for expansion of 404MW Power Generation Capacity at Uch Power Station has discussed in detail the national and international legislation and guidelines that are relevant to the project in Chapter 3 of the EIA report. A summary of these legislation, guidelines, convention and corporate requirements is provided in Table 2-1.

Uch-II will ensure that the project is conducted in conformance with national legislation and relevant international conventions and that guidance is sought form national and international guidelines. Uch-II will also ensure that key project management staff of the company and all its assigned contractors are aware of these legislation and guidelines prior to start of the project activities.

Legislation and Guidelines EIA for Expansion of 404MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS


Table 2-1: National and international environmental legislations and guidelines

Legislation/Guidelines Description

National Environmental Legislation/Guidelines

National Environmental Policy NEP is the primary policy of Government of Pakistan that addresses the environmental issues of the country. The broad Goal of NEP is, “ To protect, conserve and restore Pakistan’s environment in order to improve the quality of life of the citizens through sustainable development ”. The NEP identifies the following set of sectoral and cross-sectoral guidelines to achieve its Goal of sustainable development.

National Conservation Strategy Before the approval of National Environmental Policy (NEP) the National Conservation Strategy (NCS) was considered as the Government’s primary policy document on national environmental issues. At the moment this strategy just exists as a national conservation program. The NCS identifies 14 core areas including conservation of biodiversity, pollution prevention and abatement, soil and water conservation and preservation of cultural heritage and recommends immediate attention to these core areas. Project activities to be conducted with the overall approach of protection and conservation of environment.

Biodiversity Action Plan A plan prepared by the Government of Pakistan for the conservation of biodiversity. The plan recognises EIA as an effective tool for identifying and assessing the effects of a proposed operation on biodiversity.

Pakistan Environmental Protection Act (1997) Basics legislative tool empowering the Government of Pakistan to frame and enforce regulations for the protection of environment. The PEPA 1997 is broadly applicable to air, water, soil, marine and noise pollution, as well as the handling of hazardous wastes. Penalties have been prescribed for those contravening the provisions of the Act. Under section 12 of the PEPA 1997, no project involving construction activities or any change in the physical environment can be undertaken unless an IEE or EIA is conducted and a report submitted to the federal or provincial EPA.

Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of IEE and EIA Regulations, (2000)

The Regulation classifies projects on the basis of expected degree of adverse environmental impacts and lists them in two separate schedules. Schedule I lists projects that may not have significant environmental impacts and therefore require an IEE. Schedule II lists projects of potentially significant environmental impacts requiring preparation of an EIA. Thermal Power Plants are included in Schedule II. The Regulations also require that all projects located in environmentally sensitive areas require preparation of an EIA.

National Environmental Quality Standards (1993) The NEQS specify standards for industrial and municipal effluents, gaseous emissions, ambient air requirements and emission levels for Sulfur dioxide and Nitrogen oxide, vehicular emissions and noise levels. The PEPA specifies the imposition of a pollution charge in case of non-compliance with the NEQS. The standards were last revised in 2000.

National Environmental Quality Standards (Self Monitoring and Reporting by Industry) Rules, (2001)

These rules establish pollution limits for industries in Pakistan under an honor-based self-monitoring system obliging all industries to monitor liquid effluents and gaseous emissions and submit environmental monitoring reports to the relevant EPA (in this case BEPA) timely and correctly. Thermal Power Plants (Gas Fired) are classified as Category-B for monitoring of both liquid effluents and gaseous emissions. All industrial units in




Category-B are required to submit environmental monitoring reports on quarterly basis and they shall maintain a record of the times during which start-up and upset conditions occur, and shall mention the total time elapsed in such conditions in its monthly environmental monitoring report.

Industrial Pollution Charge (Calculation and Collection) Rules, 2001

As per this regulation, industries including Thermal Power Plants will be liable to pay pollution charge for any pollution above NEQS.

Environmental Sample Rules, (2001) These rules authorise the Federal EPA and its authorised persons to obtain and test samples from industries including Thermal Power Plants to verify self-monitoring reports and calculation of pollution charges.

The Forest Act (1927) Empowers the provincial forest departments to declare any forest area as reserved or protected. The act also empowers the provincial forest departments to prohibit the clearing of forest for cultivation, grazing, hunting, removing forest produce; quarrying and felling, lopping and topping of trees, branches in the reserved and protected areas.

Balochistan Wildlife Protection Act (1974) (BWPA) This act provides for the preservation, protection, and conservation of wildlife by the formation and management of protected areas and prohibition of hunting of wildlife species declared protected under the act.The act also specifies three broad classifications of the protected areas: national parks, wildlife sanctuaries and game reserves.

Canal and Drainage Act (1873) This act prohibits corruption or fouling of water in canals (defined to include channels, tube wells, reservoirs and watercourses), or obstruction of drainage.

Pakistan Penal Code (1860) It authorises fines, imprisonment or both for voluntary corruption or fouling of public springs or reservoirs so as to make them less fit for ordinary use.

Antiquities Act (1975) The protection of cultural resources in Pakistan is ensured by the Antiquities Act of 1975. The act is designed to protect "antiquities" from destruction, theft, negligence," unlawful excavation, trades and exports.

The Pakistan Environmental Assessment Procedures (1997)

Provide guidelines for the preparation of environmental assessment reports, operation in environmentally sensitive areas, public consultation and sectoral guidelines for environmental reports including Thermal Power Plants.

International Conventions

The Convention on Biological Diversity (1992)

The Convention requires parties to develop national plans for the conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity, and to integrate these plans into national development programmes and policies. Parties are also required to identify components of biodiversity that are important for conservation, and to develop systems to monitor the use of such components with a view to promoting their sustainable use.

The Convention on Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals, (1979)

The Convention requires countries to take action to avoid endangering migratory species. The term "migratory species" refers to the species of wild animals, a significant proportion of whose members cyclically and predictably cross one or more national jurisdictional boundaries. The parties are also required to promote or co-operate with other countries in matters of research on migratory species.




The Convention on Wetlands of International Importance, Ramsar (1971).

Obligates Pakistan to identify and protect wetlands in the country. So far 18 sites in Pakistan have been declared as wetlands of International Importance or Ramsar Sites.

Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (1973)

The convention requires Pakistan to impose strict regulation (including penalisation, confiscation of the specimen etc.) regarding trade of all species threatened with extinction or that may become so, in order not to endanger further their survival

International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources Red List (2000)

Lists wildlife species experiencing various levels of threats internationally. Some of the species indicated in the IUCN red list are also present in the project area.

Climate Change Convention and Koyoto Protocol (1992)

The convention aims at stabilizing greenhouse gases (GHGs) concentration in the atmosphere at a level that would prevent dangerous anthropogenic interference with the climate system.To achieve the objective of the convention, all parties are generally required to develop national inventories of emission; formulate and implement national and regional programs of mitigation measures; all developed country parties were specifically obliged to take measures to limit GHG emissions by the year 2000 at 1990 levels and the developing countries including Pakistan to take all measures in support of the protection of atmosphere without any formal commitment on the quantified reduction of these gases in a time frame.

International Environmental Guidelines

World Bank Guidelines on Environment Environmental Assessment-Operational Policy 4.01. & Environmental Assessment Sourcebook, Volume I

Provides general guidelines for the conduct of an EIA.

Environmental Assessment Sourcebook, Volume III Provides guidelines for Environmental Assessment of Energy and Industry Projects including Thermal Power Plants.


These guidelines include information relevant to combustion processes fueled by gaseous, liquid and solid fossil fuels and biomass and designed to deliver electrical or mechanical power, steam, heat, or any combination of these, regardless of the fuel type (except for solid waste which is covered under a separate Guideline for Waste Management Facilities), with a total rated heat input capacity above 50 Megawatt thermal input (MWth) on Higher Heating Value (HHV) basis. It applies to boilers, reciprocating engines, and combustion turbines in new and existing facilities. A detailed description of industry activities for this sector and guidance for Environmental Assessment (EA) of thermal power projects is also provided in these guidelines.

World Health Organisation Guidelines for Noise The WHO guidelines in addition to specifying the energy-average sound level also prescribe the maximum noise level for various specific environements including Thermal Power Plants..

Occupational Safety and Health Administration Guidelines for Noise and Chemical exposure

OSHA guidelines provide the permissible limits for worker’s exposure to noise levels and chemicals including SOx, NOx and CO for 8-hour time weighted average.



3 Organisational Structure and Roles and Responsibilities

3.1 Organisational Structure

The proposed project will include the following organisations:

Uch-II as the project proponent and owner of the EMP;

Project construction contractor(s) as executors of the EMP during construction phase of the project;

Power plant O&M contractor as executor of the EMP during the operational phase of the project

These organisations will have the following roles and responsibilities during the project.

3.2 Roles and Responsibilities

3.2.1 General

a. Roles and responsibilities of Uch-II Power (Private) Limited (Uch-II)

As project proponents, Uch-II will be responsible for ensuring the implementation of the EMP. Plant Manager of of Uch-II will be responsible for the overall environmental performance of the project. Uch-II will monitor the environmental performance of the project to ensure that the project is carried out in accordance with governing legislation, Uch-II corporate policies and recommendations of this EIA.

b. Roles and responsibilities of contractors

Uch-II will appoint plant construction contractor(s) for the construction, testing and commissioning of the proposed plant including the auxiliary facilities. Similarly a power plant Operations and Maintenance (O&M) contractor will be appointed for operations of the plant. O&M contractor will manage all the day to day operations of power plant and will also have the custody of the plant. These contractors will be responsible for implementation of, or adherence to, all provisions of the EMP and with any environmental and other codes of conduct required by Uch-II. Overall responsibility for environmental performance of the operation will rest with the senior management of the contractors in Pakistan. Site managers of the contractors will be responsible for the effective implementation of the EMP.

Organisational Structure and Roles and Responsibilities EIA for Expansion of 404MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS


3.2.2 Planning and Design of the Operation

a. Design of the Operation

Design and operations of the proposed project have been described in Section 4 of the EIA report. Following approval of the EIA, if any aspect of the operations or requirements of the EIA need to be changed, Uch-II will categorise that change in accordance with the Change Management Plan provided in Section 7 of this EMP and take appropriate measures thereon.

b. Approvals

Obtaining No objection Certificate (NOC) from Environment Protection Agency Balochistan (Balochistan EPA) will not relieve the proponent or its appointed contractors or suppliers of any other legal obligations and hence the proponent and its contractors and suppliers will obtain all other relevant clearances and necessary approvals required by the Government of Pakistan or Government of Balochistan prior to commencing the respective operations.

c. Contractual Provisions

Adherence to the requirements of the EIA and EMP in terms of environmental mitigation will be required from all project contractors and suppliers and thus EMP will form part of their contracts with Uch-II.

3.2.3 Implementation of the Operation

a. Co-ordination with Stakeholders

Uch-II will ensure that co-ordination required with the project stakeholders on environmental and social matters as required by the EMP is maintained throughout the operation.

b. Environmental Management Systems

Uch-II and the contractors will ensure that the mitigation measures mentioned in the EIA are adhered to and organisational HSE Management Systems are implemented during the proposed project. The contractors will abide by the relevant contractual provisions relating to the environment.

c. Monitoring

Uch-II and its contractors will ensure that monitoring of the project activities is carried out according to the monitoring programme given in the EMP.

d. Change Management

Uch-II and its contractors and suppliers will ensure that monitoring of the project activities is carried out according to the monitoring programme given in the EMP.

Organisational Structure and Roles and Responsibilities EIA for Expansion of 404MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS


e. Emergency Procedures

Uch-II will prepare contingency plans to deal with any emergency situation that may arise during the operation e.g. fire, major oil spills, medical evacuation and communicate these to the regulatory agencies if required by these agencies.

f. Approvals

The project contractors will be responsible for obtaining all relevant approvals from Uch-II such as approvals for waste contractors, water source and others as specified in the environmental management and monitoring plan.

g. Training

Uch-II and its contractors and suppliers will be responsible for the selection and training of their staff who are capable of completing the project activities in an environmentally safe manner. Uch-II and its contractors and suppliers will be responsible for providing induction to their staff members on the EIA, the EMP and their implementation provided in the EMP.

h. Communication and Documentation

For effective monitoring, management and documentation of the environmental performance during the operation, environmental matters will be discussed during daily meetings held on-site. Environmental concerns raised during the meetings will be mitigated after discussions between Uch-II and the contractors. Any issues that require attention of Uch-II higher management will be communicated to them for action.

Uch-II and its contractors will ensure that the communication and documentation requirements specified in the EMP are fulfilled during the project.

i. Operations Monitoring

Uch-II and its contractors will be responsible for effective monitoring for efficient operations of the power plant. Power plant and its auxiliary systems will be monitored for their performance within the acceptable limits.

j. Restoration

Uch-II will ensure that the restoration of the site after the end of construction activities and after the useful life of power plant is carried out according to the requirements of the EIA and EMP.



4 Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan

The Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP) will be used as a management and monitoring tool for implementation of the mitigation measures identified by the EIA.

The EMMP matrix lists down:

The required mitigation measures recommended in the IEE;

The person / organisation directly responsible for adhering to or executing the required mitigation measures and monitoring adherence to the mitigation measures;

The parameters, which will be monitored to ensure compliance with the mitigation measures;

The timing at which the mitigation or monitoring has to be carried out.

Uch-II will hold primary and overall responsibility for ensuring full implementation of the EMP.

The Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan has been provided separate for construction and operations phase of the proposed project activities in Table 4-1 and Table 4-2 respectively.

Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan EIA for Expansion of 404MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS


Table 4-1: Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan – Construction Phase

No Mitigation Measures Responsibility Monitoring Timing

1 Construction Noise

1.1 Equipment noise will be reduced at source by proper design, maintenance and repair of construction machinery and equipment.

EPC contractor Monitor compliance and periodic noise monitoring

Prior to start and during construction phase

1.2 Noise from vehicles and power generators will be minimised by use of proper silencers and mufflers.

EPC contractor Monitor compliance and periodic noise monitoring

During construction phase

1.3 Noise-abating devices will be used wherever needed and practicable. EPC contractor Monitor compliance and periodic noise monitoring

Planning and design of construction phase

2 Dust Emissions

2.1 Water will be sprinkled daily or when there is an obvious dust problem, on all exposed surfaces to suppress emission of dust. Frequency of sprinkling will be kept such that the dust remains under control, particularly when wind is blowing towards the environmental receptors.

EPC contractor Monitor compliance During construction phase

2.2 Dust emission from soil piles and aggregate storage stockpiles will be reduced by appropriate measures. These may include:

Keeping the material moist by sprinkling of water at appropriate frequency

Erecting windshield walls on three sides of the piles such that the wall project 0.5 m above the pile, or

Covering the pile, for example with tarpaulin or thick plastic sheets, to prevent emissions.


2.3 All roads within the plant site that are to be paved or appropriately sealed will be paved as early as possible after the commencement of construction work. Until the roads are paved, they will be sprinkled regularly to prevent dust emission. Other temporary tracks within the site boundary will be compacted and sprinkled with water during the

EPC contractor Monitor compliance Construction planning and design phase / during construction phase




construction works.

2.4 Project traffic will maintain a maximum speed limit of 20 km/h on all unpaved roads within the plant site.


2.5 Construction materials that are susceptible to dust formation will be transported only in securely covered trucks to prevent dust emission during transportation.


3 Land Use

3.1 Land uptake will be kept to minimum required. Uch-II, EPC contractor

Monitor compliance Construction planning and design phase / during construction phase

4 Water Sourcing

4.1 Water will only be abstracted from canal after proper approval from the concerned departments.

Uch-II Water asbstracton approvals

Construction planning and design phase.

4.2 Water conservation programme will be initiated to prevent wastage of water. Uch-II, EPC contractor

Water consumption records

Construction planning and design phase / during construction phase

5 Vehicle and Equipment Exhaust

5.1 All vehicles, generators and other equipment used during construction will be properly tuned and maintained in good working condition in order to minimise emission of pollutants.

EPC contractor Maintenance records of vehicles and eqpuipments


5.2 The stack height of the generators will be at least 3 m above the ground. EPC contractor Monitor compliance Construction planning and design phase / during construction phase




6 Soil and Land Contamination

6.1 Fuels, lubricants, and chemicals will be stored in covered bunded areas, underlain with impervious lining.


6.2 Maintenance of vehicles and equipment will only be carried out at designated areas. The area will be provided with hard surface or tarpaulin will be spread on the ground to prevent contamination of soil.


6.3 Spill prevention/drip trays will be provided at refueling locations. EPC contractor Monitor compliance During construction phase

6.4 Vehicles will only be washed at designated areas.


6.5 Regular inspections will be carried out to detect leakages in construction vehicles and equipment.

EPC contractor Inspection records of vehicles


6.6 Appropriate arrangements, including shovels, plastic bags and absorbent materials, will be available near fuel and oil storage areas.


6.7 Contaminated soil will be removed and properly disposed after treatment such as bioremediation or incineration.


7 Drainage and Storm Water Run-off

7.1 Proper drainage will be provided to construction camp and construction site, especially near excavations.


7.2 All drains will discharge into evaporation pond after required treatment. EPC contractor Monitor compliance During construction phase

7.3 Following drainage system will be constructed for the power plant. All drains will discharge into evaporation pond after required treatment.

Plant areas will be provided with the plant low volume waste drain system, this

Uch-II, EPC contractor

Monitor compliance Planning and design phase




drain system will discharge into plant low volume wastes treatment basin. Water collected through these drains will be treated by neutralisation and will finally be discharge to evaporation pond after mixing with cooling tower blow down.



8 Camp-Effluent

8.1 Construction camp effluent will be treated onsite before disposal through evaporation pond.


9 Hazardous and Non-Hazardous Waste Management

9.1 A waste management plan will be developed before the start of the construction. Key elements of the waste management system will be the following:


Monitor compliance Prior to start of construction phase

9.2 Separate bins will be placed for different type of wastes - plastic, paper, metal, glass, wood, and cotton.


9.3 Recyclable material will be separated at source. The recyclable waste will be sold to waste contractors for recycling.

EPC contractor Recycle waste disposal records


9.4 Non-hazardous non-recyclable wastes such as construction camp kitchen wastes will be disposed off in an onsite landfill.


9.5 No waste will be dumped at any location outside the plant boundary. EPC contractor Monitor compliance During construction phase




9.6 All hazardous waste will be separated from other wastes. Hazardous wastes will be stored in designated areas with restricted access and proper marking. Hazardous wastes will be disposed off through approved waste contractors.

EPC contractor Hazardous waste disposal records


9.7 Surplus construction materials including partially filled chemical and paint containers will be returned to suppliers. Inert construction wastes will be disposed off onsite as fill material.

EPC Contractor Monitor compliance During construction phase

9.8 Records of all waste generated during the construction period will be maintained. Quantities of waste disposed, recycled, or reused will be logged on a Waste Tracking Register.


9.9 Training will be provided to personnel for identification, segregation, and management of waste.

EPC contractor Training records Construction Phase

10 Disturbance to Wildlife

10.1 A ‘no-hunting, no trapping, no harassment’ policy will be strictly enforced. Uch-II, EPC contractor

Training of all personnel


10.2 Trading of wild animals or birds by project personnel will be prohibited. Uch-II, EPC contractor

Training of all personnel


10.3 Wildlife protection rules will be included in the Camp Rules. EPC contractor Monitor compliance During construction phase

11 Community and Power Plant Workers Safety

11.1 Construction area will be properly identified and the access to the area will be limited to only project related personal.


Monitor compliance Planning and design Phase/Construction Phase

11.2 Strict speed limits will be enforced within the plant boundary and where needed, a signal man will be placed to control traffic.

EPC Contractor Monitor compliance During construction phase




11.3 After the completion of construction phase, proper site restoration will be carried out to eliminate any safety hazards such as any excavation will be leveled to prevent falling injury to plant worker.


11.4 The equipment and construction machinery will only be operated by properly trained and experienced personnel.

EPC contractor Operators training records


11.5 Construction traffic will use the national highway and follow the speed limits. EPC contractor Monitor compliance During construction phase

12 Traffic Disturbance

12.1 Project traffic will utilise national highway and will avoid any local or unpaved road. EPC contractor Monitor compliance During construction phase

12.2 Traffic rush hours will be avoided for the transportation of heavy and odd loads. EPC contractor Monitor compliance During construction phase

12.3 Strict speed limits will be imposed near towns and villages. EPC contractor Monitor compliance During construction phase

13 Local Employment Conflicts

13.1 A local labor selection criterion will be developed which will be based primarily on merit and on equitable job distribution among the locals.


Monitor adherence with the criteria

Construction planning and design phase / During construction phase

13.2 Maximum number of unskilled and semi-skilled jobs will be reserved for the local communities.


Local employment records


14 Archaeological and Cultural Resources

14.1 All contractors hired for construction work will be instructed to notify Uch-II Uch-II, EPC contractor

Construction workers training records





immediately if any object of archaeological or cultural value is found.

14.2 If any object of archaeological or cultural value is found. Excavation work in the vicinity of the find will be stopped.

Assistance will be sought from the Department of Archaeology at Shah Abdul Latif University, Khairpur to identify the remains.

If it is found that the remains have archeological significance, the Department of Museum and Archeology, Government of Pakistan, will be notified with a request for inspection.

If the museum decides to salvage the find, Uch-II will provide assistance

Uch-II Monitor compliance / Photographic records


15 Project and Community Interface

15.1 The non-local project staff will be housed in the construction camp established within the boundary wall of the power plant.


Monitor compliance During construction phase

15.2 The non-local project staff will be sensitised to local culture and norms. Uch-II, EPC contractor

Training records During construction phase

15.3 Unnecessary interaction of local population with the non-local project staff will be avoided. Construction workers not belonging to the local area will be restricted to wander near the local communities.


Monitor compliance During construction phase

Abbreviations: Uch-II: Uch-II Power (Private) Limited EPC: Engineering, Procurement and Construction



Table 4-2: Environmental management and monitoring plan – operational phase


1 Air Emissions

1.1 Effective management of combustion conditions will be maintained. O&M contractor Records of operational parameters / periodic monitoring of stack emissions

Operation phase

2 Plant Noise

2.1 The noise producing equipments such as the turbines will be place inside the acoustic enclosures to reduce noise at source.

Uch-II, O&M contractor

Periodic noise level surveys at various sources and locations

Design and operation phase

3 Wastewater

3.1 Wastewater will be disposed off through onsite evaporation pond after required treatment.


Provision of wastewater treatment plant at desingn phase / Monitor compliance

Operation phase

3.2 The wastewater from low volume waste stream will be treated by sedimentation, flow equalization, and neutralization in the treatment basin before discharging into the evaporation pond.


Monitor compliance Operation phase

3.3 Sanitary wastewater will be treated in a wastewater treatment plant under aerobic conditions before discharge into the evaporation pond.


Monitor compliance / wastewater sampling and testing records

Operation phase

3.4 Sanitary wastewater system will have capacity to treat additional effluent generated from camp operations during the plant outage when maintenance staff is also residing in the plant.


Monitor compliance / wastewater sampling and testing records

Operation phase

4 Water Resources

4.1 Approval from the concerned departments will be obtained for the withdrawal of canal water for the plant water requirements .


Monthly records of water withdrawal

Operation phase




4.2 The plant cooling system will consist of vertical draft cooling towers with continues recirculation of cooling water. The cooling water chemistry will be closely monitored for optimum utilization of cooling water.


Records of monitoring of chemcial parameters of cooling water

Operation phase

4.3 Reverse osmosis (RO) technology may be employed to further reduce the water requirements of the power plant.

Uch-II Monthly records of water withdrawal

Construction phase

4.4 Water conservation program will be initiated in plant colony to prevent wastage of water.


Monthly records of water usage

Operation phase

5 Hazardous Materials

5.1 Storage and handling of hazardous materials will be in accordance with international standards and appropriate to their hazard characteristics.



5.2 Storage areas for fuels and liquid chemicals will be designed with secondary containment to prevent spills and contamination of soil and groundwater. The secondary containment will be impervious with a capacity of at least 110% of the largest single container.


Monitor compliance Planning and design phase/Operation phase

5.3 Labelling will be placed on all storage vessels/containers as appropriate to national and international standards. The labeling will clearly identify the stored materials.

O&M contractor Monitor compliance Operation phase

5.4 A Hazardous Materials Register will be in place to cover hazardous material name, HAZCHEM/United Nations Code, Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS), summary of maximum inventory, storage requirements and precautions, location, physical properties of the materials and approved disposal methods.

O&M contractor Monitor compliance / Disposal records

Operation phase

6 Solid Waster Management

6.1 Separate waste bins will be placed for different type of wastes - plastic, paper, metal, glass, wood, and cotton.



O&M contractor Waste inspection and disposal records

Operation phase





O&M Contractor Waste tracking register Operation phase

6.4 No waste will be dumped at any location outside the plant boundary. O&M contractor Monitor compliance Operation phase


O&M contractor, waste contractors

Waste tracking register, disposal records, waste inspection records

Operation phase

6.6 Surplus materials including partially filled chemical and paint containers will be returned to suppliers. Inert wastes will be disposed off onsite as fill material.



O&M contractor Trainning procedures and records

Operation Phase

7 Natural Hazards – Flooding

7.1 Elevating the plant site above the 25 year flood plain using soil excavated from the ponds and foundation on the site.



7.2 The top of the berm around the evaporation ponds will be above the 25 year flood level.



8 Natural Hazards – Seismicity

8.1 Construction of various plant buildings will be carried out in accordance with UBC Zone 2.


Monitor compliance, emergecy responce plan

Planning and design phase

9 Occupational Health and Safety

9.1 Electrical Hazards

9.1.1 Written procedures to de-energise circuits that will be impacted by the repair activity will be prepared.





9.2 Confined Space Entry

9.2.1 Standard procedures for confined space entries will be prepared. The procedure will include: electrical lockout, air testing before and during entry, proper respiratory protection if required, standby help (buddy system), and piping system disconnection.



9.3 Machine Guarding

9.3.1 Proper machine guarding, which is critical for the prevention of injuries to workers by isolating them from moving machinery, will be provided.



9.4 Eye Head and Foot Protection

9.4.1 Head protection will be worn in appropriate plant areas, i.e., power block and production areas. Open-toed shoes will be prohibited. Eye protection will be required during all maintenance activities involving dust exposure or the production of particulates from sanding or grinding activities.



9.5 Fire and Explosion Hazards

9.5.1 Fire fighting equipment will be available in the form of ABC fire extinguishers as a minimum, and their locations will be clearly marked.



9.5.2 Exits from work places will be well marked and visible in dim light. Uch-II, O&M contractor


9.5.3 Fire water will be located throughout the plant in well-marked piping. Uch-II, O&M contractor


9.5.4 An emergency response plan will be prepared for evacuation of personnel and equipments.


Emergency response plan, record of drills

Operation phase

9.6 House Keeping

9.6.1 Housekeeping will be frequent and thorough to prevent slips, trips, and falls. Uch-II, O&M contractor


9.6.2 A lockout / tag out program will be implemented. Uch-II, O&M contractor

Records of lockout/tagout

Operation phase




9.7 Chemical Exposure

9.7.1 Proper precautions will be taken to minimise employee risk to chemical exposure. Uch-II, O&M contractor

Records of occupational air monitoring of power block.

Operation phase

9.7.2 Provision will be made for respirator usage in areas where chemical exposuere concentrations are exceeding the guideline values.



9.8 Noise levels

9.8.1 Provision will be made for PPEs in areas with noise levels exceeding the guideline values.



9.8.2 A hearing conservation programme for plant workers will be started which may include: audiometry, training in the use of hearing protection (ear muffs, plugs, canal caps), identification of areas that have high (85 dB (A) or above) sound levels, and discussion of the effects of noise exposure.



9.9 Heat Related Stress/Illness

9.9.1 Staff will be trained for management of heat realted stress and illness, such as proper work/rest cycle and increased intake of fluids during hot weather.


Abbreviations: Uch-II: Uch-II Power (Private) Limited O&M: Operations and Maintenance



5 Environmental Monitoring and Trainings

5.1 Environmental Monitoring

Environmental monitoring can be categorised into two types; 1)- compliance monitoring and 2) - effects monitoring, these have been explained below. The environmental monitoring programme is summarised in Table 5-1.

5.1.1 Compliance Monitoring

Compliance Monitoring will be carried out to ensure compliance with the requirements of the EIA and EMP. Uch-II staff and contractors will carry out the inspections on a routine basis. This will also include routine monitoring of effluent and emissions and plant operational parameters to ensure effective operations of plant and auxiliary systems.

5.1.2 Effects Monitoring

To monitor actual impacts of the project on selected sensitive receptors so that impacts not anticipated in the EIA or impacts which exceed the levels anticipated in the EIA can be identified and appropriate mitigation measures can be adopted in time. This objective will be achieved through Effects Monitoring.

Considering the environmental conditions of the project area and the assessment of potential impacts of the project made in the EIA, the following monitoring programme will be undertaken:

Ambient Air Quality – ambient air monitoring should be carried out to validate the results of air dispersion modeling. The monitoring will be carried out at key locations covering both environmental receptors and workers occupational exposures.

Noise – measurement of noise levels within the plant and the surroundings (plant boundary) will be carried out on a quarterly basis to ensure that the noise levels are with the standards stated in the EIA.

Groundwater – although the soil permeability is very low and there is no groundwater present in the area which can be used for any purpose, however as a good environmental practice, groundwater monitor wells may be established around the evaporation ponds to monitor any unlikely change in groundwater properties.

Environmental Monitoring and Trainings EIA for Expansion of 404MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS


5.2 Environmental Trainings

Environmental training will form part of the environmental management system. The training will be directed towards all personnel for general environmental awareness.

The objective of training programme is to ensure that the requirements of the EIA and EMP are clearly understood and followed throughout the project. The trainings to the staff will help in communicating environmental related restrictions specified in the EIA and EMP. Table 5-2 presents the training programme.



Table 5-1: Environmental monitoring programme

Aspect Monitoring Timings and parameter

Air Stack emission monitoring

Continously for particulate matter and oxides of nitrogen. Monitoring for oxides of sulfur would depend on the sulfur content in fuel. If sulfur content is greater than 1%, then continously, other wise on monthly basis. Heavy metals on anual basis Stack emission testing would be carried out annually.

Vehicle emissions monitoring

Vehicle emissions monitoring following NEQS

Ambient Air Quality monitoring

Long term ambient air quality may be carried out to validate the results of air dispersion modeling carried out and to establish the baseline. Afterwards, monitor parameters either by passive samplers (monthly average) or by seasonal manual sampling (e.g., 1 weeks/season) for parameters consistent with NEQS and WHO. Baseline occupational air monitoring for the power plant work area during first six months of plant operations. This may be carried out using personnal air samplers at breathing zone.

Noise Ambient noise monitoring

Start of construction activity and on monthly basis during construction phase. The monitoring may be carried out on quarterly basis if noise is not identified as an issue during monitoing. Quarterly during plant operation phase.

Water Water abstraction Canal water abstraction records reported on monthly basis.

Wastewater Chemical analysis of wastewater being discharged in evaporation pond and from evaporation pond for World Bank criteria pollutants on monthly basis: (pH, Oil and grease, Total Suspended Solids, Total Residual Chlorine, Chromium (total), Copper, Iron and Zinc )



Table 5-2: Environmental training programme

Staff Training Contents Timings

Selected management staff of Uch-II and the contractor

Introduction to project EIA and EMP.

EMP communication, documentation and monitoring and reporting requirements.

Prior to start of any project activities

All site personnel (including locally hired staff)

Site induction training on Health Safety and Environment system and requirements at Uch Power plant.

Environmental sensitivities of the project area.

Communication of environmental problems to appropriate officers.

Waste disposal.

Oil spill contingency.

At the time of entering Uch Power plant Prior to start of work

Construction supervisors

EMP communication, documentation and monitoring requirements.

Good construction practices.

Dust emissions control during construction phase.

Prior to start of construction activities

O&M Contractor’s supervisory staff


Prior to start of operation of power plant

Emergency response teams

Fire fighting.

Emergency response including oil and chemical spill.


Drivers Road safety.

Road restrictions.

Vehicle restrictions.

Waste disposal.

Defensive driving.

At the time of induction of drivers

Camp staff Camp operations.

Waste disposal.

House keeping.

At the time of induction of camp staff

Restoration team Restoration requirements.

Oil spill contingency plan. Prior to start of restoration activities



6 Communication and Documentation

6.1 Kick-off Meeting

Prior to commencement of work, a meeting will be held on-site to discuss implementation of the EMP, show commitment to adhere with the EMP and check readiness of the contractors to start the project. The meeting will be attended by relevant management staff from Uch-II and the contractors.

6.2 Daily & Weekly Meetings and Reports

A daily meeting will be held during the project activities to discuss the environmental conduct of the operation, non-compliances noted and their remedial measures. The meetings will be recorded in the Weekly Environmental Report.

The weekly environmental report will be used to review the performance of the operation by reviewing the number of non-conformances and the environmental incidences that occurred during the reporting period, progress on daily action items and to list recommendations for additional controls, mitigation measures or monitoring requirements.

The report will be communicated to the Uch-II management and senior members of the contractors. The report will include:

Summary of weekly project activities.

Non-compliances observed and mitigation measures taken or required.

6.3 Social Complaints Register

Uch-II site representative will maintain a register of complaints received from local communities and measures taken to mitigate these concerns. All community complaints received will be sent to the Uch-II management for further action.

6.4 Change Record Register

All changes to the EMP or the project will be handled through the Change Management Plan provided in Section 7 of the EMP. These changes will be registered in a Change Record Register.

6.5 Photographic Record

Uch-II will ensure that a photographic record including the following is maintained. All areas used by the project activities; before use, during use and after restoration.

Key non-compliances.

Key project activities.

Communication and Documentation EIA for Expansion of 404MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS


6.6 Environmental Reporting

The requirements related to environmental reporting after approval of the EIA are as follows:

After receiving approval from Balochistan EPA, Uch-II will acknowledge acceptance of the conditions of approval by executing an undertaking in the form prescribed in Schedule VII of the 2000 Regulations.

After the end of construction phase of the project, Uch-II will obtain a confirmation from Balochistan EPA that the requirements of the EIA and the conditions of approval have been duly complied with. The Balochistan EPA in granting the confirmation of compliance may impose any additional control regarding the environmental management of the project or the operation, as it deems necessary.

Uch-II will prepare and submit an annual report each year to Balochistan EPA summarizing the production details, any plant modifications or extensions, details of the effects monitoring and environmental performance of the plant operations etc

Uch-II will furnish monitoring reports to Balochistan EPA for gaseous emissions on a quarterly basis under the Self Monitoring and Reporting (SMART) System.

6.7 Public Consultation

6.7.1 EIA Disclosure

After submission of the EIA to Balochistan EPA, Balochistan EPA will advertise in a newspaper a public notice indicating a date for a public hearing and the place where copies of the EIA can be found for review purposes. Any interested party can also contact Uch-II at the following address for electronic copies of the EIA report:

Pervaiz Khan (Chief Executive Officer Uch Power (Private) Limited) 48, Khyaban-e-Iqbal,Main Margalla Road, Sector F-7/2, Islamabad, Pakistan Tel : +92 51 2654901-4 Fax: +92 51 2654905

6.7.2 Public Hearing

In pursuance to clause 10 of the 2000 Regulations, Balochistan EPA after receiving the subject EIA from the proponent and issuing the confirmation of completeness will publish in national English and Urdu newspaper, a public notice mentioning the type of the project, its exact location, the name and address of the proponent, and the places at which the EIA can be accessed. The notice will fix a date and time and place for the public hearing for any comments on the project or the EIA. Any comments received by the Balochistan EPA during or before the public hearing will be collated, tabulated and duly considered by the Balochistan EPA in granting its decision on the EIA.

Communication and Documentation EIA for Expansion of 404MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS


6.7.3 Post EIA Approval Consultation

After approval of the EIA, Uch-II will report environmental performance of its project to Balochistan EPA as per the EMP and applicable laws. This would serve as a communication channel with Balochistan EPA. Uch-II will also encourage any visits by Government Departments or other interested stakeholders to review and verify adherence to mitigation measures related to impacts on physical, biological or socio-economic receptors of the area.



7 Change Management Plan

The EIA recognises that changes in the operations or the EMP may be required during the operation and therefore a Change Management Plan has been provided to manage such changes. The management of changes is discussed under two separate headings, changes to the EMP and changes to the Operation.

7.1.1 Changes to the EMP

The EIA and the EMP have been developed based on the best possible information available at the time of the EIA study. However, it is possible that during the construction and operation phase some aspects of the EMP may need to be changed owing to their non-applicability in a certain area of operation or the need for additional mitigation measures based on the findings of environmental monitoring during the construction and operation phase. In such cases following actions shall be taken.

A meeting will be held between Uch-II and the concerned contractor. During the meeting the proposed deviation from the EMP, planning and designing will be discussed and agreed upon by all parties.

Based on the discussion during the meeting, a change report will be produced collectively, which will include the original EMP clause/plan or design, the change that has been agreed upon, and the reasons for the change.

The report will be signed by all the parties and will be filed at the site office. A copy of the report will be sent to Uch-II and contractor head offices.

All relevant project personnel will be informed of the change.

7.1.2 Changes to the Operation

The change management system recognises three orders of changes.

a. First Order

A first order change is one that leads to a significant departure from the project described or the impacts assessed in the EIA and consequently require a reassessment of the environmental impacts associated with the change. Examples of such change include Change in location of the proposed plant.

Action Required: Environmental impacts of the proposed change will be reassessed and sent to the Balochistan EPA for approval.

Change Management Plan EIA for Expansion of 404MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS


b. Second Order

A second order change is one that does not result in the change in project description or impacts that are significantly different from those detailed in the EIA. Examples of second order changes include extension in the site area.

Action Required: The required action for such changes is to reassess the impact of the activity on the environment and specify additional mitigation measures if required and report the changes to the Balochistan EPA.

c. Third Order

A third order change is one that does not result in impacts above those already assessed in the EIA, rather these may be made on site to minimise the impact of an activity such as:

Increase in project workforce

Change in layout plan of plant

The only action required for such changes will be to record the change in the Change Record Register.

Appendix B

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Report

1

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring at Uch Power Plant

Our Ref: Env-045/2009 Date of Intervention: APRIL 15 TO 17,2009

For Halcrow Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd.

Environmental Services SGS Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd.

2

CONTENTS

Introduction…………………………………………………...03

Meteorological Data…………………………………………..06 Ambient Air Quality Data…………………………………….09

Photographs…………………………………………………...18

3

Introduction

4

1.1 Introduction: Halcrow Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd. appointed SGS Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd. to conduct ambient air quality monitoring at Uch Power Plant. This environmental assessment report is prepared by SGS Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd. based on the monitoring of ambient air quality and weather conditions conducted on April 15 to April 17, 2009 at advised sampling points. Following locations were selected for this assessment:

• Uch Power Plant Residential Colony • Sewerage System Gate-04

1.2 Scope of Study: The scope of services was finalized after discussion with Halcrow Pakistan (Pvt.) Ltd. project team. The environmental monitoring was conducted for followings:

• Ambient air quality

• Weather conditions 1.3 Methodology: 1.3.1 Ambient air quality Ambient air quality was monitored with the help of Mobile Air Quality Station equipped with the state of the art ambient air analyzers. Selection of sampling points was made considering the wind direction at the advised sampling sites. Following pollutants were measured during monitoring:

Nitric Oxide (NO) Nitrogen dioxide (NO2) Combine Oxides of Nitrogen(NOx) Sulphur dioxide (SO2) Carbon monoxide (CO) Particulate Matter (PM10)

5

Table 1: Monitoring of Ambient Air Quality

Air Pollutant Monitoring Technique Method Measurement

Range

Lowest Detection

Limit

Carbon Monoxide (CO)

Gas Filter Correlation CO Analyzer

USEPA Designated Method RFCA-

0981-054 0 – 100 0.01 ppm

Sulfur Dioxide (SO2)

Pulsed Fluorescent Analyzer

USEPA Designated Method EQSA-

0486-060

0 – 50 ppb0 – 100 ppm 1 ppb

Nitrogen Oxide (NO) Chemiluminescent Analyzer

USEPA Designated Method RFNA-

1289-074

0 – 50 ppb0 – 100 ppm 1 ppb

Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)

Chemiluminescent Analyzer USEPA Designated

Method RFNA-1289-074

0 – 50 ppb0 – 100 ppm 1 ppb

Combine Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

Chemiluminescent Analyzer USEPA Designated

Method RFNA-1289-074

0 – 50 ppb0 – 100 ppm 1 ppb

Particulate Matter (PM10)

High Volume Sampler 40 CFR 50, App. B(US-EPA) 2 – 750 µg/m3 2 µg/m3

1.3.2 Weather Data Weather data was recorded with the help of portable weather station at selected sampling points. The parameters monitored are as follows:

Temperature Humidity Wind Direction Wind Velocity Barometric Pressure

6

Annexure-I

Meteorological Data

7

Meteorological Data

Sampling Point : Uch Power Plant Residential Colony (Point#1) Date of Intervention : April 15 – 16, 2009 Sr. # Time Temp Wind Dir Wind Speed Hum Pressure

OC m/s % 1 10:00 26 NW 5.4 48 757.8 2 11:00 28 NW 4.9 43 757.9 3 12:00 30 NW 5.4 36 757.8 4 13:00 32 W 5.4 29 757.5 5 14:00 33 SW 4.5 28 756.9 6 15:00 33 SW 4.9 26 756.1 7 16:00 34 W 4.5 24 755.5 8 17:00 35 S 4.5 23 755.4 9 18:00 32 S 8.0 22 755.7 10 19:00 30 S 9.0 20 755.6 11 20:00 29 S 8.0 20 756.3 12 21:00 27 SW 3.6 20 757.1 13 22:00 26 S 4.0 24 757.8 14 23:00 24 S 0.9 30 758.5 15 24:00 22 S 0.7 45 758.4 16 01:00 21 SE 0.4 50 758.2 17 02:00 19 S 0.4 54 758.2 18 03:00 19 S 1.8 55 757.8 19 04:00 19 S 2.7 54 757.5 20 05:00 18 S 3.1 56 757.4 21 06:00 18 S 4.5 58 757.5 22 07:00 16 S 2.7 62 757.8 23 08:00 18 S 2.2 57 758.3 24 09:00 26 S 3.1 42 758.6

8

Meteorological Data

Sampling Point : Sewerage system Gate-04 (Point#2) Date of Intervention : April 16 – 17, 2009 Sr. # Time Temp Wind Dir Wind Speed Hum Pressure

OC m/s % 1 10:00 29 SE 5.4 38 756.8 2 11:00 32 SE 6.3 32 756.8 3 12:00 34 SE 8.5 27 756.9 4 13:00 34 SE 8.5 27 756.5 5 14:00 36 S 8.5 25 756.1 6 15:00 36 SE 9.7 20 755.2 7 16:00 37 SE 6.7 20 754.4 8 17:00 36 S 4.9 23 754.0 9 18:00 36 NW 4.5 23 753.9 10 19:00 36 N 2.7 25 753.7 11 20:00 31 NW 2.7 30 754.0 12 21:00 28 N 1.8 31 754.0 13 22:00 27 N 1.8 36 754.0 14 23:00 26 NW 2.2 36 754.1 15 24:00 25 NW 1.8 38 754.4 16 01:00 21 SW 3.1 39 754.4 17 02:00 19 S 1.8 44 753.9 18 03:00 19 W 1.8 41 753.6 19 04:00 19 W 2.2 44 753.2 20 05:00 19 W 1.3 47 753.3 21 06:00 19 SW 0.9 45 753.4 22 07:00 18 S 2.2 51 753.7 23 08:00 18 S 2.2 47 754.1 24 09:00 24 S 1.3 39 754.9

9

Annexure-II

Ambient Air Quality Data

10

Ambient Air Quality

Sampling Point : Uch Power Plant Residential Colony (Point#1) Date of Intervention : April 15 – 16, 2009

Sr. # Time CO (ppm) NO (ppb) NO2

(ppb) NOx (ppb)

SO2 (ppb)

1 10:00 2.57 1.3 1.9 3.2 1.99 2 11:00 3.30 1.2 2.5 3.7 1.33 3 12:00 2.68 0.9 1.7 2.6 1.35 4 13:00 2.53 0.4 1.3 1.7 1.75 5 14:00 2.44 0.3 0.9 1.2 2.01 6 15:00 2.38 0.2 0.8 1.0 1.48 7 16:00 2.33 0.7 1.4 2.1 1.60 8 17:00 2.27 0.3 1.1 1.4 1.38 9 18:00 2.24 0.7 1.0 1.7 1.01 10 19:00 2.20 0.7 1.6 2.3 0.37 11 20:00 2.16 0.1 1.7 1.8 0.41 12 21:00 2.17 0.2 4.4 4.6 0.89 13 22:00 2.14 0.1 5.5 5.6 0.81 14 23:00 2.12 0.2 5.6 5.8 0.72 15 24:00 2.10 0.2 5.0 5.2 0.66 16 01:00 2.08 0.3 4.8 5.1 0.51 17 02:00 2.06 0.1 5.1 5.2 0.48 18 03:00 2.05 0.1 3.6 3.7 0.42 19 04:00 2.04 0.1 3.3 3.4 0.52 20 05:00 2.03 0.3 6.5 6.8 0.57 21 06:00 2.01 0.2 2.9 3.1 0.45 22 07:00 2.04 0.2 6.0 6.2 0.63 23 08:00 2.06 3.7 10.6 14.3 1.37 24 09:00 2.03 2.9 7.5 10.4 1.21

Average Concentration (1 hour) 2.25 0.64 3.61 4.25 1.00

11

Ambient Air Quality


Parameter Unit Duration Average Concentration

Nitrogen Oxide (NO) ppb 24 Hours 0.35 Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) ppb 24 Hours 2.80 Nitrogen Multioxide (NOx) ppb 24 Hours 3.42 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) ppb 24 Hours 0.87 Carbon Monoxide (CO) ppm 24 Hours 2.24 PM10 µg/m3 24 Hours 79.62

µg/m3: micrograms per cubic meter LDL: Lowest Detection Limit

12

Ambient Air Quality


Sr. # Time CO

(mg/m3)

NO (µg/m3)

NO2 (µg/m3)

NOx (µg/m3)

SO2 (µg/m3)

1 10:00 3.12 1.74 3.90 5.64 5.69 2 11:00 4.12 1.61 5.12 6.73 3.80 3 12:00 3.35 1.21 3.48 4.69 3.86 4 13:00 3.16 0.54 2.66 3.20 5.01 5 14:00 3.05 0.40 1.84 2.24 5.75 6 15:00 2.98 0.27 1.64 1.91 4.23 7 16:00 2.91 0.94 2.87 3.81 4.57 8 17:00 2.84 0.40 2.25 2.65 3.94 9 18:00 2.80 0.94 2.05 2.99 2.89 10 19:00 2.75 0.94 3.28 4.22 1.06 11 20:00 2.70 0.13 3.48 3.61 1.17 12 21:00 2.71 0.27 9.02 9.29 2.54 13 22:00 2.675 0.13 11.27 11.40 2.32 14 23:00 2.65 0.27 11.48 11.75 2.05 15 24:00 2.62 0.27 10.25 10.52 1.89 16 01:00 2.60 0.40 9.84 10.24 1.46 17 02:00 2.57 0.13 10.45 10.58 1.37 18 03:00 2.56 0.13 7.38 7.51 1.20 19 04:00 2.55 0.13 6.76 6.89 1.48 20 05:00 2.53 0.40 13.32 13.72 1.63 21 06:00 2.51 0.27 5.94 6.21 1.28 22 07:00 2.55 0.27 12.30 12.57 1.80 23 08:00 2.57 4.96 21.73 26.69 3.91 24 09:00 2.54 3.89 15.37 19.26 3.46


13

Ambient Air Quality



Nitrogen Oxide (NO) µg/m3 24 Hours 0.47 Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) µg/m3 24 Hours 5.75 Nitrogen Multioxide (NOx) µg/m3 24 Hours 6.59 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) µg/m3 24 Hours 2.47 Carbon Monoxide (CO) mg/m3 24 Hours 2.79 PM10 µg/m3 24 Hours 79.62

µg/m3: micrograms per cubic meter mg/m3: milligrams per cubic meter LDL: Lowest Detection Limit

14

Ambient Air Quality

Sampling Point : Sewerage system Gate-04 (Point#2) Date of Intervention : April 16 – 17, 2009

Sr. # Time CO (ppm) NO (ppb) NO2

(ppb) NOx (ppb)

SO2 (ppb)

1 10:00 2.10 3.3 1.1 4.4 0.61 2 11:00 1.97 0.1 0.6 0.7 0.56 3 12:00 1.98 0.1 0.6 0.7 0.42 4 13:00 1.96 0.1 0.7 0.8 0.38 5 14:00 1.95 0.1 0.8 0.9 0.35 6 15:00 1.80 0.2 0.9 1.1 0.43 7 16:00 1.98 0.4 1.2 1.6 0.30 8 17:00 1.92 0.1 1.1 1.2 0.32 9 18:00 2.22 0.4 3.5 3.9 1.96 10 19:00 2.17 0.9 10.0 10.9 2.61 11 20:00 2.19 0.5 7.8 8.3 3.34 12 21:00 2.20 0.9 11.6 12.5 3.35 13 22:00 2.16 3.8 16.3 20.1 2.77 14 23:00 2.13 0.9 12.1 13.0 2.56 15 24:00 2.15 4.3 18.3 22.6 2.84 16 01:00 2.11 8.3 16.7 25.0 2.85 17 02:00 2.07 5.4 16.1 21.5 2.89 18 03:00 2.05 3.3 18.5 21.8 3.36 19 04:00 2.02 0.7 17.1 17.8 2.56 20 05:00 2.12 4.9 17.2 22.1 2.79 21 06:00 2.06 12.3 19.6 31.9 5.96 22 07:00 1.98 5.7 10.0 15.7 2.57 23 08:00 1.96 0.8 4.3 5.1 2.77 24 09:00 1.81 0.3 2.6 2.9 3.09


15

Ambient Air Quality



Nitrogen Oxide (NO) ppb 24 Hours 0.89 Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) ppb 24 Hours 4.63 Nitrogen Multioxide (NOx) ppb 24 Hours 5.88 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) ppb 24 Hours 1.52 Carbon Monoxide (CO) ppm 24 Hours 2.04 PM10 µg/m3 24 Hours 128.02

µg/m3: micrograms per cubic meter LDL: Lowest Detection Limit

16

Ambient Air Quality


Sr. # Time CO

(mg/m3)

NO (µg/m3)

NO2 (µg/m3)

NOx (µg/m3)

SO2 (µg/m3)

1 10:00 2.62 4.42 2.25 6.67 1.74 2 11:00 2.46 0.13 1.23 1.36 1.60 3 12:00 2.47 0.13 1.23 1.36 1.20 4 13:00 2.45 0.13 1.43 1.56 1.08 5 14:00 2.44 0.13 1.64 1.77 1.00 6 15:00 2.25 0.26 1.84 2.11 1.22 7 16:00 2.47 0.53 2.46 2.99 0.85 8 17:00 2.40 0.13 2.25 2.38 0.91 9 18:00 2.77 0.53 7.17 7.70 5.60 10 19:00 2.71 1.20 20.5 21.71 7.46 11 20:00 2.74 0.67 15.99 16.66 9.55 12 21:00 2.75 1.21 23.78 24.98 9.58 13 22:00 2.70 5.09 33.41 38.50 7.92 14 23:00 2.66 1.20 24.80 26.01 7.32 15 24:00 2.69 5.76 37.51 43.27 8.12 16 01:00 2.64 11.12 34.23 45.36 8.15 17 02:00 2.59 7.24 33.00 40.24 8.26 18 03:00 2.56 4.42 37.92 42.34 9.60 19 04:00 2.52 0.94 35.05 35.99 7.32 20 05:00 2.65 6.56 35.26 41.82 7.97 21 06:00 2.57 16.48 40.18 56.66 17.04 22 07:00 2.47 7.64 20.50 28.14 7.35 23 08:00 2.45 1.07 8.81 9.88 7.92 24 09:00 2.26 0.40 5.33 5.73 8.83


17

Ambient Air Quality



Nitrogen Oxide (NO) µg/m3 24 Hours 1.18 Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) µg/m3 24 Hours 9.50 Nitrogen Multioxide (NOx) µg/m3 24 Hours 11.23 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) µg/m3 24 Hours 4.34 Carbon Monoxide (CO) mg/m3 24 Hours 2.55 PM10 µg/m3 24 Hours 128.02

µg/m3: micrograms per cubic meter mg/m3: milligrams per cubic meter LDL: Lowest Detection Limit

18

Annexure – III

Photographs

19

Photographs taken during our intervention

Ambient air monitoring at Uch power plant residential colony

Ambient air monitoring at sewerage system gate-04

PM analysis at Uch power plant residential colony PM analysis at Uch sewerage system gate-04

-- --

Appendix C

Air Dispersion Modeling Report

1

Appendix C Air Dispersion Modeling of Uch Power Station

C.1 Introduction

Uch Power Limited (UPL) owns and operates Uch Power Station (UPS), located approximately 600km north of Karachi and 42km in the north west of Jacobabad, in the Balochistan province of Pakistan. Main sponsors of UPL are International Power Plc (IPR) and Creative Energy Resources (CER).

Uch-II intends to build, own and operate a 404MW power plant within in the premises of UPS. The project area falls in the Dera Murad Jamali sub-district of Naseerabad district

C.2 Brief Description of Uch Power Station

The existing Uch Power Station in the Balochistan province of Pakistan is 586MW (gross) combined cycle gas turbine (CCGT) consisting of three gas turbines, three heat recirculation steam generators (HRSG) and one steam turbine. The plant has been in operation since October 2000. The stack emission parameters for the existing plant are shown in Table C-1.

It is proposed to extend the existing plant with the additions of two gas turbines and two HRSGs linked to one steam turbine generator capacity of 404MW (ISO gross rating). The stack emission parameters of the proposed power plant are shown in Table C-2.

The fuel used for the existing and proposed plant is low BTU gas which is imported by pipeline from the Uch gas field approximately 50km to the east of the power station site.

The region in which the power station is situated is largely flat and semi-arid, although irrigation has been introduced to provide water to enable crops to be grown. The immediate vicinity of the power station is sparsely populated.

C.3 Methodology

Air dispersion modeling was carried out to find (simulate) the status of the air shed of Uch Power Plant. Windows based BEEST (Bee-Line) software developed around Industrial Source Complex (ISC) having built in American Meteorological Society Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model (AERMOD) and AERMOD Prime models were adapted to predict the down wind transportation of gaseous emissions from the operation of the proposed power plant.

BEEST is especially designed to support the USEPA's regulatory modeling manager programs. This model includes ISCST3, ISC-Prime and AERMOD models and graphic tools with user options for their application. BEEST for

2

Windows is different than other AerMod/ISC Windows versions. BEEST is more than just a data entry program or a collection of ISCST3, ISC-Prime and AerMod modeling – from source entry, to receptor generation, building calculations, to model execution, results analysis, and more – is presented in a seamless, user-intuitive interface that makes BEEST for Windows a true modeling project management tool.

The Clean Air Act allows the use of air dispersion modeling to determine or predict ground level concentration of pollutants from point, area, volume and open pit sources as well as from line sources. The adoption of air dispersion models in the local scenario specifically in Power Plants, Oil refineries, and vehicle emissions is applicable to determine CO, CO2, SO2 NOx, HC, Particulate matter and their ambient concentrations from source emissions. Specific electronic file formats on the meteorological conditions is prepared to form input in the model sub-preprocessors to successfully run the program.

C.4 Dispersion Modeling for Emissions from the proposed Power Plant

The specific electronic file containing meteorological conditions for the input of the model for the emissions from the existing and proposed power plant at Uch, Balochistan used was recorded in 2008 at the nearest Meteorological station i.e. Jacobabad Meteorological Station.

C.4.1 Jacobabad Wind Data

Relative Humidity Data

(%) Month Speed

(m/s) Direction (Degrees)

Steadiness (%)

Mean of Monthly

Maximums At 12:00 AM

At 12:00 PM

Jan 1.8 359 36 26.3 67 35

Feb 2.8 40 32 30.4 64 33

Mar 3.6 68 23 37.3 59 29

Apr 4.2 119 40 43.5 48 21

May 4.6 159 27 47.8 45 20

Jun 4.9 138 65 48.6 60 25

Jul 4.4 135 68 44.7 73 42

Aug 3.9 131 76 41.2 78 50

Sep 2.8 136 66 40.0 78 45

Oct 1.6 135 33 38.8 70 33

Nov 1.4 327 37 34.1 68 32

Dec 1.1 8 26 28.0 70 38

3

Models for dispersion of NOx, SO2, CO and PM based on 1-Hour, 24-Hours and annual average basis for Uch Power Plant are provided in Air Quality Modeling tables and graphical contours superimposed on the site geographical map

C.5 Wind Rose of Jacobabad

C.6 Model Inputs

Table C-1: Stack Emission Parameters for Existing Power Plant

Fuel Used Item Description

Low BTU Gas High Speed Diesel

Number of stacks 3

Stack Coordinates (UTM)

Stack 1 419651, 3161938

Stack 2 419696, 3161966

Stack 3 419741, 3161993




Exit gas velocity 21.9m/s 21.8m/s

Exhaust gas volumetric flow rate 462.0m3/s 459.0 m3/s

4


Low BTU Gas High Speed Diesel

Exhaust gas normalized flow rate

334.0 Nm3/s 333.0 Nm3/s


SO2 3.1 mg/Nm3 455.7 mg/Nm3

NOx @ 15% O2 98.1 mg/ Nm3 152.7 mg/ Nm3

CO 58.0 mg/ Nm3 11.5 mg/ Nm3

PM10 50.0 mg/ Nm3 50.0 mg/ Nm3


SO2 1.04 g/s 151.6 g/s

NOx @ 15% O2 32.8 g/s 50.8 g/s

CO 19.4 g/s 3.8 g/s

PM10 16.7 g/s 16.6 g/s

Table C-2: Emission Parameters for Proposed Power Plant


Low BTU gas

Number of stacks 2

Stack Coordinates (UTM)

Stack 4 419424, 3161820

Stack 5 419508, 3161870




Exit gas velocity 19.17m/s

Exhaust gas volumetric flow rate 472.168 m3/s

Exhaust gas normalized flow rate 332.22 Nm3/s


SO2 3.1 mg/Nm3

NOx @ 15% O2 77.0 mg/ Nm3

CO 30.0 mg/ Nm3

PM10 50.0 mg/ Nm3


SO2 1.03 g/s

5


Low BTU gas

NOx @ 15% O2 25.58 g/s

CO 9.97 g/s

PM10 16.61 g/s

C.7 Stability

The atmospheric stability category associated with maximum concentrations varies depending on the dispersion coefficient and the source height. The maximum concentration of pollutant generally increases with decreasing wind speeds. Wind stability class B (unstable), & D (neutral) were used.

C.8 Main Assumptions (Modeled Scenarios)

The following scenarios was modeled for the air dispersion modeling

1. Proposed plant gas fired year round

2. Existing plant plus proposed plant gas fired year round

3. Existing plant on HSD and proposed plant on gas fired year round

C.9 Modeling Results

C.9.1 Scenario-1: Proposed plant gas fired year round a. CO concentrations (µg/m3)

Location Average Conc.

East (X) North (Y) Sources (Stacks) Group

Annual 0.42 428178.28 3153480.75 2 1

1-HR 4.26 426764.06 3154895.00 2 1

24-HR 2.30 426764.06 3154895.00 2 1

6

Annual values of carbon monoxide

1-Hour values of carbon monoxide

7


b. NOx concentrations (µg/m3) Location

Average Conc. East (X) North (Y)

Sources (Stacks) Group

Annual 1.08 428178.28 3153480.75 2 1

1-HR 10.93 426764.06 3154895.00 2 1

24-HR 5.91 426764.06 3154895.00 2 1

Annual values of nitrogen oxides

8

1-Hour values of nitrogen oxides


c. PM10 concentrations (µg/m3) Location



Annual 0.70 428178.28 3153480.75 2 1

1-HR 7.10 426764.06 3154895.00 2 1

24-HR 3.83 426764.06 3154895.00 2 1

9

Annual Average values of PM10

1-Hour values of PM10

10


d. SO2 concentrations (µg/m3) Location



Annual 0.04 428178.28 3153480.75 2 1

1-HR 0.44 426764.06 3154895.00 2 1

24-HR 0.24 426764.06 3154895.00 2 1

Annual values of sulphur dioxide

11

1-Hour values of sulphur dioxide


C.9.2 Scenario-2: Existing Plant plus Proposed plant Gas fired year round a. CO concentrations (µg/m3)


East (X) North (Y)Sources (Stacks) Group

Annual 2.53 428226.3 3153508 5 1

1-HR 22.70 428226.3 3153508 5 1

24-HR 13.92 426812.1 3154922 5 1

12



13


b. NOx concentrations (µg/m3) Location



Annual 4.74 428226.3 3153508 5 1

1-HR 43.15 428226.3 3153508 5 1

24-HR 26.01 426812.1 3154922 5 1


14



c. PM10 concentrations (µg/m3) Location



Annual 2.60 428226.3 3153508 5 1

1-HR 23.93 428226.3 3153508 5 1

24-HR 14.26 426812.1 3154922 5 1

15

Annual values of PM10


16


d. SO2 concentrations (µg/m3)


East (X) North (Y)Sources (Stacks) Group

Annual 0.16 428226.3 3153508 5 1

1-HR 1.49 428226.3 3153508 5 1

24-HR 0.89 426812.1 3154922 5 1


17



18

C.9.3 Scenario-3: Existing plant on HSD and proposed plant on gas fired year round a. CO


East (X) North (Y)


Annual 0.76 429640.50 3152093.50 5 1

1-HR 5.59 431054.72 3150679.25 5 1

24-HR 4.11 428226.28 3153507.75 5 1



19


b. NOx Location Average Conc.

East (X) North (Y)


Annual 6.17 428226.28 3153507.75 5 1

1-HR 56.44 426812.06 3154922.00 5 1

24-HR 33.93 426812.06 3154922.00 5 1


20



c. PM10


East (X) North (Y)


Annual 2.31 428226.28 3153507.75 5 1

1-HR 18.44 426812.06 3154922.00 5 1

24-HR 12.61 426812.06 3154922.00 5 1

21

Annual values of PM10


22


d. SO2


East (X) North (Y)


Annual 15.74 428226.28 3153507.75 5 1

1-HR 168.42 426812.06 3154922.00 5 1

24-HR 87.35 426812.06 3154922.00 5 1


23



Reference Values (in µg/m3)

*NEQS Limits Parameter(Ambient)

24-Hr Avg Annual Avg

NOx *100

SO2 200 *50

CO * *

PM10 * *

24

Emissions from the industry

S.No Parameter NEQS

1 CO 800mg/Nm3

2 NOx 400mg/Nm3

3 SOx 500tpd

4 Particulate -

WHO Air Quality Guideline values (2000)

Pollutant Averaging Period Value

Ozone O3 8 h daily maximum 120µg/m3

1 year 40µg/m3 Nitrogen dioxide(NO2)

1 hour 200µg/m3

24 h 125µg/m3

10 min 500µg/m3 Sulfur dioxide(SO2)

Annual 50µg/m3

Particulate matter*

15 min 100mg/m3

30 min 60mg/m3

1 hour 30mg/m3 Carbon monoxide(CO)

8 hours 10mg/m3 * No value has been assigned for particulate matter

Interim WHO Air Quality Guideline values

Pollutant Averaging Period Value (µg/m3)

Sulfur dioxide(SO2) 24 hour 125 (Interim target-1)

1 year 40 (guideline) Nitrogen dioxide(NO2)

1 hour 200 (guideline)

1 year 70 (Interim target-1) Particulate Matter PM10

24 hour 150 (Interim target-1)

Updated WHO Air Quality Guideline values (2005)


Particulate matter

PM2.5 1 year 10

25


24 h (99th percentile)

25

1 year 20 PM10 24 h (99th

percentile) 50

Ozone O3 8 h daily maximum 100

1 year 40 Nitrogen dioxide, NO2

1 h 200

24 h 20 Sulfur dioxide SO2

10 min 500

C.10 Conclusions

Dispersion Modeling was performed for different scenarios and the main results are discussed below. The results are also compared with the interim WHO Guidelines. According to WHO rapid and radical improvement of air Quality is rarely possible, and the recommendations have the potential to be easily ignored as not realistic. Therefore, the WHO Working Group recommended a gradual approach to the health risk reduction and improvement of air quality, proposing a set of interim target values in moving towards the strictest guidelines. These targets aim to promote a shift from high air pollutant concentrations, which have acute and serious health consequences, to lower air pollutant concentrations. These interim guidelines were used for Sulfur dioxide (SO2) and PM10. Using these interim guidelines the results for different scenarios of performed in this dispersion modeling results show that levels of SO2, NOX, CO and PM10 are well with in the limits.

If the results are compared with ambient air quality NEQS all the three scenarios are with in the limits and none of the scenario is exceeding the limits.

The above tables and contour maps also lead to the conclusion that ambient air quality from the existing and proposed Power Plant for SOx, NOx, CO and PM10 are within the NEQS and WHO interim guideline values.

According to the International Finance Corporation Environmental Health and safety Guidelines for thermal power plants, emission from a single project should not contribute more than 25% of the applicable ambient quality standards to allow additional future sustainable development in the same airshed. In present case the dispersion modeling results show for Scenario-1, i.e. proposed plant is gas fired year round then the levels of annual average NOx, SOx, CO and PM10 values for 24-HR as well as annual average levels will be well within the limits 25% of NEQS and WHO guidelines.


EIA for Extension of 404 MW Power Generation Capacity at Uch Power Station

Volume-1: Addendum to EIA

December 2010



Volume 1: Addendum to EIA

December 2010


Halcrow Pakistan has prepared this report in accordance with the instructions of Uch Power (Private) Limited for their sole and specific use. Any other persons who use any information contained herein do so at their own risk.


Addendum to EIA for Uch Power Station

ii DECEMBER 2010 PKUCCH200-Add to EIA v01-F06

Contents Amendment Record

This report has been issued and amended as follows:

Issue Revision Description Date Signed

1 0 1st Draft 09/09/10 SabzwariSA

2 1 1st Final 21/09/10 SabzwariSA

3 2 2nd Final 24/09/10 SabzwariSA

4 3 3rd Final 14/10/10 SabzwariSA

5 4 4th Final 18/10/10 SabzwariSA




iii DECEMBER 2010 PKUCCH200-Add to EIA v01-F06

Contents

1 Introduction 1-1

1.1 The Addendum 1-1

2 Proposed Site Description 2-1

3 Construction Schedule 3-1

4 Wastewater/Sewage 4-1

4.1 Wastewater Generated during Uch-II Construction 4-1 4.2 Wastewater Generated during Uch-II Operation 4-1

5 Conservation Status of Floral Species 5-1

6 Particulate Matter Emissions and Ambient Air Quality6-1

6.1 Ambient Air Quality 6-1 6.2 Emission of Particulate Matter 6-2 6.3 Air Dispersion Modeling 6-2

7 Noise Exposure 7-1

7.1 Environmental Noise 7-1 7.2 Occupational Noise 7-1

8 Reversibility Affect Correction 8-1

9 Demographic Profile 9-1

10 Community Consultations 10-1

11 Ecology 11-1

12 Landfill 12-1

13 Water Use 13-1

14 Development of Transmission Line 14-1

14.1 Background Environment and Impacts on Wildlife 14-1 14.2 Land Compensation Issues 14-2

15 Uch-II Gas Field Development 15-1

15.1 Project Description 15-1


iv DECEMBER 2010 PKUCCH200-Add to EIA v01-F06

15.2 Planning Requirements 15-1 15.3 Site Features 15-2 15.4 Management Measures 15-2

16 Uch-I Performance 16-1


v DECEMBER 2010 PKUCCH200-Add to EIA v01-F06

List of Tables

Table 3-1: Schedule of construction activities 3-1 Table 5-1: List of Floral species with conservation status 5-2 Table 6-1: Ambient PM10 levels inside the Uch Power Station

compound 6-4 Table 6-2: Ambient PM10 levels outside the Uch Power Station

compounda 6-4 Table 6-3: Comparison of ambient air quality guidelines with modeled

values (µg/m3) 6-4 Table 6-4: Comparison of ambient air quality guidelines with cumulative

values (µg/m3)a 6-5 Table 7-1: Existing and cumulative noise monitoring results 7-3 Table 9-1: Demographic profile of communities 9-1 Table 9-2: Details of infrastructure of communities 9-4 Table 10-1: List of communities consulted 10-2 Table 15-1: Proposed gas field facilities 15-4

List of Figures

Figure 7-1: Noise Monitoring Locations 7-4 Figure 13-1: Pat Feeder Canal Flow and Uch-I & Uch - II Water

Consumption 13-2 Figure 14-1: Tentative Route Alignment of Transmission Line 14-3 Figure 15-1: Location of Uch Gas Field and Uch-I/Uch-II Power

Station 15-5


vi DECEMBER 2010 PKUCCH200-Add to EIA v01-F06

Acronyms

ADB Asian Development Bank

BEPA Balochistan Environmental Protection Agency


CSTR Continuous Stirred Tank Reactor

CO Carbon monoxide

DAF Dissolved Air Flotation

DO Dissolved Oxygen

EA Environmental Assessment

GHG Green House Gases

HPK Halcrow Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd


IFC International Finance Corporation

IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature

MW Mega Watt

NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards


NOx Nitrogen dioxide and Nitric oxide

NTDC National Transmission and Despatch Company Limited

O&M Operation and Maintenance

PI Proportional-Integral

PM10 Particulate matter less than 10 micron

SO2 Sulfur dioxide

SRT Solids Retention Time

Uch-I Existing power plant

Uch-II Proposed power plant

UPL Uch Power (Private) Limited

UPS Uch Power Station

USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency


vii DECEMBER 2010 PKUCCH200-Add to EIA v01-F06

WHO World Health Organization


1-1 DECEMBER 2010 PKUCCH200-Add to EIA v01-F06

1 Introduction

1.1 The Addendum

This report serves as an addendum to the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study carried out by Halcrow Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd (HPK) for the expansion of power generation capacity by 404 Mega Watt (MW) at the existing Uch Power Station (UPS) located near Dera Murad Jamali in Naseerabad district of Balochistan province. The EIA study has already been completed and submitted to UPL for approval from Balochistan Environmental Protection Agency (BEPA).

The addendum has been prepared to incorporate Asian Development Bank (ADB) comments raised during the review process of the EIA study for the said project. Each of the comments is addressed in the following sections.



2 Proposed Site Description

The site for the Uch-II expansion project lies adjacent to the existing power station in an already brick walled area not accessible to local population. It will cover an area of about 63 hectares (156 acres) including space for evaporation pond, raw water pond and residential and recreational facilities in the plant colony. The site is more or less a levelled area consisting of sparse vegetation which is xerophytic in nature and of low economic value. No endangered floral species are present at the site. The soils of the site are mainly fine silty approaching to clayey. Most of Uch-II site has never been partly cleared and levelled in past except for the small areas involving construction of old security building, old HPE yard, and DRA tower. Old security building has already been demolished whereas HPE yard and DRA tower will be demolished and relocated respectively.



3 Construction Schedule

Uch-II plans to start the construction activity for the proposed power station by first quarter 2011, whereas, the Commercial Operation Date (CoD) is planned in the third quarter of 2013. Construction schedule is shown in Table 3-1.

Table 3-1: Schedule of construction activities

Activity Start Complete

Mobilisation January 2011 December 2012

Civil Works April 2011 October 2012

Demobilization January 2012 August 2013

Start up July 2012 May 2013

Testing January 2013 June 2013

Turn Over May 2013 July 2013



4 Wastewater/Sewage

4.1 Wastewater Generated during Uch-II Construction

The wastewater during the Uch-II construction phase will mainly consist of sanitary wastewater/sewage generated from construction camps. Nearly1 120m3 of daily sewage is expected to be generated. The source of sewage will include toilets, washrooms, laundry and kitchen. The sewage will be collected in closed drains and will be treated in a wastewater treatment system, using septic tanks. The treated wastewater will then be disposed off to evaporation pond.

4.2 Wastewater Generated during Uch-II Operation

Wastewater during Uch-II plant operations will consist of the following main streams:

Cooling tower blow down;

Demin plant regenerated wastewater;

Sanitary wastewater;

Oily wastewater; and

Sludge from clarifiers

Detail of each of these wastes along with the treatment method is discussed as follows:

4.2.1 Cooling Tower Blow down

Cooling tower blow down will be sent to an on site industrial wastewater pond where it will be mixed with other treated wastewater streams from sanitary wastewater treatment plant, neutralisation pit of demin plant and oil water separator. Wastewater from industrial wastewater pond will be transferred to a clarifier where clarified water and sludge will be separated and transferred to their holding tanks respectively. The sludge generated from the holding tanks will be sent to the sanitary wastewater treatment system for further processing.

Clarified water will first be filtered through the sand filters and will then pass through Reverse Osmosis (RO) membranes. Filtered water from RO will be transferred to RO water tank from where it will be pumped to the CW system for reuse, whereas concentrate from RO will be discharged to the evaporation pond for final disposal.

1 This value is based on a per capita consumption of 40 gallons per day (as used by government departments such as public

health engineering etc.) with a construction crew comprising of around 700 people



4.2.2 Demin Plant Regenerated Wastewater

Regenerated water from demin plant will be treated in neutralisation pit. Under this process, acidic wastewater is treated with alkaline solution, while alkaline wastewater is treated with acidic solution. In either case, the wastewater is treated until it is neutralised to a pH of 7 or any other desired pH. Wastewater after neutralisation will be discharged to the wastewater pond for further treatment and recycling through RO System as described above.

4.2.3 Sanitary Wastewater

Sanitary wastewater will normally consist of sewage generated from plant, colony and the administration building and is expected to be around 100m3 per day during plant operation. Sanitary wastewater will first pass through the screen channel containing bar and mechanical screens for removal of any floating materials. After the screen channel, water will flow to an influent pumping tank where it will be mixed with the filtrate from the drying bed. The mixture will then be transferred to aeration tanks via two submersible pumps as part of activated sludge removal process.

The activated-sludge process is an aerobic, continuous-flow system containing a mass of activated micro-organisms that are capable of stabilising organic matter. The process consists of delivering clarified wastewater, after primary settling, into an aeration tank where it is mixed with an active mass of microorganisms, mainly bacteria and protozoa, which aerobically degrade organic matter into carbon dioxide, water, new cells, and other end products. The bacteria involved in activated sludge systems are primarily Gram-negative species, including carbon oxidizers, nitrogen oxidizers, floc formers and non-floc formers, and aerobes and facultative anaerobes. The protozoa, for their part, include flagellates, amoebas and ciliates. An aerobic environment will be maintained in the basin by means of two (1D+1S) mechanical blowers. After that, mixed liquor will pass into the secondary clarifier, where the sludge will be allowed to settle and clarified water will be transferred to the Chlorine contact tank.

The Chlorine content will be automatically monitored and controlled in this tank via dosing of Hypo Chlorite through two pumps (1D+1S). The final treated water from this tank will then be transferred to the industrial wastewater pond.

The sludge generated from the secondary clarifier will be transferred to a sludge tank where it will be mixed with the sludge generated from the RO system. The mixture will finally be taken to the sludge drying bed where it will be dewatered. The filtrate from the sludge beds will be routed back to the influent tank for re-use in the treatment process whereas the sludge will be disposed off in the on site land fill area.



4.2.4 Oily Wastewater

Drains passing through different areas of the power plant susceptible to contain oil spillages will be treated in oily water separator before being transferred to the wastewater pond. The oil water separator will be a gravity separation device designed by using Stokes Law to define the rise velocity of oil droplets based on their density and size. The design of the separator is based on the specific gravity difference between the oil and the wastewater because that difference is much smaller than the specific gravity difference between the suspended solids and water. Based on that design criterion, most of the suspended solids will settle to the bottom of the separator as a sediment layer, the oil will rise to top of the separator, and the wastewater will be the middle layer between the oil on top and the solids on the bottom.

The oil layer will be skimmed off and stored in a storage tank for onward disposal whereas the separated water will be sent to wastewater pond via two pumps (1D+1S) for further treatment through RO system as described above.

4.2.5 Sludge from Clarifiers

Raw water clarifiers will be the main source of sludge generation. Drains from these clarifiers will deliver the sludge into the sludge thickener from where, the separated water will be transferred to filtrate tank and the sludge to its holding tank. Two pumps (1D+1S) will be used to transfer the sludge from this holding tank to the Plate Type Filter Press which will separate the remaining water from the sludge through thickening, dewatering and drying, Water from this process will be transferred to filtrate tank for reuse whereas the collected sludge will be disposed off in the on site land fill area.



5 Conservation Status of Floral Species

No rare, endangered or threatened vegetation specie has been observed / recorded from the project area. Only one recorded specie namely Cyperus rotundus is however, listed in IUCN Red list. This list categories and criteria are intended to be an easily and widely understood system for classifying species at high risk of global extinction. Cyperus rotundus is listed in Least Concerned category of IUCN Red List. According to definition mentioned in the Red List, Least Concerned2 means the specie has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically Endangered, Endangered, Vulnerable or Near Threatened. Widespread and abundant taxa are included in this category.

Furthermore, Cyperus rotundus is considered to be widely distributed through out the tropics and subtropics in 52 different crops and in 92 countries (Rao, 2000) and is very common throughout South East Asia (Merita & Moody, 1999; Rajput et al., 2008). In Pakistan it is among the most common weeds found throughout the Indus valley during summer season in major field crops such as cotton, sugarcane and maize. Hence removal of this specie will not have any adverse affect on the conservation of this plant.

The list of floral species identified during the field survey of the EIA study along with their conservation status is shown in Table 5-1.

2 http://www.iucnredlist.org/apps/redlist/static/categories_criteria_3_1#critical [accessed on September 06, 2010]



Table 5-1: List of Floral species with conservation status

Family Name Plant Specie

Local Name Life-Form Life-Span IUCN

Rating*

Cyperaceae

Cyperus rotundus Kabuh Sedge Perennial LC

Cyperus specie Sedge Perennial N/A

Poaceae

Cynodon dactylon Chhabar Grass Perennial N/A

Dactyloctenium aegyptium Gandheer Gaah Grass Annual N/A

Desmostachya bippinata Drabh Grass Perennial N/A

Eragrostis minor Makhni Gaah Grass Annual N/A

Ochthochloa compressa Gandheer Gaah Grass Perennial N/A

Oryza sativa Saari Grass Annual N/A

Panicum antidotale jhim Grass Perennial N/A

Phragmites karka naaro Grass Perennial N/A

Saccharum bengalense Booro Grass Perennial N/A

Saccharum spontaneum Booro/Munian Grass Perennial N/A

Setaria ipalica Bajari Grass Annial N/A

Sporobolus spcie Grass Perennial N/A

Sorghum bicolor Jowar Grass Annual N/A

Triticum aestivum Gandum Grass Annual N/A

Veazea nays Makae Grass Annual N/A

Aizoaceae

Limeum indicum Dhoor Chhapri Herb Annual N/A

Zelya petandra Wasanh/Waho Herb Annual N/A

Asclepiadaceae

Calotropis procera Ak Shrub Perennial N/A

Asteraceae

Conyza canadensis Gidar Buti Herb Annual N/A

Eclipta alba Daryi Booti Herb Annual N/A

Helianthus annuus Soorag mukhi Shrub Perennial N/A

Launaea procumbens Bhattar Herb Perennial N/A





Rating*

Xanthium indicum Bhurt Shrub Annual N/A

Boraginaceae

Cordia myxa Lesuro Small tree Perennial N/A

Heliotropium europeum Uth Charo Herb Annual N/A

Capparidaceae

Cleome scaposa Khathoori Herb Annual N/A

Chenopodiaceae

Saueda nudiflora Lano Sub-shrub Semi-perennial N/A

Saueda fruticosa Lani Sub-shrub Semi-perennial N/A

Convolvulaceae

Cressa cretica Oin Herb Herb N/A

Convolvulus arvensis Naro Climbing herb Herb N/A

Cucumis melo Mitero Prostrate herb Annual N/A

Euphorbiaceae

Euphorbia thymifolia N/A

Euphorbia hirta Kheer Wal Herb Annual N/A

Ricinus communis N/A

Fabaceae

Alhagi maurorum Kandero Sub-shrub Perennial N/A

Dalbergia sissoo Taari Tree Perennial N/A

Liliaceae

Allium cepa Peyaz Herb Annual N/A

Malvaceae

Abutilon indicum Pat Teer Shrub Perennial N/A

Mimosaceae

Acacia nilotica Sindhi Babur Tree Perennial N/A

Albizia lebbeck Sarianh Tree Perennial N/A

Prosopis cineraria Kandi Tree Perennial N/A

Prosopis juliflora Devi Shrub Perennial N/A

Molluginaceae

Glinus lotoides Herb Perennial N/A





Rating*

Rhamnaceae

Zizyphus mauritiana Jhangoori Ber Shrub Perennial N/A

Solanaceae

Lycopersicom sesculeupum Tamator Shrubb Annual N/A

Solanum melonjina Wagan Shrub Annual N/A

Solanum surattense Kanderi Wal Sub-shrub Annual N/A

Tamaricaceae

Tamarix aphylla Lawo Tree Perennial N/A

Tamarix indica Laie Larg shrub Perennial N/A

Verbenacea

Phyla nodiflora Bukkan Herb Annual N/A

Typhaceae

Typha domingenasis Pan Rush Perennial N/A

Typha elephantina Pan Rush Perennial N/A

Zygophyllaceae

Fagonia indica Dramaho Herb Annual N/A

Fagonia bruguieri Dramaho Herb Annual N/A

Abbreviations:

LC: Least Concern N/A: Not Available *Source: http://www.iucnredlist.org/apps/redlist/search



6 Particulate Matter Emissions and Ambient Air Quality

6.1 Ambient Air Quality

The ambient air quality in the project area may be regarded as non-degraded with respect to SOx, NOx and CO as their values in the ambient air is below the various national and international guideline values. Similarly, particulate matter less than 10 micron in size (PM10) in ambient air is within the WHO interim guideline values that have been defined to achieve the guideline limit in a phase wise manner. In addition, PM10 value also complies with limits in National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) as prescribed by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA). However background PM10 values are in access of World Health Organisation (WHO) ambient air quality guideline value for an averaging time period of 24hours (i.e. 50 µg/m3).

Elevated levels of PM10 as well as that of Particulate Matter (PM) from windborne dust are natural in the project area for most months of the year due to:

The very arid conditions (annual rainfall less than 200mm) – around 10 months of the year receive minimal to no rainfall

Minimal vegetation cover

Hence soil is subject to wind erosion

To further illustrate this point, ambient air quality was again monitored in September 2010 to measure PM10 ground level concentration values with in the existing power station as well as out side of the power station. Spot sampling was carried out for a period of 2 hours at 4 separate locations for recording PM10 levels3. The results are provided in Table 6-1 and 6-2. The results indicated decreased levels of PM10 levels inside the power station than previously recorded with an average concentration value of 87.6 µg/m3. However the concentration of PM10 recorded outside the power station is higher than the ones recorded inside the power station with a value of 98µg/m3. This location is at a distance of about 4km south from the existing stacks of power station adjacent to the Pat Feeder Canal.

The above argument is also validated by the results of air dispersion modeling (Table 6-

3) which was carried out again in order to predict the ground level concentration value of PM10 based on actual emission rate of this pollutant. A value of 4mg/Nm3 is used as an input into the model instead of the previously used value of 50mg/Nm3. As can be seen in Table 6-3, Uch-II will increase the ambient levels of PM10 by about 0.33% of the

3 24 hours sampling was not carried out due to restricted access to the site due to recent floods.



existing level for an averaging time period of 24 hours. Similarly Uch-1 PM10 contribution in existing air shed is about 1% 4. Hence it may be concluded that the raised levels of PM10 is mainly due to the arid conditions surrounding the project site and the plant contribution in generating PM10 levels is close to negligible.

The detail discussion on the results of air dispersion modeling is provided in section 6.3.

6.2 Emission of Particulate Matter

Particulate Matter has been mixed with PM10 emissions in various sections of the EIA study. This mistake has been rectified in this study. In the EIA study a worst case value of 50mg/Nm3 was assumed for PM10 emission from the proposed power plant as the actual data was not available at that point in time. However, the actual PM emission levels are much lower than this assumed value, at around 3.5-5mg/Nm3 based on Uch-I emissions monitoring when the plant was fuelled by low BTU gas. This value is well within the PM limit of 50mg/Nm3 as prescribed by IFC. Accordingly, a value of 4mg/Nm3 PM10 in plant emissions is assumed for Uch-II for operations on low BTU gas. This value should be assumed for Uch-II for operations on low BTU gas wherever applicable after issuance of this addendum.

6.3 Air Dispersion Modeling

Air dispersion modeling was carried out to provide a more realistic assessment of the increase in ambient PM levels. A stack emission concentration value of 4mg/Nm3 for PM10 was taken as an in put in to the dispersion model5. The following scenarios were modeled to predict the ground level concentration value of PM10:

1. Proposed plant low BTU gas fired year round.

2. Existing plant plus proposed plant low BTU gas fired year round.

3. Existing plant HSD fired plus proposed plant low BTU gas fired year round.

All other stack emission parameters as well as the meteorological data were the same as used in the EIA study. Predictions are made for the point of maximum concentration for 1 hour, 24 hour and annual time periods. The modeled values of all pollutants along with the assessment criteria for all scenarios are shown in Table 6-3. The modeling results for scenario-1 indicated that the increase in PM10 concentration due to Uch-II plant operation is insignificant when the plant is operated on low BTU Gas and accounts to about 0.29µg/m3 and 0.056µg/m3 for averaging time periods of 24hours and annual respectively. Moreover, these predicted ground level concentration values of PM10 are

4 Uch-I PM10 contribution in the ambient air is obtained by subtracting the 24 hour average concentration value of PM10 as given

in scenario-1 from the same value present in scenario-2 (Table 6-3) 5 The stack emission parameter of PM10 has been used instead of PM as ambient air quality guidelines are provided for PM10 only. Its value was assumed at 80% of the actual PM emissions for this analysis



also complying with the criteria as set by IFC (i.e. should not exceed 25% of the NEQS/WHO). The assessment criteria are also complied with for scenarios 2 and 3 when Uch-I and Uch-II are operated simultaneously on low BTU gas and a combination of HSD and low BTU gas respectively.

The cumulative values (i.e. existing background + predicted values) of these pollutants and the guideline values are provided in Table 6-4.6 Interpretation of the data indicates that the cumulative values of NOx and SOx are well below the guideline limits of NEQS and WHO for all the scenarios. However, the values of PM10 are exceeding the WHO guideline values for an averaging time period of 24 hours but are within the WHO interim target of 150µg/m3. The same is also within the guideline value of 150 µg/m3 as prescribed by USEPA. The elevated PM10 level is due to high back ground levels of the same due to prevailing arid conditions whereas the plant contribution in generating PM10 levels is insignificant as authenticated by the modeling results.

Furthermore, in order to compute cumulative annual pollutant values, long term ambient air monitoring (for at least 3 to 6 months) is required to be carried out to establish the base line pollutant concentrations for this time period. As the required data is not available, the short term pollutant concentration value for 1hr is multiplied by a factor of 0.08 in order to predict the cumulative annual value7. This approach has been used extensively in various USEPA recommended air dispersion models such as SCREEN-3. The long term ambient air monitoring has also been recommended in the monitoring programme provided in the Environmental Management Plan (EMP).

6 The background levels also contain Uch-I contribution thus resulting in its duplication for scenario-2 in Table 6-4. However

this affect is negligible as the contribution from Uch-I is insignificant. 7 Source: http://www.epa.gov/opptintr/exposure/presentations/efast/usepa_1992b_sp_for_estim_aqi_of_ss.pdf, page15



Table 6-1: Ambient PM10 levels inside the Uch Power Station compound

Location Value (µg/m3)

Residential Colony 83.0

Tariq check post 86.0

Ghaznavi Check Post 94.0

Average 87.6

Table 6-2: Ambient PM10 levels outside the Uch Power Station compounda

Location Value (µg/m3)

Near Pat Feeder Canal 98.0 a: This location lies at a distance of about 4km from the Uch-1 Power Station stacks in southern direction.

Table 6-3: Comparison of ambient air quality guidelines with modeled values (µg/m3)

Assessment Criteria Modeled Values

Scen

ario

s

Pol

luta

nt


SOx - 50.00 12.50 0.44 0.24 0.04

NOx 50.00 - 25.00 10.93 5.91 1.08

Scen

ario

-1

PM10 - 12.50 5.00 0.56 0.29 0.056

SOx 200.00 50.00 1.49 0.89 0.16

NOx 200.00 100.00 43.15 26.01 4.74

Scen

ario

-2

PM10 50.00 20.00 1.95 1.17 0.21

SOx 200.00 50.00 168.42 87.35 15.74

NOx 200.00 100.00 56.44 33.93 6.17

Scen

ario

-3

PM10

50.00 20.00 18.44 9.78 1.76



Table 6-4: Comparison of ambient air quality guidelines with cumulative values

(µg/m3)a

Guideline Values Cumulative Values Sc

enar

ios

Pol

luta

nt

1hr 24hr Annual 1hr 24hr Annualb

SOx 200.00 50.00 4.94 3.65 0.40

NOx 200.00 100.00 23.54 13.54 1.88

Scen

ario

-1

PM10 50.00 20.00 90.81 90.54 7.26

SOx 200.00 50.00 5.99 4.30 0.48

NOx 200.00 100.00 55.76 33.64 4.46

Scen

ario

-2

PM10 50.00 20.00 92.20 91.42 7.38

SOx 200.00 50.00 172.92 90.76 13.83

NOx 200.00 100.00 69.05 41.56 5.52

Scen

ario

-3

PM10 50.00 20.00 108.69 100.03 8.70

Notes:

a. The modeled (Table 6-3) values are added in the average background level as provided in Table 6-1 and 6-2 to get the cumulative values for PM10. The values of other pollutants are the same as provided in the EIA study. b: In order to compute cumulative annual values, long term ambient air monitoring (for at least 3 to 6 months) is required to be carried out to establish the base line pollutant concentrations for this time period. As the required data is not available, the short term pollutant concentration value for 1hr is multiplied by a factor of 0.08 in order to predict the cumulative annual value. Source: http://www.epa.gov/opptintr/exposure/presentations/efast/usepa_1992b_sp_for_estim_aqi_of_ss.pdf, page15 .c. The background levels also contain Uch-I contribution thus resulting in its duplication for scenario-2. However this affect is negligible as the contribution from Uch-I is insignificant

.



7 Noise Exposure

7.1 Environmental Noise

Ambient noise monitoring was carried outside existing plant boundary to determine the impact on communities present within close proximity to the power plant. The noise monitoring was performed by the proponent and was carried out for a period of one hour (during day and night time) at each of these locations8. The noise locations are marked in Figure7-1. The results indicate that the existing average day time noise level at these locations are complying with the NEQS guideline value of 85dB(A) as well as with the WHO guideline value of 55dB(A) for day time and 45 dB(A) for night time. Furthermore, cumulative noise impact (i.e. noise generated due to Uch-I +Uch-II operations) was also calculated by doubling the recorded noise levels9. These results are also complying with WHO guideline values except for site-1 where the nighttime guideline value is exceeded. However, this location cannot be considered as a sensitive receptor as it lies in a non-residential area. Further more, the noise levels at all the locations are also complying with the second criteria set by WHO which states that the ambient noise levels should not be increased by more than 3dB(A).

Results of the noise monitoring are provided in Table 7-1

7.2 Occupational Noise

Principal sources of noise in power plant may include the turbine, generators and auxiliaries; boilers and auxiliaries, fans and ductwork; pumps; compressors; condensers; precipitators, including rappers and plate vibrators; piping and valves; motors; transformers; circuit breakers; and cooling towers.

The exact noise levels due to operations of various plant equipments are not known at present. However it is anticipated that the plant noise will be on a higher side and in some areas even higher than the IFC guideline limit of 85dB(A). Plant noise levels will be reduced by use of following engineering control measures:

Noisy equipment such as turbines will be placed inside acoustic enclosures;

Selecting structures according to their noise isolation effect to envelop the building;

Using mufflers or silencers in intake and exhaust channels;

Using sound absorptive materials in walls and ceilings;

8 Noise monitoring for a 24 hour period was not carried out due to restricted access to the site from recent flooding 9The operations of Uch-II Power Station will approximately double the existing noise source. Thus the increase in the ambient

noise level will not be more than 2 to 3 dB(A). Source: Introduction to Environmental Engineering, page 506-507



Using vibration isolators and flexible connections (e.g., helical steel springs and rubber elements);

Applying a carefully detailed design to prevent possible noise leakage through openings or to

Minimise pressure variations in piping;

Modification of the plant configuration or use of noise barriers such as berms and vegetation to limit ambient noise at plant property lines

Moreover, employees exposed to a noise levels greater than 85dB(A) for more than 8 hours per day will be issued with hearing protective devices capable of reducing sound levels at the ear to at least 85 dB(A), and the wearing of such will be strictly enforced. These may include ear muffs and ear plugs.

The peak noise level that employees will be exposed to will be the one inside the gas turbine enclosure with an estimated value of up to 105dB(C)10. This value is well below the peak noise level of 140dB(C) as specified in the General EHS guidelines published by IFC. Moreover, the gas turbines will be housed inside the acoustic enclosure and worker entry to this area during its operation will be restricted. Furthermore, adherence to the engineering control measures mentioned above along with provision of adequate hearing protection devices will ensure that workers are not exposed to this high noise level.

10 This value is recorded in the turbine area during Uch-I Power Station Operation.



Table 7-1: Existing and cumulative noise monitoring results

Existing Noise Levelsa (dBA)

Cummulative Noiseb Levels (dBA)

Monitoring Site Daytime

07:00 – 22:00

Nighttime

22:00 – 07:00

Daytime

07:00 – 22:00

Nighttime

22:00 – 07:00

Site 1 46.0 45.0 49.0 48.0

Site 2 36.1 39.3 39.1 42.3

Site 3 35.3 39.0 38.3 42.0

Site 4 36.5 37.8 39.5 40.8

Site 5 37.8 39 40.8 42.0

Site 6 34.0 43.1 37.0 46.1

Site 7 40.01 38 43.01 41.0

Site 8 41.6 42.3 44.6 45.3

Site 9 43.3 41.5 46.3 44.5

Site 10 39.8 42.0 42.8 45.0

Notes:

a: These are the measured noise levels when Uch-I Power Station is in operation b: These are the estimated noise levels when Uch-I and Uch-II Power Stations will be in operation simultaneously



Figure 7-1: Noise Monitoring Locations



8 Reversibility Affect Correction

Some of the impacts will not necessarily be reversible as provided in the EIA report11. These may include the impacts related with air and Green House Gas (GHG) emissions, land and ground water contamination. These impacts should therefore be interpreted as irreversible in the impact characteristic matrix provided in Tables 8-7, 8-8 and ES-1 of the EIA report.

11 This was basically a typographical mistake.



9 Demographic Profile

A summary of the demographic profile of local villages which lie within close proximity to the Uch Power Station is provided in Table 9-1. The summary of local facilities and infrastructure in these villages is provided in Table 9-2.


9-1 December 2010 PKUCCH200-Add to EIA v01-F06

Table 9-1: Demographic profile of communities

ID WP Northing Easting Village Name

Tehsil Mauza UC District Main

Tribes Other Tribes

Village Head

Hou

se h

old

s

Kat

cha

Pac

ca

Tot

al

Pop

ula

tion

1 3 28.61899 68.13121 Goth Habibullah Lango

Dera Murad Jamali

Sher Khan Kuba

Dera Murad Jamali

Naseerabad Lango No Haji Moh Hussain Lango

12 12 0 75

2 27 28.63652 68.17929 Goth Haji Rehmatullah Sasoli

Dera Murad Jamali

Sher Khan Kuba

Sher Khan Kuba

Naseerabad Sasoli Bangul-zai, Sumalani, Khia-zai

Rehmatullah 30 30 0 150

3 40 28.61867 68.24919 Goth Azizullah Pirkani

Dera Murad Jamali

Sher Khan Sharqi

Dera Murad Jamali

Naseerabad Pirkani No Azizullah 20 20 0 125

4 61 28.61893 68.17882 Goth Abdul Ghafoor Bugti

Dera Murad Jamali

Sher Khan Kuba

Dera Murad Jamali

Naseerabad Bugti Jamali Gul Khan 8 8 0 60

5 76 28.57454 68.23434 Goth Habibullah Bangul-zai

Dera Murad Jamali

Sher Khan Kuba

Dera Murad Jamali

Naseerabad Bangul-zai

Manhu, Kakhrani

Ghulam Nabi Manju 23 23 0 150

6 86 28.56726 68.15657 Goth Mir Asad Khan Jamali

Dera Murad Jamali

Sher Khan Kuba

Sher Khan Kuba

Naseerabad Jamali

Khosa, Katpur,

Khokhar, Bhutto,

Dirkhani

Asad Khan Jamali 50 50 0 300

7 87 28.57284 68.17735 Goth Abdul Ghafoor Bhangar

Dera Murad Jamali

Sher Khan Kuba

Sher Khan Kuba

Naseerabad Bhangar

Khosa, Brohi,

Soomro, Pechwa, Solangi,

Gola

Abdul Ghafoor 50 50 0 275





Tribes Other Tribes

Village Head

Hou

se h

old

s

Kat

cha

Pac

ca

Tot

al

Pop

ula

tion

8 88 28.5702 68.17179 Goth Abdul Karim Bangul-zai

Dera Murad Jamali

Sher Khan Kuba

Sher Khan Kuba


Machi, Lango, Bugti

Abdul Karim 10 10 0 60

9 89 28.57121 68.17205 Goth Rehmatullah

Dera Murad Jamali

Sher Khan Kuba

Sher Khan Kuba


Raeesani, Lango Rehmatullah 10 10 0 50

10 90 28.58073 68.16475 Goth Babu Khaskhali

Dera Murad Jamali

Sher Khan Kuba

Sher Khan Kuba

Naseerabad Bahrani Lashari Babu Khan 7 7 0 50

11 91 28.58377 68.15838 Goth Azizullah Behrani

Dera Murad Jamali

Sher Khan Kuba

Sher Khan Kuba

Naseerabad Behrani Mukhi Azizullah 8 8 0 60

12 92 28.58906 68.15192 Muhammad Aslam Jatak

Dera Murad Jamali

Sher Khan Kuba

Sher Khan Kuba

Naseerabad Jatak

Pirkani, Mengal, Machi, Donki

Muhammad Aslam 150 150 0 700

13 93 28.59765 68.15967 Goth Habibullah Bangul-zai

Dera Murad Jamali

Sher Khan Kuba

Sher Khan Kuba


Pirkani, Magsi Habibullah 28 28 0 125

14 94 28.59075 68.16748 Goth Jeewan khan Bahrani

Dera Murad Jamali

Sher Khan Kuba

Sher Khan Kuba

Naseerabad Bahrani No Jeewan Khan 15 15 0 75

15 95 28.5939 68.16966 Goth Dargahi Khosa

Dera Murad Jamali

Sher Khan Kuba

Sher Khan Kuba

Naseerabad Khosa Marri Dargahi Khosa 7 7 0 40

16 107 28.59019 68.186 Goth Faiz Muhammad khan Jamali

Dera Murad Jamali

Sher Khan Kuba

Sher Khan Kuba

Naseerabad Jamali Jat, Babbor, Kaprani

Faiz Muhammad

Khan 80 80 0 500

17 105 28.59716 68.18408 Goth Kutab Dera Sher Sher Naseerabad Jamali Abro, Kutab Din 150 150 0 750





Tribes Other Tribes

Village Head

Hou

se h

old

s

Kat

cha

Pac

ca

Tot

al

Pop

ula

tion

Din Jamali Murad Jamali

Khan Kuba

Khan Kuba

Langha, Gabol, Rind

Jamali

18 106 28.5898 68.18857

Goth Ghulam Haider Jakhrani

Dera Murad Jamali

Sher Khan Kuba

Sher Khan Kuba

Naseerabad JakhraniLahri, Brohi, Langha

Ghulam Haider 10 10 0 50

19 104 28.59885 68.17764 Goth Mir Abdul Ghafoor

Dera Murad Jamali

Sher Khan Kuba

Sher Khan Kuba

Naseerabad Rind Machi, Majoo

Mir Abdul Ghafoor 10 10 0 55

20 111 28.54382 68.18628 Goth Dastagirabad

Dera Murad Jamali

Bedar Dera

Murad Jamali

Naseerabad Jatak No 50 50 0 275



Table 9-2: Details of infrastructure of communities

ID Village Name ElectricityWater Supply

TelephoneWater

Resource HP Tubewell School Health facility Mosque

1 Goth Habibullah Lango No No No Rabi Canal No No No Dera Murad Jamali Yes

2 Goth Haji Rehmatullah Sasoli

No No No Rabi Canal No No No Dera Murad

Jamali Yes

3 Goth Azizullah Pirkani Yes No No Rabi Canal No No No Dera Murad Jamali Yes

4 Goth Abdul Ghafoor Bugti No No No Rabi Canal No No No Dera Murad Jamali Yes

5 Goth Habibullah Bangul-zai No No No Pat Feeder Canal No No No Dera Murad

Jamali Yes

6 Goth Mir Asad Khan Jamali Yes No No Rabi Canal No No No Private Dispencery Yes

7 Goth Abdul Ghafoor Bhangar No No No Rabi Canal No No Dera Murad

Jamali Yes

8 Goth Abdul Karim Bangul-zai No No No Rabi Canal No No Dera Murad

Jamali Yes

9 Goth Rehmatullah No No No Rabi Canal No No Dera Murad Jamali Yes

10 Goth Babu Khaskhali No No No Rabi Canal No No Dera Murad Jamali Yes

11 Goth Azizullah Behrani No No No Rabi Canal No No Dera Murad Jamali Yes

12 Muhammad Aslam Jatak No No No Rabi Canal No No Dera Murad Jamali Yes



ID Village Name ElectricityWater Supply

TelephoneWater

Resource HP Tubewell School Health facility Mosque

13 Goth Habibullah Bangul-zai No No No Rabi No No Dera Murad Jamali Yes

14 Goth Jeewan khan Bahrani No No No Rabi Canal No No Dera Murad Jamali Yes

15 Goth Dargahi Khosa No No No Rabi Canal No No Dera Murad Jamali Yes

16 Goth Faiz Muhammad khan Jamali No No No Rabi Canal No No Dera Murad

Jamali Yes

17 Goth Kutab Din Jamali No No No Rabi Canal No No Dera Murad Jamali Yes

18 Goth Ghulam Haider Jakhrani No No No Rabi Canal No No Dera Murad

Jamali Yes

19 Goth Mir Abdul Ghafoor Yes No No Pat Feeder Canal No No Masjid

School Dera Murad

Jamali Yes

20 Goth Dastagirabad Yes No No Pat Feeder Canal No No Dera Murad

Jamali Yes



10 Community Consultations

Community consultation was also carried out as part of the EIA study. More than 100 communities within a 10km radius of the proposed project site were consulted early in the EIA process. Details of the community consultations are provided in the EIA study (Section 6.2). The list of the various communities consulted along with dates is provided in Table 10-1. As part of consultation process, a public hearing of the EIA study will also be held to record concerns and comments of various stakeholders including the affected communities.



Table 10-1: List of communities consulted

Sr. No. Village Name Consutlation Dates

1 Gohramabad 15th November 2007

2 Habibullah Lango 15th November 2007

3 Mir Abdul Ghafoor Lehri 15th November 2007

4 Ghulam Rasool Lehri 15th November 2007

5 Haji Wahid Bux 15th November 2007

6 Haji Abdul Fatah Rind 15th November 2007

7 Abdul Qadir Zahri 15th November 2007

8 Yaqoob Mengal 15th November 2007

9 Muhammad Chuttal Lak 15th November 2007

10 Ayub Mengal 15th November 2007

11 Abdul Khaliq Jamali 15th November 2007

12 Khamisa Khan Kia-zai 15th November 2007

13 Hussainabad Bhanger 15th November 2007

14 Abdul Khaliq Lango 15th November 2007

15 Jan Muhammad Jamali 15th November 2007

16 Raees Mahmood 15th November 2007

17 Saifullah Jamali 15th November 2007

18 Noor Lehri 15th November 2007

19 Muhammad Sultan 15th November 2007

20 Muhammad Murad 15th November 2007

21 Haji Nihal Khan 15th November 2007

22 Jumma Khan Pandrani 15th November 2007

23 Shahbaz Khan 15th November 2007

24 Lashkar Khan Mugairi 16th November 2007

25 Abdul Fatah Ramdani 16th November 2007

26 Khan Kaprani 16th November 2007

27 Amanullah Bugti 16th November 2007

28 Faiq Khan Jamali 16th November 2007

29 Taj Muhammad Jamali 16th November 2007

30 Haji Rehmat 16th November 2007

31 Haji Rehmatullah Sasoli 16th November 2007




32 Mir Abdul Qadir Khan Jamali 16th November 2007

33 Rehmatullah Khosa 16th November 2007

34 Arbab Mengal 16th November 2007

35 Muhammad Khair Pirkani 16th November 2007

36 Azizullah Pirkani 16th November 2007

37 Miran Bux Bugti 16th November 2007

38 Haji Ijaz 16th November 2007

39 Haji Rustam Pandrani 16th November 2007

40 Long Bangul-zai 16th November 2007

41 Shamsul-Haq Lahri 16th November 2007

42 Daria Khan Jamali 16th November 2007

43 Dilawar Bugti 16th November 2007

44 Muhammad Anwar Kia--Zai 16th November 2007

45 Shahan Khan Bugti 16th November 2007

46 Sanja Jamali 16th November 2007

47 Fazal Muhammad Jamali 16th November 2007

48 Haji Hraoon Jakhrani 16th November 2007

49 Ghulam Qadir Mughairi 16th November 2007

50 Gul Hassan 16th November 2007

52 Norez Khan Jamali 17th November 2007

52 Abdul Aziz Bugti 17th November 2007

53 Molla Bux Lango 17th November 2007

54 Abdul Ghafoor Bugti 17th November 2007

55 Sardar Khan Mughari 17th November 2007

56 Mustafa Mughari 17th November 2007

57 Ghulam Mustafa Mughari 17th November 2007

58 Khuda Bux Jatak 17th November 2007

59 Taj Muhammad Domki 17th November 2007

60 Murad Bugti 17th November 2007

61 Haji Rahman 17th November 2007

62 Muhammad Siddiq 17th November 2007

63 Azizabad 17th November 2007




64 Muhammad Mugsi 17th November 2007

65 Abrar Khan Abro 17th November 2007

66 Habibullah Bangul-zai 17th November 2007

67 Shukat Bangul-zai 17th November 2007

68 Khair Bux 18th November 2007

69 Muhammad Bangul-zai 18th November 2007

70 Soofi Abdul Hamid 18th November 2007

71 Killi Abdul Salam 18th November 2007

72 Nazar Muhammad Domki 18th November 2007

73 Sohbat Khan Jakhrani 18th November 2007

74 Lanja Khan Jakhrani 18th November 2007

75 Bhuta Khan Jatak 18th November 2007

76 Mir Asad Khan Jamali 18th November 2007

77 Abdul Ghafoor Bhangar 18th November 2007

78 Abdul Karim Bangul-zai 18th November 2007

79 Rehmatullah 18th November 2007

80 Babu Khaskhali 18th November 2007

81 Azizullah Baharani 18th November 2007

82 Muhammad Aslam Jatak 18th November 2007

83 Habibullah Bangul-zai 18th November 2007

84 Jeewan khan Bahrani 18th November 2007

85 Dargahi Khosa 18th November 2007

86 Bakhir Khosa 18th November 2007

87 Qamar Din 18th November 2007

88 Nisar Khan 18th November 2007

89 Mir Khan Khoso 18th November 2007

90 Bahawal Khan 18th November 2007

91 Bahadur Khan 18th November 2007

92 Piara Khan 18th November 2007

93 Sohbat Khan 19th November 2007

94 Faiz Muhammad khan Jamali 19th November 2007

95 Kutab Din Jamali 19th November 2007




96 Ghulam Haider Jakhrani 19th November 2007

97 Mir Abdul Ghafoor 19th November 2007

98 Killi Bangul-zai 19th November 2007

99 Khudadad 19th November 2007

100 Dastgirabad 19th November 2007

101 Sooba Khan Jatak 19th November 2007

102 Muhammad Siddiq Bangul-zai 19th November 2007

103 Bachal Mughairi 19th November 2007



11 Ecology

As mentioned in the EIA study, an evaporation pond has been developed within the walled perimeter of UPS for final disposal of the treated wastewater discharge from the existing Uch-I Power Station. The pond is spread over an area of about 25 hectares (62 acres) and is not lined as the nature of the soil is silty-clay with a very low permeability rate of 0.00143 to 0.000449 cm/day. This pond has presented an attractive habitat in the form of artificial wetland for various resident as well as migratory birds.

Wastewater samples were gathered from different locations of the evaporation pond during the EIA field visit and were tested for the presence of various parameters (chemical and microbiological). The results of the sampling along with comparison with guideline values such as World Bank/IFC guidelines and NEQS standards for discharge into inland waters are provided in Table 8-4 of the EIA report. The values of most of the water quality parameters including metals are within the permissible guideline values. However, the values of total suspended solids (TSS), total dissolved solids (TDS) and residual chlorine are exceeding the NEQS standards though; compliance of these parameters with the NEQS values is not applicable since the effluent is not being discharged into any inland water body.

A literature review related with chlorine affects on migratory birds health was done but no conclusive information could be found. However, it is a common observation that such water bodies may not be having a complex food chain where phytoplankton, zooplankton and invertebrates are developed. This fact is also evident for the existing evaporation pond of UPS where no fish species have been identified thus denying the birds to fulfil their food requirements from the pond. Hence the water fowl use the pond for shelter and protection purposes only and fulfil their food requirement from the surrounding agricultural areas or paddy fields during dusk or dawn.

During the EIA field visit no fatalities of bird species in and around the evaporation pond were observed and reported.



12 Landfill

The waste management system will involve the collection of all waste using a system of different coloured bins placed around plant and colony area to facilitate waste segregation at the source. Wastes will be segregated into hazardous, general, metal, biological, oil and medical wastes. A Waste Disposal Matrix will guide employees and subcontractors on waste disposal in the respective bins. The volume of each waste stream will be recorded prior to disposal or reuse.

Non-hazardous wastes will be disposed off in an on-site landfill. New pits will be progressively excavated to handle the volume of waste generated over the entire project life. Proper controls including covering of disposed material to prevent waste being wind blown and to prevent birds scavenging will be implemented at the land fill site. In addition, a wind shield from excavated soil will be developed at each of the pit corner in order to minimise waste exposure to wind. Suitable arrangement including provision of a noise making device or a net is also proposed to be used in order to prevent/distract birds from scavenging.

Metal and oil waste will be stored in a dedicated section of a purpose-built waste management area. These wastes will be disposed off through approved waste contractors. The surplus materials including partially filled chemical and paint containers will be returned to suppliers. All medical waste collected at the site clinic will be transferred to a hospital where it will be disposed off by incineration.



13 Water Use

Water will be obtained from the Pat Feeder Canal to cater for the water requirements of Uch-II. The existing water requirements of Uch-I are also met through the same source. The canal has sufficient capacity to meet Uch-II water requirement without compromising other users especially when Uch-I is only using 25% of its allocated quota. Moreover, Uch-II water consumption is expected to be two thirds of Uch-I consumption meaning overall consumption (i.e. Uch-I & Uch-II) would still be 41.5% of the existing available quota. Notwithstanding the above, Uch-II has still approached Irrigation Department for approval to utilise existing Uch-I quota, which the department will issue after ensuring sufficient water availability for all other users.

The Pat Feeder Canal flow rate as well as the consumption rate of Uch-I and Uch-II is shown graphically in Figure 13-1.



Figure 13-1: Pat Feeder Canal Flow and Uch-I & Uch - II Water Consumption

0

100,000

200,000

300,000

400,000

500,000

600,000

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

Avg. Canal Flow(FY-2006 to FY-2007)

Avg. Uch-I Water Intake (FY-2006 to FY-2007)

Estimated Uch-II Intake Total Water Consumption (Uch-I+Uch-II)

Uch-I + Uch-II Consumption on average ~ 0.38% of canal flow

Notes:

Combined Uch-I & Uch-II water consumption on average is 0.38% of the canal flow and is therefore not visible The canal flow is zero during the month of April due to canal shutdown for annual cleaning and maintenance. During this period, plant will fulfill its water requirements from raw water pond with a storage capacity of about 60 days



14 Development of Transmission Line

A transmission line will also be laid to connect the Uch-II Power Station with the existing grid network. The transmission line will be built by the National Transmission and Despatch Company Limited (NTDC), the national agency in charge of transmission lines construction and operation. The proposed route for the transmission line for the Project is still under consideration and NTDC has presented two different options for transmission line interconnection in its load study. Proposed construction and modification activities under the recommended option are listed below:

Construction of a 220 kilovolt (kV) double circuit (D/C) transmission line, approximately 125 km long on twin bundled conductor from the Project to Sibbi;

A 220 kV D/C transmission line, approximately 0.5km long on twin bundled conductor for looping in and out of the UPS – Shikarpur new 220 kV S/C transmission line at the Project; and

Reconductoring of 220 kV line section approximately 1km between existing and the Project from single rail to twin bundled rail conductor.

The environmental impacts arising for construction of 220 KV D/C transmission line to Sibbi are considered here as the 0.5km long line will be inside the UPS and reconductoring will be done on existing pylons/tower.

14.1 Background Environment and Impacts on Wildlife

The impact related with wildlife protected areas only has been analysed in this assessment due to limited information available with the recommendation to carry out a Transmission Line EIA study in order to interpret other environmental and social impacts arising as a result of this development. The Transmission Line EIA study is also mandatory for transmissions lines above 11KV under the National Environmental Protection Agency Regulations, 2000 of Pakistan.

The tentative route alignment of the transmission line from UPS to Sibbi is shown in Figure 14-1. As can be seen from the figure, the route alignment will run along the main Sukkur-Quetta (N-65) Highway and will also run parallel to the existing railway line.

The area through which the proposed route alignment will pass through is part of Kachi Plains. These plains are highly arid, with very less sporadic rainfall and scattered human habitations. In spite of fertility of soil, the scarcity of water has limited the agricultural practices chiefly in two zones. The south-most area in district Dera Murad Jamali is irrigated by Pat Feeder Canal originating from right bank of the River Indus at Guddu Barrage. The irrigation system has totally changed the ecology of this area as dry plains



have been transformed into paddy fields. The seepage from irrigation system has resulted into water-logging where migratory waterfowl and waders are common during winter season. Rainwater is also harvested for seasonal agriculture by building embankments, mainly during the monsoon season. Linear plantations are also present where adequate precipitation is available. However, most part of Kachi Plains (including the proposed route of transmission line) is devoid of agriculture, natural vegetation with a very hot summer season.

Some parts of these plains close to the hilly terrain were once habitat of Wolf, Hyena and Chinkara which had been ruthlessly hunted and now close to extinction. Some areas are wintering habitat for raptors, Houbara bustard and Sandgrouse. The ephemeral vegetation, insects and reptiles are important component of their food, however most of these plains are least important with respect to wildlife as their presence is close to negligible.

No protected areas in the form of national park, wildlife sanctuary and game reserve notified under the Balochistan Wildlife Protection Ordinance are present within the tentative route alignment of the transmission line. Moreover, no adverse impact on the wildlife is envisaged as the route alignment will run along the highway and railway line which is an already disturbed land with minimal presence of wildlife.

14.2 Land Compensation Issues

Typical 220 KV towers have a height of nearly 46 meters with a base foundation of 12 by 12 meters. As per the Pakistan law, land owners are entitled to compensation (under the Land acquisition act of 1894) if their land is acquired for construction of proposed transmission line. However, in some cases, in which cultivation is possible under the structure of transmission line, compensation will be made against damage to crops/trees during the construction and operation of towers.

As most of the land over which the transmission line will be laid is devoid of agriculture, therefore land owners will gain benefit as construction of transmission lines will initiate an economic activity resulting in jobs for local people.

It is also recommended to carry out a more detailed analysis related with this issue and other social impacts in the Transmission Line EIA study.



15 Uch-II Gas Field Development

15.1 Project Description

The Oil and Gas Development Company Limited (OGDCL), Pakistan’s national oil and gas company, plans to install 15 gas wells and associated processing facility at the existing OGDCL Uch Gas Field for supply of fuel gas to the Uch-II Power Station. The Uch Gas Field is located in Balochistan Province, some 50km northwest of Dera Murad Jamali and around 75km from Jacobabad city.

The location of Uch Gas Field is provided in Figure 15-1.

OGDCL is a leading oil and gas exploration, development and production company in Pakistan. The company currently operates 40 oil and gas fields across Pakistan and has commenced development works to bring an additional 32 fields into production.

The Uch Gas Field supplies a blend of the gas from three field segments to produce contract-specific gas supply to the existing Uch Power Station. The existing Uch Gas Field comprises a gas gathering system to collect gas from 15 wells, telemetry/SCADA system, automated gas commingling system, individual well head facilities, cathodic protection of the trunk lines, dehydration and H2S removal plant, and effluent treatment plant. The purified gas, after removal of H2S and moisture, is transferred via 650mm (26 inches) diameter, 47km long pipeline to existing Uch Power Station.

Based on a study of the Uch Gas Field, OGDCL proposes to increase production at the gas field from 220 to 380 MMSCF per day, enabling it to commit 160MMSCF per day of gas to the Uch-II Power Station. This proposed project involves drilling 15 additional development wells, installation of a gas gathering facility and installation of dehydration and hydrogen sulphide (H2S) removal plant and gas delivery station. The new plant will be located adjacent to an existing plant consisting of two trains with processing capacity of 150 MMSCF per day each where the purified gas, removal of H2S and moisture, will be transferred preferably via the existing 650mm (26 inches) diameter pipeline to the Uch-II Power Station.

The list of proposed gas field facilities is provided in Table 15-1.

15.2 Planning Requirements

OGDCL prepared an Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) for the proposed project in accordance with Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency (Review of IEE and EIA) regulations 2000, and submitted it to the Balochistan Environment Protection Agency (BEPA) in June 2010. The IEE will be reviewed by BEPA and a No Objections Certificate (NOC) will be issued if the project is found to be in conformance with the



regulations with no major environmental concerns. However BEPA may direct OGDCL to carry out a more detailed study in the form of an EIA to address any adverse environmental impacts. A public hearing will also be held in such a case to address the concerns of the various stakeholders in an appropriate manner.

A copy of the OGDCL IEE will be shared with respective lenders in near future.

15.3 Site Features

The project area is classified as a tropical thorn scrub community. The area surrounding the Uch gas field is semi-hilly and desert in character, consisting of a combination of sandy plains and dry streambeds. The area has a low rainfall and is remote. The maximum temperature during the summer can reach 55°C, with the minimum temperature in winter dropping to 5°C. The proposed project is located in an unpopulated area consisting of open, mostly uncultivated land that is not ecological or environmentally sensitive.

The exact land usage by the project is unknown to Uch-II, however a typical well head normally occupies an area between 0.5 to 1.0 ha. The main processing facility will be constructed adjacent to existing facility on vacant land.

15.4 Management Measures

Development of a gas field involves various pre-drilling and post drilling activities. Pre-drilling activities include land leasing, site levelling and clearing, construction of access ways, and the erection of plant machinery, a residential camp and allied facilities. Post-drilling plant operation activities include the extraction, storage and transportation of gas and gas products. Both pre- and post-drilling activities, if not managed properly, can have a bearing on the environmental quality in the area

The project IEE study has identified the potential environmental impacts of pre- and post-drilling activities. The major impacts can include deterioration of air quality, noise during construction and operation phase, soil and water contamination, land use, and solid waste generation. However implementation of the mitigation measures will help in reducing/minimising these impacts. Management measures include the design of facilities, management and monitoring practices, and physical controls. An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for the project will describe these management and implementation responsibilities.

Given the remoteness of the site, re-settlement is unlikely to be required. The land for well development is normally leased for one year, with the lease extended once the well head is declared successful. The landowner is paid compensation at the market price and additional compensation is also paid if land was cultivated.



The project will provide socio-economic benefits to the local community in the form of increased employment, increased local economic activity, and taxes and duties collected by District, Provincial and the Federal Governments on the supplies and services required for the construction and operation of the project. Employment opportunities (skilled and unskilled) will include temporary jobs during construction, permanent jobs during operation and indirect jobs in the transport sector



Table 15-1: Proposed gas field facilities

Sr. No.

Facility Equipment

1 Gas gathering system a. Telemetry / SCADA system b. Automated gas-commingling system c. Individual well head facilities d. Cathodic protection of the trunk line

2 Dehydration & H2S removal plant

a. Slug catcher b. Gas/oil separator c. H2S removal plant e. Auxiliaries - boilers, regenerators, flash tank separators, etc

3 Produced water a. Produced water treatment (effluent treatment plant) b. Evaporation pit

4 Utilities a. Cooling towers (3) b. Turbine units (3) each capable of producing 3.3 MW of power for the plant and camp areas



Figure 15-1: Location of Uch Gas Field and Uch-I/Uch-II Power Station



16 Uch-I Performance

The existing Uch-I plant, operating as a separate legal entity from Uch-II, complies with all applicable national standards. No environmental breach has occurred at the plant to date.

Uch-I is an ISO 9001, ISO 14001 and OHSAS 18001 certified facility, with a set of management systems and procedures that comply with international best practice and standards. As an ISO certified facility, Uch-I implements a system of audits and takes corrective actions as required.

At present, Senior Operations Manager and TSD Manager fulfil the roles of Health and Safety Officer and Environment Officer respectively. They are responsible for project compliance and all internal and external reporting to Balochistan Environmental Protection Agency (BEPA), sponsors and lenders.

To date only one complaint has been received by Uch I about project performance, lodged by a local resident in financial year 2007. The complaint was communicated to UPL by BEPA, however the concern raised was ascertained to be unfounded and an adequate response was made against the complaint.



Volume-2: Environmental Management Plan

November 2010


Addendum to EIA for Extension of 404 MW Power Generation Capacity at Uch Power Station

Volume 2: Environmental Management Plan

November 2010


Halcrow Pakistan has prepared this report in accordance with the instructions of Uch Power (Private) Limited for their sole and specific use. Any other persons who use any information contained herein do so at their own risk.



i NOVEMBER 2010 PKUCCH200-Add to EIA v02-F02

Contents Amendment Record

This report has been issued and amended as follows:

Issue Revision Description Date Signed

1 0 1st Draft 09/09/10 MehmoodB

2 1 2nd Draft 28/09/10 SabzwariSA

3 2 3rd Draft 22/10/10 SabzwariSA

4 3 1st Final 26/10/10 SabzwariSA

5 4 2nd Final 16/11/10 SabzwariSA


ii NOVEMBER 2010 PKUCCH200-Add to EIA v02-F02

Contents

1 Environmental Management Plan 1-1 1.1 Project Overview 1-1 1.2 The EMP 1-1 1.3 Objectives of the EMP 1-2 1.4 Structure of the EMP 1-2

2 Project Description 2-1 2.1 Location 2-1 2.2 Project Background 2-1

3 Legislation and Guidelines 3-1

4 Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures 4-1

5 Organisational Structure and Implementation Responsibilities 5-1 5.1 Organisational Structure 5-1 5.2 Roles and Responsibilities 5-1

6 Environmental Mitigation Plan 6-1

7 Environmental Monitoring and Training 7-1 7.1 Environmental Monitoring 7-1 7.2 Environmental Training 7-1 7.3 Records during Construction and Operation Phases 7-2

8 Environmental Audits and Incident Management 8-1 8.1 Site Audits and Corrective Action 8-1 8.2 Incident Management Procedure 8-1 8.3 Emergency Response Plan 8-2

9 Grievance Handling Procedures 9-1 9.1 Dispute Resolution Process 9-1

10 Communication and Documentation 10-1 10.1 Kick-off Meeting 10-1 10.2 Daily and Weekly Meetings and Reports 10-1 10.3 Social Complaints Register 10-1 10.4 Change Record Register 10-1


iii NOVEMBER 2010 PKUCCH200-Add to EIA v02-F02

10.5 Photographic Record 10-1 10.6 Environmental Reporting 10-2 10.7 Public Consultation 10-2

11 Change Management Plan 11-1

12 Environmental Management/Monitoring Cost 12-1

List of Tables Table 3-1: National and international environmental legislations and

guidelines 3-2 Table 4-1: Impact characteristics criteria 4-2 Table 4-2: Environmental impacts, mitigation and characterisation

matrix 4-4 Table 6-1: Mitigation Plan during Design/Pre- Construction Phase 6-2 Table 6-2: Mitigation Plan for Construction Phase 6-5 Table 6-3: Mitigation Plan for Operation Phase 6-11 Table 7-1: Environmental monitoring programme - Construction

Phase 7-3 Table 7-2: Environmental monitoring programme - Operation Phase7-6 Table 7-3: Environmental training programme 7-12 Table 12-1: Environmental management/monitoring cost estimate -

Operational Phase 12-2

List of Figures Figure 9-1: Grievance Redress Procedure 9-3 Figure 9-2: Social Complaints Register (Sample) 9-4

List of Appendices

Appendix A Environmental Checklists


iv NOVEMBER 2010 PKUCCH200-Add to EIA v02-F02

Acronyms

ADB Asian Development Bank

BEPA Balochistan Environmental Protection Agencies

BOD Biological Oxygen Demand

BWPA Balochistan Wildlife Protection Act (1974)


COD Chemical Oxygen Demand

DC Direct Current

DCS Distributed Control System

EA Environmental Assessment

EHS Environmental Health and Safety

EHSO Environment, Health and Safety Officer

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment

EMP Environmental Management Plan

EMS Environmental Management System

EPAs Environmental Protection Agencies

EPC Engineering, Procurement and Construction

GHGs Greenhouse Gases

GRTG Grievance Resolution Task Group

GSU Generator Step Up

GT Gas Turbines

HCL Hydrochloric Acid

HP High Pressure

HHV Higher Heating Value

HRSG Heat recovery steam generators


IP Intermediate Pressure

IEE Initial Environmental Examination


v NOVEMBER 2010 PKUCCH200-Add to EIA v02-F02

IFC International Finance Corporation

ISO International Organisation for Standardisation

kg Kilogram

km Kilometer

kV Kilovolt

kWh Kilo Watt Hour

LAeq Equivalent continuous A-weighted sound pressure level

Lmax Maximum sound pressure level

LPU Liaison and Participation Unit

MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet

MW Mega Watt

MWth Mega Watt thermal input

N65 Sukkur – Quetta highway

NaOH Sodium Hydroxide

NCS National Conservation Strategy

NEP National Environmental Policy


NOC No objection Certificate

O&M Operations and Maintenance

OGDCL Oil and Gas Development Company Limited

OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration

PEPA Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997

PM Particulate matter

PPA Power Purchase Agreement

PPE Personal Protective Equipment

PVC Polyvinyl chloride

RO Reverse Osmosis

SCF Standard Cubic Feet

SCR Social Complaint Register


vi NOVEMBER 2010 PKUCCH200-Add to EIA v02-F02

SMART Self Monitoring and Reporting Technology

ST Steam Turbine

TSS Total Suspended Solids

UBC Uniform Building Code

Uch-I Existing power plant

Uch-II Proposed power plant

UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply

V Volts

WAPDA Water and Power Development Authority

WHO World Heath Organization


1-1 NOVEMBER 2010 PKUCCH200-Add to EIA v02-F02

1 Environmental Management Plan

1.1 Project Overview

Uch Power Station owned by Uch Power (Private) Limited is located approximately 600 kilo meters (km) north of Karachi and 42km in the north west of Jacobabad, in the Dera Murad Jamali sub-district of Balochistan Province in Pakistan.

A separate entity namely Uch-II Power (Private) Limited intends to expand power generation capacity by 404MW at the existing Uch Power Station. The proposed project will consist of a conventional gas turbine, combined cycle, electricity generating plant with an ISO gross output rating of 404MW. The plant configuration will comprised of two nominal 134MW gas turbine generators and two heat recovery steam generators (HRSGs), one 134MW steam turbine generator and associated plant equipment and auxiliary systems.

The combustion turbines will be fired with a low BTU gas from the Uch gas field.

The existing and proposed power stations are referred to as Uch-I and Uch-II in this document.

1.2 The EMP

The Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) for the proposed project has identified potential impacts that are likely to arise during the project. The EIA has examined in detail both negative and positive impacts at each stage of the project covering both construction and operations phase.

To minimise the effects of adverse impacts, the EIA has recommended mitigation measures. These mitigation measures include the use of alternative technologies, management and physical controls, or compensation in monetary terms. The proposed mitigation measures have been based on the understanding of the sensitivity and behaviour of environmental receptors in the project area, the legislative controls that apply to the project and a review of good industrial practices while operating in similar environments. For residual impacts (impacts remaining after applying the recommended mitigation measures) and for impacts in which there can be a level of uncertainty in prediction at the EIA stage, monitoring measures have been recommended to ascertain these impacts during the course of the project.

For effective implementation and management of the mitigation measures an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been prepared. The EMP satisfies the requirement of the Pakistan Initial Environmental Examination and Environmental

Environmental Management Plan Addendum to EIA for Uch Power Station


Impact Assessment Review Procedures, 2000 as well as those of other institutions such as Asian Development Bank (ADB).

1.3 Objectives of the EMP

The EMP provides a delivery mechanism to address potential impacts of the project activities, to enhance project benefits and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project works. The EMP has been prepared with the objectives of::

Defining roles and responsibilities of the project proponent for the implementation of EMP and identifying areas where these roles and responsibilities can be shared with other parties involved in the execution and monitoring of the project;

Outlining mitigation measures required for avoiding or minimising potential impacts assessed by the EIA;

Developing a monitoring mechanism and identifying requisite monitoring parameters to confirm effectiveness of the mitigation measures recommended in the EIA;

Defining the requirements for communication, documentation, training and monitoring, management and implementation of the mitigation measures.

1.4 Structure of the EMP

The EMP consists of the following:

Project Description

Summary of Legislation and Guidelines

Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures;

Organisational Structure and Implementation Responsibilities

Environmental Mitigation Plan

Environmental Monitoring and Trainings

Environmental Audits

Grievance Handling Procedures

Communication and Documentation

Change Management Plan



2 Project Description

2.1 Location

Uch Power Station (Uch-I) owned by Uch Power (Pvt.) Limited is located approximately 600 kilo meters (km) north of Karachi and 42 km in the north west of Jacobabad, in the Dera Murad Jamali sub-district of Balochistan province in Pakistan. The plant is located along the main Sukkur – Quetta highway (N65) and Rohri – Quetta railway link.

The Uch Power Station is located within a boundary wall covering an area of approximately 260 hectares (642 acres) of land. The existing plant occupies only about 30% of the available land and rest of the land is lying vacant which was originally acquired for future expansion of the Power Station.

2.2 Project Background

Uch-II Power (Pvt.) Limited intends to expand the power generation capacity by about 404MW (ISO Gross Rating) at the existing Uch Power Station. The proposed extension (Uch-II) will require approximately 83.5 hectares (206 acres) of which 22% of the area will be reserved for residential and recreational facilities associated with the proposed extension project.

The proposed project will consist of a conventional gas turbine, combined cycle, electricity generating plant with a gross output of about 404MW. The plant configuration is comprised of two nominal 134MW gas turbine generators, two heat recovery steam generators (HRSGs), one 134MW steam turbine generator and associated plant equipment and auxiliary systems.

The combustion turbines will normally be fired with a low-Btu gas from the Uch gas field.

2.2.1 Project Description

The Uch-II project setup including the equipment, machinery and processes will be similar to Uch-I setup. The major difference is that plant capacity will be two third of the existing Uch-I plant.

Detailed project setup for Uch-II project is described below.

a. Gas Turbines (GTs)

The primary power plant equipment will be configured as an external installation, with the combustion turbines housed in individual acoustic enclosures. Exhaust gas from each combustion turbine will be ducted to an external heat recovery steam generator, HRSG (one HRSG per combustion turbine). A bypass stack with manual blanking plates

Project Description Addendum to EIA for Uch Power Station


will allow operation of the combustion turbine without the heat recovery boiler in service. The combustion turbines will be equipped with evaporative coolers to reduce the compressor air inlet temperature.

The GTs will be designed to burn low calorific value Gas – nominal 455 British thermal unit (BTU) per standard cubic feet (SCF). The GTs will normally consume approximately 0.57 kg/kWh of gas when operating at base load.

b. Steam Turbine (ST)

The High Pressure (HP), Intermediate Pressure (IP) steam generated in the heat recovery boilers will be piped via common header to the steam turbine. The steam turbine will be installed on a pedestal with the condenser beneath. At minimum weather protection will be provided for the bearing, governor and exciter areas. The steam turbine will be arranged with a combined high and medium pressure casing. The steam condenser will be sized to allow full steam (dump) bypass.

The plant structures will generally be on mass concrete or piled foundations.

c. Heat Recovery Steam Generators (HRSGs)

The two HRSGs will have a common feed water system with three feed pumps (two running and one standby. Feed water dosing will be with hydrazine and ammonia. Control of boiler water chemistry will be with tri-sodium phosphate. Online pH, conductivity and dissolved oxygen monitoring will be installed.

d. Plant Control

All plant operations will be controlled and monitored from a central control room building. The building will be a concrete construction and will also house switchgear, the main motor control centres for 6.3kV and 400V motors and computers.

The plant’s control systems will be managed through a DCS which will interface with controllers for the GTs and the balance of plant control systems.

The main plant building, control room, 220 kV switchyard, ware houses and the administration building will cover an area of about 18 hectares (45 acres).

e. Power System and Switch Yard

Power from the three generators will be stepped up to 220kV individual generator step up (GSU) transformers. Power will be exported from the site via the switchyard provided with SF6 type breakers, and two double circuit overhead lines.

A black start 6.3 kV, 3.5 MW diesel generator will be installed to provide power for plant restart in the event of a grid disconnection.

6.3 kV/400 V transformers will supply the 400/230 V switchgear for plant loads, for rectification to 125 direct current (DC) for the instrument supply bus, and via batteries and converters for the uninterrupted power supply (UPS).



The switchyard control building will contains relay room and the backup metering system. The primary metering equipment will be housed in an adjacent secure room and be accessible only by WAPDA personnel. The terminal point between the plant and the WAPDA system will be at the outlet from the switchyard.

f. Water Supply System

Water will be supplied to the site from the Pat Feeder Canal approximately 3km from site through pipeline in existing owned land corridor.

To meet the requirements of PPA and to manage water requirements during the Pat Feeder Canal closure, lined raw water storage and settling pond will be built. The area of water storage pond will be approximately 10 hectares (25 acres).

Water will be pumped from the storage pond via vertical pumps to clarifiers. Clarified water will be forwarded via a surge tank for cooling water make-up, to the service water tank and to the potable water plant.

The fire and service water pump house will contain the service water pumps and the electric and diesel fire water pumps. The fire pumps will be separated from the service water pumps and from each other by reinforced concrete block walls.

The water treatment demineralisation building will have two trains. Each train will be comprised of carbon filter, cation bed, weak and strong anion beds and mixed bed. Regeneration of the resin beds will use HCL and NaOH which will be stored in bunded tanks.

The water treatment building will also contain dosing systems for the clarifier flocculent, and for inhibiter and pH control for the cooling towers.

g. Cooling Water System

Cooling for the steam turbine condenser will be provided from a cooling tower of low rise, counter-flow, mechanical draught evaporative cooling tower design. Makeup water will be supplied from the water pre-treatment plant.

Reverse osmosis (RO) unit may also be installed to recycle the waste water streams including cooling tower blow down.

The cooling tower will be of reinforced concrete construction with PVC fill material.

h. Wastewater Treatment System

Wastewater during Uch-II plant operations will consist of the following main streams:

Cooling Tower Blow down: This waste stream will be sent to an on site industrial wastewater pond where it will be mixed with other treated wastewater streams from sanitary wastewater treatment plant, neutralisation pit of demin plant and filtrate from oil water separator. Wastewater from industrial wastewater pond will be transferred to a clarifier where clarified water and sludge will be separated and transferred to their holding tanks



respectively. The sludge generated from the holding tanks will be sent to the sanitary wastewater treatment system for further processing. Clarified water will first be filtered through the sand filters and will then pass through Reverse Osmosis (RO) membranes. Filtered water from RO will be transferred to RO water tank from where it will be pumped to the CW system for reuse, whereas concentrate from RO will be discharged to the evaporation pond for final disposal.

Demin Plant Regenerated Wastewater: It will be treated in neutralisation pit. Under this process, acidic wastewater is treated with alkaline solution, while alkaline wastewater is treated with acidic solution. In either case, the wastewater is treated until it is neutralised to a pH of 7 or any other desired pH. Wastewater after neutralisation will be discharged to the wastewater pond for further treatment and recycling through RO System as described above. Sanitary Wastewater: This type of wastewater generated from plant colony and offices will first pass through the screen channel containing bar and mechanical screens for removal of any floating materials. After the screen channel, water will flow to an influent pumping tank where it will be mixed with the filtrate from the drying bed. The mixture will then be transferred to aeration tanks via two submersible pumps as part of activated sludge removal process after which, mixed liquor will pass into the secondary clarifier, where the sludge will be allowed to settle and clarified water will be transferred to the Chlorine contact tank. The final treated water from this tank will then be transferred to the industrial wastewater pond. The sludge generated from the secondary clarifier will be transferred to a sludge tank where it will be mixed with the sludge generated from the RO system. The mixture will finally be taken to the sludge drying bed where it will be dewatered. The filtrate from the sludge beds will be routed back to the influent tank for re-use in the treatment process whereas the sludge will be disposed off in the on site land fill area.

Oily Wastewater: Drains passing through different areas of the power plant susceptible to contain oil spillages will be treated in oily water separator before being transferred to the wastewater pond. The oil water separator will be a gravity separation device designed by using Stokes Law to define the rise velocity of oil droplets based on their density and size. Most of the suspended solids will settle to the bottom of the separator as a sediment layer, the oil will rise to top of the separator, and the wastewater will be the middle layer between the oil on top and the solids on the bottom. The oil layer will be skimmed off and stored in a storage tank for onward disposal whereas the separated water will be sent to wastewater pond via two pumps (1D+1S) for further treatment through RO system as described above.

Sludge from Clarifiers: Raw water clarifiers will be the main source of sludge generation. Drains from these clarifiers will deliver the sludge into the sludge thickener from where, the separated water will be transferred to filtrate tank and the sludge to its holding tank. Two pumps (1D+1S) will be used to transfer the sludge from this holding tank to the Plate Type Filter Press which will separate the remaining water from the sludge through



thickening, dewatering and drying, Water from this process will be transferred to filtrate tank for reuse whereas the collected sludge will be disposed off in the on site land fill area Evaporation Pond: The final disposal of treated wastewater will be through an evaporation pond. Inflows to this pond will come from the wastewater pond after passing through the RO system. The evaporation pond will cover a total water surface area of approximately 17 hectares (42 acres) and will have a 3m berm (2 inch of maximum operating level with 1 m of freeboard). The pond will not be lined as the nature of the soil is silty clay with a very low permeability rate of 0.00143 to 0.000449 cm/day.

i. Low BTU Gas Fuel System

OGDCL will supply the low BTU gas from its wholly owned Uch gas field located approximately 50km east of the plant. The gas with al low calorific value will be transported to the power station via the existing dedicated OGDCL owned 66cm (26 inch) pipeline through an OGDCL gas receiving station. The gas will pass through knock out pots, a metering system and filtration and reduced to 35 bars pressure for delivering to the Uch-II system.

The Uch-II gas receiving station will comprise of a scrubber vessel and two water bath heaters along with pressure control valves. Condensing filters / gas scrubbers are also installed at each combustion turbine with dual strainers and pressure control valves.

The gas quality and composition will be monitored by on line gas chromatographs located at the Uch gas field and also on gas receiving station on site.

j. Site Drainage Network

There will be three drainage systems for the plant. All drains will discharge into evaporation pond after required treatment.

Plant areas will be provided with demin plant regeneration and cooling tower blow down drainage system. The drains will discharge the wastewater into their respective treatment systems from where the treated wastewater will be sent to RO system which will then discharge the wastewater into the evaporation pond.

Plant areas where there are chances of oil contamination in case of a spill, such as the fuel storage area, the main turbine area etc. will be provided with an oil water drainage system, this drainage system will be routed to an oil separator, after which the filtrate will be processed through RO system and finally discharged into the evaporation pond.

A drainage system will also be provided for the sanitary wastewater arising from proposed plant colony and other areas (e.g. offices etc). These drains will supply the wastewater to the sewage treatment plant, for treatment after which it will be discharged into the evaporation pond after passing through the RO unit.



The entire site will also be provided with storm water drainage system.

k. Site buildings and Support Services

Other site buildings include the site offices which will be of concrete block construction and the warehouse and yards, which will be constructed of either concrete or steel frame with metal sheet cladding.

l. Residential and Recreational facilities

Living quarters for the proposed plant staff along with catering and recreational facilities will be provided in a housing colony adjacent to the existing housing colony which will be spread over an area of about 18 hectares (44 acres). The colony will have accommodation for about 100 personnel.



3 Legislation and Guidelines

The EIA for expansion of 404MW Power Generation Capacity at Uch Power Station has discussed in detail the national and international legislation and guidelines that are relevant to the project in Chapter 3 of the EIA report. A summary of these legislation, guidelines, convention and corporate requirements is provided in Table 3-1.

Uch-II will ensure that the project is conducted in conformance with national legislation and relevant international conventions and that guidance is sought form national and international guidelines. Uch-II will also ensure that key project management staff of the company and all its assigned contractors are aware of these legislation and guidelines prior to start of the project activities.

Legislation and Guidelines Addendum to EIA for Uch Power Station


Table 3-1: National and international environmental legislations and guidelines


National Environmental Legislation/Guidelines

National Environmental Policy NEP is the primary policy of Government of Pakistan that addresses the environmental issues of the country. The broad Goal of NEP is, “ To protect, conserve and restore Pakistan’s environment in order to improve the quality of life of the citizens through sustainable development ”. The NEP identifies the following set of sectoral and cross-sectoral guidelines to achieve its Goal of sustainable development.

National Conservation Strategy Before the approval of National Environmental Policy (NEP) the National Conservation Strategy (NCS) was considered as the Government’s primary policy document on national environmental issues. At the moment this strategy just exists as a national conservation program. The NCS identifies 14 core areas including conservation of biodiversity, pollution prevention and abatement, soil and water conservation and preservation of cultural heritage and recommends immediate attention to these core areas. Project activities to be conducted with the overall approach of protection and conservation of environment.

Biodiversity Action Plan A plan prepared by the Government of Pakistan for the conservation of biodiversity. The plan recognises EIA as an effective tool for identifying and assessing the effects of a proposed operation on biodiversity.

Pakistan Environmental Protection Act (1997) Basics legislative tool empowering the Government of Pakistan to frame and enforce regulations for the protection of environment. The PEPA 1997 is broadly applicable to air, water, soil, marine and noise pollution, as well as the handling of hazardous wastes. Penalties have been prescribed for those contravening the provisions of the Act. Under section 12 of the PEPA 1997, no project involving construction activities or any change in the physical environment can be undertaken unless an IEE or EIA is conducted and a report submitted to the federal or provincial EPA.

Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of IEE and EIA Regulations, (2000)

The Regulation classifies projects on the basis of expected degree of adverse environmental impacts and lists them in two separate schedules. Schedule I lists projects that may not have significant environmental impacts and therefore require an IEE. Schedule II lists projects of potentially significant environmental impacts requiring preparation of an EIA. Thermal Power Plants are included in Schedule II. The Regulations also require that all projects located in environmentally sensitive areas require preparation of an EIA.




National Environmental Quality Standards (1993) The NEQS specify standards for industrial and municipal effluents, gaseous emissions, ambient air requirements and emission levels for Sulfur dioxide and Nitrogen oxide, vehicular emissions and noise levels. The PEPA specifies the imposition of a pollution charge in case of non-compliance with the NEQS. The standards were last revised in 2000.

National Environmental Quality Standards (Self Monitoring and Reporting by Industry) Rules, (2001)

These rules establish pollution limits for industries in Pakistan under an honor-based self-monitoring system obliging all industries to monitor liquid effluents and gaseous emissions and submit environmental monitoring reports to the relevant EPA (in this case BEPA) timely and correctly. Thermal Power Plants (Gas Fired) are classified as Category-B for monitoring of both liquid effluents and gaseous emissions. All industrial units in Category-B are required to submit environmental monitoring reports on quarterly basis and they shall maintain a record of the times during which start-up and upset conditions occur, and shall mention the total time elapsed in such conditions in its monthly environmental monitoring report.

Industrial Pollution Charge (Calculation and Collection) Rules, 2001

As per this regulation, industries including Thermal Power Plants will be liable to pay pollution charge for any pollution above NEQS.

Environmental Sample Rules, (2001) These rules authorise the Federal EPA and its authorised persons to obtain and test samples from industries including Thermal Power Plants to verify self-monitoring reports and calculation of pollution charges.

The Forest Act (1927) Empowers the provincial forest departments to declare any forest area as reserved or protected. The act also empowers the provincial forest departments to prohibit the clearing of forest for cultivation, grazing, hunting, removing forest produce; quarrying and felling, lopping and topping of trees, branches in the reserved and protected areas.

Balochistan Wildlife Protection Act (1974) (BWPA)

This act provides for the preservation, protection, and conservation of wildlife by the formation and management of protected areas and prohibition of hunting of wildlife species declared protected under the act.The act also specifies three broad classifications of the protected areas: national parks, wildlife sanctuaries and game reserves.

Canal and Drainage Act (1873) This act prohibits corruption or fouling of water in canals (defined to include channels, tube wells, reservoirs and watercourses), or obstruction of drainage.

Pakistan Penal Code (1860) It authorises fines, imprisonment or both for voluntary corruption or fouling of public springs or reservoirs so as to make them less fit for ordinary use.




Antiquities Act (1975) The protection of cultural resources in Pakistan is ensured by the Antiquities Act of 1975. The act is designed to protect "antiquities" from destruction, theft, negligence," unlawful excavation, trades and exports.

The Pakistan Environmental Assessment Procedures (1997)

Provide guidelines for the preparation of environmental assessment reports, operation in environmentally sensitive areas, public consultation and sectoral guidelines for environmental reports including Thermal Power Plants.

International Conventions

The Convention on Biological Diversity (1992)

The Convention requires parties to develop national plans for the conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity, and to integrate these plans into national development programmes and policies. Parties are also required to identify components of biodiversity that are important for conservation, and to develop systems to monitor the use of such components with a view to promoting their sustainable use.

The Convention on Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals, (1979)

The Convention requires countries to take action to avoid endangering migratory species. The term "migratory species" refers to the species of wild animals, a significant proportion of whose members cyclically and predictably cross one or more national jurisdictional boundaries. The parties are also required to promote or co-operate with other countries in matters of research on migratory species.

The Convention on Wetlands of International Importance, Ramsar (1971).

Obligates Pakistan to identify and protect wetlands in the country. So far 18 sites in Pakistan have been declared as wetlands of International Importance or Ramsar Sites.

Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (1973)

The convention requires Pakistan to impose strict regulation (including penalisation, confiscation of the specimen etc.) regarding trade of all species threatened with extinction or that may become so, in order not to endanger further their survival

International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources Red List (2000)

Lists wildlife species experiencing various levels of threats internationally. Some of the species indicated in the IUCN red list are also present in the project area.

Climate Change Convention and Koyoto Protocol (1992)

The convention aims at stabilizing greenhouse gases (GHGs) concentration in the atmosphere at a level that would prevent dangerous anthropogenic interference with the climate system.To achieve the objective of the convention, all parties are generally required to develop national inventories of emission; formulate and implement national and regional programs of mitigation measures; all developed country parties were specifically obliged to take measures to limit GHG emissions by the year 2000 at 1990 levels and the developing countries including Pakistan to take all measures in support of the protection of atmosphere without any formal commitment on the quantified reduction of these gases in a time frame.




International Environmental Guidelines

World Bank Guidelines on Environment Environmental Assessment-Operational Policy 4.01. & Environmental Assessment Sourcebook, Volume I

Provides general guidelines for the conduct of an EIA.

Environmental Assessment Sourcebook, Volume III

Provides guidelines for Environmental Assessment of Energy and Industry Projects including Thermal Power Plants.


These guidelines include information relevant to combustion processes fueled by gaseous, liquid and solid fossil fuels and biomass and designed to deliver electrical or mechanical power, steam, heat, or any combination of these, regardless of the fuel type (except for solid waste which is covered under a separate Guideline for Waste Management Facilities), with a total rated heat input capacity above 50 Megawatt thermal input (MWth) on Higher Heating Value (HHV) basis. It applies to boilers, reciprocating engines, and combustion turbines in new and existing facilities. A detailed description of industry activities for this sector and guidance for Environmental Assessment (EA) of thermal power projects is also provided in these guidelines.

World Health Organisation Guidelines for Noise The WHO guidelines in addition to specifying the energy-average sound level also prescribe the maximum noise level for various specific environements including Thermal Power Plants..

Occupational Safety and Health Administration Guidelines for Noise and Chemical exposure

OSHA guidelines provide the permissible limits for worker’s exposure to noise levels and chemicals including SOx, NOx and CO for 8-hour time weighted average.



4 Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

The EIA covers potential effects of the construction and operation activities of the proposed power plant in the project area. Potential impacts on the physical, biological, socio-economic, archaeological and cultural environments that may arise from project activities and the mitigation measures that will be adopted to reduce or minimise all impacts have been assessed. Impacts were identified and assessed on the basis of field data, secondary data, expert opinion, Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines for Thermal Power Plants by International Finance Corporation of the World Bank Group and the likely impacts discussed in Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency (PEPA) guidelines for power projects. The impacts identified were characterised following the criteria provided in Table 4-1 and the impacts along with mitigation measures are summarised in Table 4-2. The project activities will also have positive impacts on the local communities, these may include: increased turnover of local businesses and shops due to an increased demand from project contractors and their employees; and increased income of local residents due to employment in the project.

Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures Addendum to EIA for Uch Power Station


Table 4-1: Impact characteristics criteria


Nature of the Impact Direct: The environmental parameter is directly changed by the project. Indirect: The environmental parameter changes as a result of change in another paramter.

Duration of the impact Short term: Lasting only till the duration of the project such as noise from the construction activities. Medium term: Lasting for a period of few months to a year after the project before naturally reverting to the original condition such as contamination of soil or water by fuels or oil. Long term: Lasting for a period much greater than medium term impacts before naturally reverting to the original condition such as loss of soil due to soil erosion.

Geographical Location of the impact Local: Within the area of project i.e. operation site and access road. Regional: Within the boundaries of the project area. National: Within the boundaries of the country.

Timing Construction

Operation

Likelihood of the impact Qualitatively measured on a scale of: Almost certain: Impact expected to occur under most circumstances. Likely: Impact will probable occure under most circumstances. Possibly: Impact may possibly occur at some time. Unlikely: Impact could occur at some time. Rare: Impact may occur but only under execptional circumstances.

Consequence severity of impact Rated as: Major: When an activity causes irreversible damage to a unique environmental feature; effects entire population or species of flora or fauna in sufficient magnitude so as to cause a decline in abundance or change in distribution over more than one generation; has long term effects (period of years) on socio-cultural or economic activities of regional significance. Moderate: When an activity causes long term (period of years) reversible damage to a unique environmental feature; effects a portion of a population of flora or fauna causing reversible damage or change in abundance or distribution over one generation; has short term effects (period of months) on socio-cultural or economic activities of regional




significance. Minor: When an activity causes short term (period of few months) reversible damage to an environmental feature; slight reversible damage to a few species of flora or fauna within a population over a short period of time; has short term (period of months) effects on socio-cultural or economic activities of local significance. Negligible: When no measurable damage to physical, socio-economic, or biological environment above the existing level of impacts occurs.

Significance of the impact Categorised as High, Medium or Low

Based on the consequence, likelihood, reversibility, geographical extent, duration, level of public concern and conformance with legislative or statutory requirements.



Table 4-2: Environmental impacts, mitigation and characterisation matrix

Noise


Construction Phase

Construction equipment; Vehicles; Generators.

Operation Phase

Noise generated due to plant operations such as turbines, blow down

Occupatonal noise exposure

Proper design, maintenance and repair of construction machinery and equipment; Use of proper silencers, mufflers and personal protective equipments; Noisy equipment such as turbines will be placed inside acoustic enclosures; Selecting structures according to their noise isolation effect to envelop the building; Using mufflers or silencers in intake and exhaust channels; Using sound absorptive materials in walls and ceilings; Using vibration isolators and flexible connections (e.g., helical steel springs and rubber elements); Applying a carefully detailed design to prevent possible noise leakage through openings

or to Minimise pressure variations in piping Modification of the plant configuration or use of noise barriers such as berms and

vegetation to limit ambient noise at plant property lines

Duration Extent Likelihood Severity Significance

Construction Short term Local Possibly Minor Low

Operation Short term Local Almost certain

Minor Low



Dust Emissions


Construction Phase

Movement of construction vehicles on un paved roads;

Soil excavation, soil and aggregate storage piles.

Operation Phase

None

Water will be sprinkled daily or when there is an obvious dust problem, on all exposed surfaces;

Regulation and monitoring of vehicle speeds; Keeping the soil and aggregate piles moist, erecting windshield walls and covering the piles,

with tarpaulin or thick plastic sheets.


Construction Short term Local Likely Minor Medium



Air Emissions


Construction Phase

Construction equipment; Machinery; Vehicles exhaust.

Operation Phase

Fuel used during plant operations; Vehicle exhaust.

Maintenance of generators and vehicles to keep them in good working condition; Effective management of combustion conditions.


Construction Short term Local Likely Minor Low


Regional Likely Minor Low



Land Use


Construction Phase

Clearing of vegetation; Earthworks.

Operation Phase

None

Land uptake will be kept to minimum required.



Local Almost certain

Minor Low



Green House gas Emissions


Construction Phase

Negligble from construction equipment

Operation Phase

Fuel used for plant operations; Exhaust from vehicle

Provision of combined cycle gas turbines which have the the highest fuel efficiency among the conventional fuels power plants.


Construction Short term National Almost certain

Minor Low

Operation Long term National Almost

certain Minor Low



Water Abstraction


Construction Phase

Construction activites Construction camp operations Water sprinkling for dust supperation

Operation Phase

Evaporation blow down Other plant water requirements Camp domestic use

Water from Pat Feeder Canal will only be used after getting approval from irrigation department;

RO technology will be employed to recycle cooling tower blowdown; Water conservation programme will be initiated to prevent wastage of water.


Construction Short term Regional Unlikely Minor Low

Operation Short term Regional Unlikely Moderate Low



Soil and Land Contamination


Construction Phase



transportation.

Operation Phase



transportation.

Fuels, lubricants, and chemicals will be stored in covered bunded areas, underlain with impervious lining;

Maintenance of vehicles and equipment will only be carried out at designated areas; Spill prevention/drip trays will be provided at refueling locations; Regular inspections will be carried out to detect leakages; Contaminated soil will be removed and properly disposed after treatment such as

bioremediation or incineration.



Local Possibly Minor Low

Operation Medium

term Local Unlikely Moderate Low



Drainage and Storm water runoff


Construction Phase



Operation Phase



Proper drainage will be provided to construction camp and construction site, especially near excavations;

A drainage system will be provided for the power plant consisting of drains discharging into evaporation pond after required treatment;

Oil water drainage system with oil seprator will be provided in areas with chances of oil contaminatins such as the fuel storage area, turbine areas. etc.


Construction Short term Local Possibly Minor Low

Operation Short term Local Unlikely Minor Low



Wastewater


Construction Phase

Construction camp effluent.

Operation Phase

Cooling tower blow down; Demin plant regenerated wastewater; Sanitary wastewater from plant colony and

offices; Oily wastewater; and Sludge from clarifier

Construction camp effluent will be treated onsite using septic tanks before disposal through onsite evaporation pond;

The facility will be constructed as a zero discharge facility; with wastewater disposed off through onsite evaporation pond;

The wastewater from cooling tower blow down will be treated in a RO system and will finally be disposed off into the evaporation pond.

Demin plant regeneration wastewater will be treated in neutralisation pits and then treated in RO system before discharging into the evaporation pond.

Sanitary wastewater will be treated in a wastewater treatment plant using activated sludge process and RO system before discharge into the evaporation pond;

Oily wastewater will pass through an oily wastewater separator. The oil layer will be skimmed off and stored in a storage tank for onward disposal whereas the separated water will be sent to wastewater pond after final treatment in the RO unit.

Sludge will be separated through a mechanism consisting of Plate Type Filter Press and will finally be disposed into the on site land fill area



Local Unlikely Moderate Low

Operation Medium

term Local Unlikely Moderate Low



Hazardous waste


Construction Phase

Various oils and lubricants; Paints and various construction chemicals

and containers etc.

Operation Phase

Various oils and lubricants; Corrosion inhibitors; Chemicals for water treatment; Paints and other chemical containers etc.

A chemical and hazardous material handling procedure will be prepared; Storage areas for fuels and liquid chemicals will be designed with secondary containment; Labelling will be placed on all storage vessels/containers; Supporting information such as Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) will be available for

all hazardous materials; Hazardous wastes will be disposed off through approved waste contractors.


Construction Short term Local Unlikely Moderate Low


Regional Unlikely Moderate Low



Solid Waste Management


Construction Phase

Construction waste; Domestic waste from construction camp.

Operation Phase

Plant operation waste; Evaporation pond residue; Workshops; Domestic wastes from plant coloney; Medical Waste

Separate waste bins will be placed for different type of wastes; Recyclable material will be separated at source; Kitchen wastes will be disposed off in an onsite landfill; Medical waste will be sent to a medical waste incineration facility; No waste will be dumped at any location outside the plant boundary; Records of all waste generated will be maintained; Waste management training will be will be provided to plant personnel.



Local Possibly Minor Low

Operation Medium

term Regional Unlikely Moderate Low





Construction Phase

Habitat loss; Movement of personnel and vehicles; Noise generated from project activities; Hunting and traping.

Operation Phase

Movement of personnel and vehicles; Hunting and traping.

Hunting, trapping, feeding or harassment of wildlife will be prohibited; Wildlife protection rules will be included in the Camp Rules.


Construction Short term Local Likely Minor Low

Operation Short term Local Unlikely Minor Low



Natural Hazards


Construction Phase

Flooding; Seismicity.

Operation Phase

Flooding; Seismicity .

Elevating the plant site above the 25 year flood plain; Provision of earthen bund around the Uch power plant site; Construction of various plant buildings in accordance with UBC Zone 2.



Local Rare Minor Low

Operation Medium

ter,mm Regional Rare Moderate Low





Construction Phase

Community and existing plant worker’s safety;

Traffic disturbance; Local employment conflicts; Project and community interface; Archeological and cultural resources.

Operation Phase

Employment conflicts; Community interface

Access to the project area will be limited to only project related personnel;. The equipment and construction machinery will only be operated by properly trained and

experienced personnel; Construction traffic will use the national highway and follow the speed limits; Traffic rush hours will be avoided for the transportation of heavy and odd loads; A local labor selection criterion will be developed which will be based primarily on merit and on

equitable job distribution among the locals; Maximum number of unskilled and semi-skilled jobs will be reserved for the local communities; The non-local project staff will be sensitised to local culture and norms; Unnecessary interaction of local population with the non-local project staff will be avoided;. If any object of archaeological or cultural value is found. Excavation work in the vicinity of the

find will be stopped. Uch-II will provide assistance in salvaging the archological find. Development of a grevience redress management system to address complaints recieved from

communities during the construction and operation phases


Community and worker’s safety

Short to medium term

Local Unlikely Moderate Medium

Traffic disturbance Short term Regional Likely Minor Low

Employment conflicts Short terrm

Regional Unlikely Moderate Low

Community interface Medium Regional Possibly Minor Low






Archeological and cultural resources

Long term Local Possibly Minor Low





Construction Phase

Construction safety.

Operation Phase

Electrical Hazards; Confined Space Entry; Personal Protective Equipments; Fire and Explosion Hazards; Chemical Exposure; Heat Related Stress/Illness.

Written procedures to de-energise circuits that will be impacted by the repair activity will be prepared;

Standard procedures for confined space entries will be prepared; Proper machine guarding, by isolating workers from moving machinery, will be provided; PPE’s will be worn by the plant personnel in the main plant area; An emergency response plan will be prepared for evacuation of personnel and

equipments in case of an emergency; Fire fighting equipment will be readily available with their locations clearly marked; Proper precautions will be taken to minimise employee risk to chemical exposure; Provision will be made for respirator usage in areas with chemical exposuere

concentrations exceeding the guideline values; Staff will be trained for management of heat related stress.


Operation Short term Local Unlikely Moderate Low



5 Organisational Structure and Implementation Responsibilities

5.1 Organisational Structure

The proposed project will include the following organisations:

Uch-II as the project proponent and owner of the EMP;

Project construction contractor(s) as executors of the EMP during construction phase of the project;

Power plant O&M Team as executor of the EMP during the operational phase of the project;

Government agencies; and

External auditor

These organisations will have the following roles and responsibilities during the project.

5.2 Roles and Responsibilities

5.2.1 Uch-II Power (Private) Limited (Uch-II)

Uch-II, as project proponents, will be responsible for ensuring the implementation of the EMP. The proponent will also hire technical staff during various project phases to ensure effective implementation of the EMP. Uch-II will hire a dedicated Environmental Health and Safety Officer (EHSO) for construction phase who will continue to work in the operational phase as well as part of Operations and Maintenance (O&M) team.

Role and responsibilities of Uch-II during various project phases is provided as follows:

a. Construction Phase

During the construction phase, Project Manager will be responsible for the work of the EHSO of Uch-II. This will include: the effective implementation of the environmental management and monitoring programmes and Uch-II or its Sponsor’s Corporate Policies and statutory requirements during project construction. The EHSO will have the responsibility for implementation of the EMP on the ground by performing the following methods:

Raising awareness of the requirements of the EMP at all levels, across site management; construction, operation and maintenance workers; contractors and subcontractors; visitors and public.

Organisational Structure and Implementation Responsibilities Addendum to EIA for Uch Power Station


Checking compliance with the EMP conditions by regular auditing and walk downs at the site.

Liaison with relevant statutory authorities, e.g. BEPA.

Preparation of regular reports detailing compliance with EMP conditions and presentation of findings to the relevant authorities and counter parties

The EHSO will have the power to request an immediate halt to any activity considered to present a significant risk to the environment or health and safety.

b. Operation Planning and Design Phase

Design of the Operation Design and operations of the proposed project have been described in Section 4 of the EIA report. Following approval of the EIA, if any aspect of the operations or requirements of the EIA need to be changed, Uch-II will categorise that change in accordance with the Change Management Plan provided in Section 7 of this EMP and take appropriate measures thereon.

Approvals Obtaining No objection Certificate (NOC) from Balochistan Environment Protection Agency (BEPA) will not relieve the proponent or its appointed contractors or suppliers of any other legal obligations and hence the proponent and its contractors and suppliers will obtain all other relevant clearances and necessary approvals required by the Government of Pakistan or Government of Balochistan prior to commencing the respective operations.

Contractual Provisions Adherence to the requirements of the EIA and EMP in terms of environmental mitigation will be required from all project contractors and suppliers and thus EMP will form part of their contracts with Uch-II.

c. Operation Phase

Co-ordination with Stakeholders Uch-II will ensure that co-ordination required with the project stakeholders on environmental and social matters as required by the EMP is maintained throughout the operation.

Environmental Management Systems Uch-II and the contractors will ensure that the mitigation measures mentioned in the EIA are adhered to and organisational HSE Management Systems are implemented during the proposed project. The contractors will abide by the relevant contractual provisions relating to the environment.



Monitoring Uch-II and its contractors will ensure that monitoring of the project activities is carried out according to the monitoring programme given in the EMP.

Change Management The EIA for the proposed project activities recognises that changes in the operation or the EMP may be required during the operation and therefore provides a Change Management Plan to manage such changes (Chapter 11). Overall responsibility for the preparation of change management statements will lie with Uch-II.

Emergency Procedures Uch-II will prepare contingency plans to deal with any emergency situation that may arise during the operation e.g. fire, major oil spills, medical evacuation and communicate these to the regulatory agencies if required by these agencies. The procedures will be developed prior to plant commissioning and will also be shared with various project lenders such as Asian Development Bank (ADB) before approval.

Approvals The project contractors will be responsible for obtaining all relevant approvals from Uch-II such as approvals for waste contractors, water source and others as specified in the environmental management and monitoring plan.

Training Uch-II and its contractors and suppliers will be responsible for the selection and training of their staff who are capable of completing the project activities in an environmentally safe manner. Uch-II and its contractors and suppliers will be responsible for providing induction to their staff members on the EIA, the EMP and their implementation provided in the EMP.

Communication and Documentation For effective monitoring, management and documentation of the environmental performance during the operation, environmental matters will be discussed during daily meetings held on-site. Environmental concerns raised during the meetings will be mitigated after discussions between Uch-II and the contractors. Any issues that require attention of Uch-II higher management will be communicated to them for action.

Uch-II and its contractors will ensure that the communication and documentation requirements specified in the EMP are fulfilled during the project.

Operations Monitoring Uch-II and its contractors will be responsible for effective monitoring for efficient operations of the power plant. Power plant and its auxiliary systems will be monitored for their performance within the acceptable limits.



Restoration Uch-II will ensure that the restoration of the site after the end of construction activities and after the useful life of power plant is carried out according to the requirements of the EIA and EMP.

5.2.2 EPC Contractor

The Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) Contractor will be required to:

Comply with all commitments made in this EMP, and ensure that all subcontractors also comply with the requirements of the EMP.

Undertake periodic monitoring and monthly reporting of performance against the EMP, and

Complete all environmental performance guarantee testing required under the EPC contract to demonstrate the capability of the plant to meet environmental guidelines and limits.

Overall responsibility for environmental performance of the operation will rest with the senior management of the contractors in Pakistan. Site managers of the contractors will be responsible for the effective implementation of the EMP.

5.2.3 Operations and Maintenance Team:

A power plant Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Team will be appointed for operation of the plant. The O&M Team1 will be headed by a Plant Manager who will manage all the day to day operations of power plant and will also have custody of the plant. Overall responsibility for compliance with the EMP during the operational phase will lie with the Plant Manager. A dedicated Environment, Health and Safety and Officer (EHSO) will monitor the environmental performance of the project to ensure that the project is carried out in accordance with governing legislation, project approval conditions, Uch-II corporate policies and recommendations of this EIA and EMP. The Uch-II O&M Team shall:

Take responsibility of compliance of all site activities with the environmental, health and safety policies as set down by Uch-II or by its Sponsor’s;

Take responsibility for compliance of all site activities with the requirements of all project approval conditions and applicable laws and standards;

Take responsibility for compliance of all site activities with the requirements of this EMP; and

1 O&M Team for Uch-II Plant can be a third party O&M contractor, Uch-I team performing Uch-II O&M or a team directly employed by Uch-II for O&M.



Provide adequate resources (time, finance, personnel) to comply with the requirements of this EMP.

5.2.4 Government Agencies

In pursuance to clause 10 of the Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of Initial Environmental Examination and Environmental Impact Assessment Regulation, 2000, the BEPA, after receiving the subject EIA from the proponent and issuing the confirmation of completeness, will publish in national English and Urdu newspapers, a public notice mentioning the type of project, its exact location, the name and address of the proponent, and the places at which the EIA can be accessed. The notice will fix a date, time and place for the public hearing for any comments on the project or the EIA.

BEPA will monitor project compliance against EMP requirements and any additional mitigation measures provided in the NOC for the project.

5.2.5 External Auditor

Uch-II will hire a third party auditor to conduct external compliance auditing during construction and operation phases. External audits will be carried out to review the compliance with the EMP during various phases of the project and to report any non-conformances. Audits will be conducted (i) midway through construction, (ii) at the end of construction, and (iii) during project operation every year. Any non-conformances recorded during external audits shall be resolved on priority basis.



6 Environmental Mitigation Plan

The Environmental Mitigation Plan will be used as a management tool for implementation of the mitigation measures identified by the EIA.

The mitigation plan matrix lists down:

The environmental / social impact arising from the proposed construction and operation phases;

The required mitigation measures recommended in the EIA; and

The person / organisation directly responsible for adhering to or executing the required mitigation measures.

Uch-II will hold primary and overall responsibility for ensuring full implementation of the mitigation plan during various project phases.

The Environmental Mitigation Plan has been provided separately for design/ pre-construction, construction and operation phases of the proposed project and is given in Table 6-1, 6-2 and 6-3 respectively.

Environmental Mitigation Plan Addendum to EIA for Uch Power Station


Table 6-1: Mitigation Plan during Design/Pre- Construction Phase

No Enviornmental / Social Impact ID Mitigation Measures Responsibility

1.1 Design provisions/alterations to reduce construction and operation equipment and machinery noise at source

EPC contractor

1.2 Porvision of accoustic enclosures for reducing noise from equipments such as combustion turbines in the design stage.

EPC contractor 1 Noise

1.3 Provison of sound absorptive material in walls and ceilings during the design of buildings

EPC contractor

2.1 Identifying all exposed surfaces susceptible to dust emission and devising a plan (e.g. water sprinkling) to reduce these emissions.

EPC contractor

2 Dust Emissions

2.2 Devising a speed limit of 20km/hr for vehicles driving on all unpaved roads during project construction

EPC contractor

3 Land Use 3.1 Design considerations for minimum land up take by various facilities during construction and operation phases


4.1 Initiation of the approval process from the irrigation department for obtaning water from Pat Feeder Canal during Uch-II operations

Uch-II

4 Water Sourcing

4.2 Development of water conservation plans during construction and operation phase.


5 Vehicle and Equipment Exhaust 5.1 Devising a plan for inspection of vehicles and equipment during construction phase

EPC contractor

6.1 Identifying/marking areas for safe handling and storage of hazardous materials/waste and for maintenance of vehicles during contruction phase.

EPC contractor 6 Soil and Land Contamination

6.2

Storage areas for fuels and liquid chemicals will be designed with secondary containment to prevent spills and contamination of soil and groundwater. The secondary containment will be impervious with a





capacity of at least 110% of the largest single container.

6.3 Development of a spill prevention plan during contruction phase EPC contractor

6.4 Development of inspection plans to detect leakages in construction vehicles and equipments

EPC contractor


7.1 Design considerations in line with EIA study recommendations for proper drainage systems during construction and operation phases

EPC contractor

8.1 Design considerations for construction of septic tank for cateing construction camp effluent

EPC contractor

8 Wastewater generation 8.2

Design considerations in line with EIA study recommendations for effective collection, treatment and disposal of various waste streams generated during Uch-II operations

EPC contractor

9.1 A waste management plan in line with recommendations of the EIA study will be developed before the start of the construction activities. EPC contractor

9 Hazardous and Non-Hazardous Waste Management

9.2 Development of a training programme for construction personnel for identification, segregation, and management of waste. EPC contractor

10.1 Designing the Uch-II Plant site above the 25 year flood level EPC contractor 10 Natural Hazards – Flooding

10.2 The top of the berm around the evaporation ponds will also be designed to be above the 25 year flood level.

EPC contractor

11 Natural Hazards – Seismicity 11.1 Design of various plant buildings will be carried out in accordance with UBC Zone 2 buidling code.

EPC contractor

12.1 Development of wildlife protection plan also including a no hunting or no harassment policy on wildlife.

Uch-II, EPC contractor 12 Disturbance to Flora and Fauna

12.2 Development of a plan for minisming vegetation clearance at the EPC contractor




project site

13 Socio-economic Impacts 12.1 Development of a traffic management plan to minimise disturbance to local communities during project construction and operation phases


13.2 A local labor selection criterion will be developed which will be based primarily on merit and on equitable job distribution among the locals during project construction and operation phases.


13.3 A plan for salvaging any archaeological find will be developed Uch-II, EPC contractor

13.4 Initiation of a plan/programme for sensitising the project staff with local culture


13.5 Development of a grevience redress management system to address complaints recieved from communities during the construction and operation phases





Table 6-2: Mitigation Plan for Construction Phase


1.1 Equipment noise will be reduced at source by proper maintenance and repair of construction machinery and equipment.

EPC contractor

1.2 Installing acoustic barriers without gaps in order to minimise the transmission of sound through the barrier.

EPC contractor

1.3 Installing vibration isolation for mechanical equipment EPC contractor

1.4 Taking advantage of the natural topography as a noise buffer during facility design

EPC contractor

1.5 Noise from vehicles and power generators will be minimised by use of proper silencers and mufflers.

EPC contractor

1.6 Noise-abating devices will be used wherever needed and practicable. EPC contractor

1 Construction Noise

1.7 Developing a mechanism to record and respond to complaints EPC contractor

2.1

Water will be sprinkled daily or when there is an obvious dust problem, on all exposed surfaces to suppress emission of dust. Frequency of sprinkling will be kept such that the dust remains under control, particularly when wind is blowing towards the environmental receptors.

EPC contractor

2 Dust Emissions

2.2

Dust emission from soil piles and aggregate storage stockpiles will be reduced by appropriate measures. These may include: Keeping the material moist by sprinkling of water at appropriate frequency Erecting windshield walls on three sides of the piles such that the wall project 0.5m above the pile, or Covering the pile, for example with tarpaulin or thick plastic sheets, to prevent emissions.

EPC contractor




2.3

All roads within the plant site that are to be paved or appropriately sealed will be paved as early as possible after the commencement of construction work. Until the roads are paved, they will be sprinkled regularly to prevent dust emission. Other temporary tracks within the site boundary will be compacted and sprinkled with water during the construction works.

EPC contractor

2.4 Project traffic will maintain a maximum speed limit of 20 km/h on all unpaved roads within the plant site.

EPC contractor

2.5 Construction materials that are susceptible to dust formation will be transported only in securely covered trucks to prevent dust emission during transportation.

EPC contractor

3 Land Use 3.1 Land uptake will be kept to the minimum required and restriced to the existing compound area and within the existing water supply pipeline easement.


4.1 Water will only be abstracted from canal after proper approval from the concerned departments.

Uch-II

4 Water Sourcing

4.2 Water conservation programme will be implemented to prevent wastage of water.


5.1 All vehicles, generators and other equipment used during construction will be properly tuned and maintained in good working condition in order to minimise emission of pollutants.

EPC contractor

5 Vehicle and Equipment Exhaust

5.2 The stack height of the generators will be at least 3m above the ground. EPC contractor

6.1 Fuels, lubricants, and chemicals will be stored in covered bunded areas, underlain with impervious lining.

EPC contractor 6 Soil and Land Contamination

6.2 Maintenance of vehicles and equipment will only be carried out at designated areas. The area will be provided with hard surface or tarpaulin will be spread on the ground to prevent contamination of soil.

EPC contractor




6.3 Spill prevention/drip trays will be provided at refueling locations. EPC contractor

6.4 Vehicles will only be washed at designated areas. EPC contractor

6.5 Regular inspections will be carried out to detect leakages in construction vehicles and equipment.

EPC contractor

6.6 Appropriate arrangements, including shovels, plastic bags and absorbent materials, will be available near fuel and oil storage areas.

EPC contractor

6.7 Contaminated soil will be removed and properly disposed after treatment such as bioremediation or incineration.

EPC contractor

7.1 Proper drainage will be provided to construction camp and construction site, especially near excavations.

EPC contractor

7.2 All drains will discharge into evaporation pond after required treatment. Uch-II, EPC

contractor


7.3

Following drainage system will be constructed for the power plant. All drains will discharge into evaporation pond after required treatment. Cooling Tower blow down Demin plant regenerated wastewater. Sanitary wastewater; Oily wastewater; and Sludge from clarifiers The entire site will be provided with storm water drainage system.


8 Camp Effluent 8.1 Construction camp effluent will be treated onsite using septic tanks before disposal through evaporation pond.

EPC contractor




9.1 Separate bins will be placed for different type of wastes - plastic, paper, metal, glass, wood, and cotton.

EPC contractor


EPC contractor


EPC contractor

9.4 No waste will be dumped at any location outside the plant boundary. EPC contractor

9.5


EPC contractor

9.6 Surplus construction materials including partially filled chemical and paint containers will be returned to suppliers. Inert construction wastes will be disposed off onsite as fill material.

EPC Contractor

9.7 Records of all waste generated during the construction period will be maintained. Quantities of waste disposed, recycled, or reused will be logged on a Waste Tracking Register.

EPC contractor

9 Hazardous and Non-Hazardous

Waste Management


EPC contractor

10.1 A ‘no-hunting, no trapping, no harassment’ policy will be strictly enforced.


10.2 Trading of wild animals or birds by project personnel will be prohibited. Uch-II, EPC

contractor 10 Disturbance to Wildlife

10.3 Wildlife protection rules will be included in the Camp Rules. Uch-II, EPC

contractor




11.1 Construction area will be properly identified and the access to the area will be limited to only project related personal.


11.2 Strict speed limits will be enforced within the plant boundary and where needed, a signal man will be placed to control traffic.


11.3 After the completion of construction phase, proper site restoration will be carried out to eliminate any safety hazards such as any excavation will be leveled to prevent falling injury to plant worker.

EPC Contractor

11.4 The equipment and construction machinery will only be operated by properly trained and experienced personnel.

EPC contractor

11 Community and Power Plant Workers Safety

11.5 Construction traffic will use the national highway and follow the speed limits.

EPC contractor

12.1 Project traffic will utilise national highway and will avoid any local or unpaved road.

EPC contractor

12.2 Traffic rush hours will be avoided for the transportation of heavy and odd loads.

EPC contractor 12 Traffic Disturbance

12.3 Strict speed limits will be imposed near towns and villages. EPC contractor

13 Local Employment Conflicts 13.1

Maximum number of unskilled and semi-skilled jobs will be reserved for the local communities.


14.1 All contractors hired for construction work will be instructed to notify Uch-II immediately if any object of archaeological or cultural value is found.


14 Archaeological and Cultural Resources

14.2

If any object of archaeological or cultural value is found. Excavation work in the vicinity of the find will be stopped. Assistance will be sought from the Department of Archaeology at Shah Abdul Latif University, Khairpur to identify the remains.





If it is found that the remains have archeological significance, the Department of Museum and Archaeology, Government of Pakistan, will be notified with a request for inspection. If the museum decides to salvage the find, Uch-II will provide assistance

15.1 The non-local project staff will be housed in the construction camp established within the boundary wall of the power plant.

EPC contractor

15.2 The non-local project staff will be sensitised to local culture and norms. Uch-II, EPC

contractor 15 Project and Community Interface

15.3 Unnecessary interaction of local population with the non-local project staff will be avoided. Construction workers not belonging to the local area will be restricted to wander near the local communities.


15.4

All community grievances will be handled and addressed through community redress mechanism





Table 6-3: Mitigation Plan for Operation Phase

No Environmental / Social Impact

ID Mitigation Measures Responsibility

1 Air Emissions 1.1 Effective management of combustion conditions will be maintained. Uch-II, O&M Team

2.1 Noisy equipment such as turbines will be placed inside acoustic enclosures. Uch-II,O&M Team

2.2 Selecting structures according to their noise isolation effect to envelop the building

Uch-II, O&M Team

2.3 Using mufflers or silencers in intake and exhaust channels Uch-II, O&M Team

2.4 Using vibration isolators and flexible connections (e.g., helical steel springs and rubber elements)

Uch-II, O&M Team

2.5 Applying a carefully detailed design to prevent possible noise leakage through openings

Uch-II, O&M Team

2.6 Minimise pressure variations in piping Uch-II, O&M Team

2 Plant Noise

2.7 Modification of the plant configuration or use of noise barriers such as berms and vegetation to limit ambient noise at plant property lines

Uch-II, O&M Team

3.1 Wastewater will be disposed off through onsite evaporation pond after required treatment.

Uch-II, O&M Team

3.2 The wastewater from cooling tower blow down will be treated in a RO system and will finally be disposed off into the evaporation pond.

Uch-II, O&M Team

3 Wastewater

3.3 Demin plant regeneration wastewater will be treated in neutralisation pits and then treated in RO system before discharging into the evaporation pond.

Uch-II, O&M Team





3.4 Sanitary wastewater will be treated in a wastewater treatment plant using activated sludge process and RO system before discharge into the evaporation pond.

Uch-II, O&M Team

3.5

Oily wastewater will pass through an oily wastewater separator. The oil layer will be skimmed off and stored in a storage tank for onward disposal whereas the separated water will be sent to wastewater pond after final treatment in the RO unit.

Uch-II, O&M Team

3.6 Sludge will be separated through a mechanism consisting of Plate Type Filter Press and will finally be disposed into the on site land fill area

Uch-II, O&M Team

3.7 Sanitary wastewater system will have capacity to treat additional effluent generated from camp operations during the plant outage when maintenance staff is also residing in the plant.

Uch-II, O&M Team

4.1 Approval from the concerned departments will be obtained for the withdrawal of canal water for the plant water requirements .

Uch-II, O&M Team

4.2 The plant cooling system will consist of vertical draft cooling towers with continues recirculation of cooling water. The cooling water chemistry will be closely monitored for optimum utilisation of cooling water.

Uch-II, O&M Team

4.3 Reverse osmosis (RO) technology will be employed to further reduce the water requirements of the power plant.

Uch-II 4 Water Resources

4.4 Water conservation program will be implemented in plant colony to prevent wastage of water.

Uch-II, O&M Team

5.1 Storage and handling of hazardous materials will be in accordance with international standards and appropriate to their hazard characteristics.

Uch-II, O&M Team 5 Hazardous Materials

5.2 Labelling will be placed on all storage vessels/containers as appropriate to national and international standards. The labeling will clearly identify the stored materials.

O&M Team





5.3

A Hazardous Materials Register will be in place to cover hazardous material name, HAZCHEM/United Nations Code, Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS), summary of maximum inventory, storage requirements and precautions, location, physical properties of the materials and approved disposal methods.

O&M Team

6.1 Separate waste bins will be placed for different type of wastes - plastic, paper, metal, glass, wood, and cotton.

O&M Team


O&M Team


O&M Team

6.4 No waste will be dumped at any location outside the plant boundary. O&M Team


O&M Team, waste contractors

6.6 Surplus materials including partially filled chemical and paint containers will be returned to suppliers. Inert wastes will be disposed off onsite as fill material.

O&M Team

6 Solid Waste Management


O&M Team

7 Occupational Health and Safety

7.1 Electrical Hazards 7.1.1 Written procedures to de-energise circuits that will be impacted by the repair activity will be prepared.

O&M Team

7.2 Confined Space Entry 7.2.1

Standard procedures for confined space entries will be prepared. The procedure will include: electrical lockout, air testing before and during entry, proper respiratory protection if required, standby help (buddy system), and piping system disconnection.

Uch-II, O&M Team





7.3 Machine Guarding 7.3.1 Proper machine guarding, which is critical for the prevention of injuries to workers by isolating them from moving machinery, will be provided.

Uch-II, O&M Team

7.4 Eye Head and Foot Protection 7.4.1

Head protection will be worn in appropriate plant areas, i.e., power block and production areas. Open-toed shoes will be prohibited. Eye protection will be required during all maintenance activities involving dust exposure or the production of particulates from sanding or grinding activities.

Uch-II, O&M Team

7.5.1 Fire fighting equipment will be available in the form of ABC fire extinguishers as a minimum, and their locations will be clearly marked.

Uch-II, O&M Team

7.5.2 Exits from work places will be well marked and visible in dim light. Uch-II, O&M Team

7.5.3 Fire water will be located throughout the plant in well-marked piping. Uch-II, O&M Team

7.5 Fire and Explosion Hazards

7.5.4 An emergency response plan will be prepared for evacuation of personnel and equipments.

Uch-II, O&M Team

7.6.1 Housekeeping will be frequent and thorough to prevent slips, trips, and falls. Uch-II, O&M Team

7.6 House Keeping 7.6.2 A lockout / tag out program will be implemented. Uch-II, O&M

Team

7.7.1 Proper precautions will be taken to minimise employee risk to chemical exposure. Uch-II, O&M Team

7.7 Chemical Exposure 7.7.2

Provision will be made for respirator usage in areas where chemical exposuere concentrations are exceeding the guideline values.

Uch-II, O&M Team

7.8 Noise levels 7.8.1 Provision will be made for PPEs in the form of ear muffs and ear plugs in areas with noise levels exceeding the guideline values.

Uch-II, O&M Team





7.8.2

A hearing conservation programme for plant workers will be started which may include: audiometry, training in the use of hearing protection (ear muffs, plugs, canal caps), identification of areas that have high (85 dB (A) or above) sound levels, and discussion of the effects of noise exposure.

Uch-II, O&M Team

7.9 Heat Related Stress/Illness 7.9.1 Staff will be trained for management of heat realted stress and illness, such as

proper work/rest cycle and increased intake of fluids during hot weather. O&M Team

Abbreviations: Uch-II: Uch-II Power (Private) Limited EPC: Engineering, Procurement and Construction O&M Team: Uch-II Operations and Maintenance Team



7 Environmental Monitoring and Training

7.1 Environmental Monitoring

Environmental monitoring can be categorised into two types; 1) - compliance monitoring and 2) - effects monitoring, these have been explained below.

7.1.1 Compliance Monitoring

Compliance Monitoring will be carried out to ensure compliance with the requirements of the EIA and EMP. Uch-II, O&M team and contractors will carry out the inspections on a routine basis. This will also include routine monitoring of effluent and emissions and plant operational parameters to ensure effective operations of plant and auxiliary systems.

7.1.2 Effects Monitoring

To monitor actual impacts of the project on selected sensitive receptors so that impacts not anticipated in the EIA or impacts which exceed the levels anticipated in the EIA can be identified and appropriate mitigation measures can be adopted in time. This objective will be achieved through Effects Monitoring.

The environmental monitoring programme during construction and operation phases is summarised in Table 7-1 and 7-2 respectively.

The monitoring programme matrix covers:

The environmental / social aspect to be monitored;

The parameters to be measured for the monitoring;

The monitoring method to be used;

Performance indicators such as any applicable national or international standards (e.g. NEQS) or guidelines (e.g. WHO, IFC etc);

Locations where the monitoring is to be carried out;.

Monitoring frequency, and

Responsibility for carrying out the monitoring programme.

7.2 Environmental Training

Environmental training will form part of the environmental management system. The training will be directed towards all personnel for general environmental awareness.

Environmental Monitoring and Training Addendum to EIA for Uch Power Station


The objective of training programme is to ensure that the requirements of the EIA and EMP are clearly understood and followed throughout the project. The trainings to the staff will help in communicating environmental related restrictions specified in the EIA and EMP. Table 7-3 presents the training programme.

7.3 Records during Construction and Operation Phases

Uch-II shall keep records demonstrating environmental compliance during project construction and operation. The following records shall be kept:

All necessary permits and approvals;

Proof of environmental and safety training mentioned in Table 7-3;

All environmental monitoring results;

A record of all maintenance of environmental controls;

All reports provided by the EPC and O&M Team, including, internal and external environmental audit reports;

Daily non-conformances and corrective action report; and

All correspondence on environmental management matters, including any complaints received.

All records shall be kept at on-site premises and maintained during the construction and operation phases. Environmental records will be made available to BEPA and project personnel upon request. Sample checklists for various activities are provided in Appendix A.



Table 7-1: Environmental monitoring programme - Construction Phase

Sr.No.

Environmental aspect to be monitored or

mitigation measure

Parameters to be measured

Monitoring method

Performance indicator

Locations Monitoring frequency

Responsibility

1 Generated dust levels

Dust levels at site boundary

Fallout gauges, visual observations

N/Aa Site boundary As required should dust complaints be made.

Uch-II, EPC Contractor

2 Control of dusty loads

Covering or wetting of all loads of loose material

Visual check at security N/A Site entry/exit Any loads leaving site EPC

Contractor

3 Equipment and machinery/ vehicle exhaust

Oxides of nitrogen and sulphur, CO, PM10, smoke

Measurement should be taken at full throttle, typical operating and idling conditions

NEQS limits for exhaust emissions

Equipment/vehicle Exhaust

Baseline when the equipment/vehicle is inducted in pool and subsequently after every every year

EPC Contractor

4 Wastewater treatment

Efficiency of site treatment method, especially BOD removal

pH, BOD and COD testing

NEQS limits for municipal effluent and IFC Standards for sanitary wastewaterb

Inlet and outlet from septic tanks Monthly Uch-II, EPC

Contractor

5 Water consumption

Volume of water used Metering N/A

Water abstraction points for construction activities

Monthly totals Uch-II, EPC Contractor



Sr.No.


mitigation measure


Monitoring method



Responsibility

6 Solid Waste management

General waste and level of recycling

Survey/visual inspection N/A

Inspection of waste generation, collection, segregation, storage, recycling and disposal will be undertaken at each site of the project activity

Monthly estimates EPC Contractor

Ambient noise levels Noise meter NEQS and WHO

guidelines for noise

Site boundary, plant residential colony and nearest community sites outside plant.

Monthly Uch-II, EPC Contractor

7 Construction noise

Occupational noise levels Noise meter

WHO guidelines for noise

Around noise generating machinery and equipment

Monthly EPC, Contractor

Safety review Number of accidents/incidents recorded

Construction site Weekly EPC Contractor

8 Accident and incidents

Occurrences and cause patterns

Safety audit Number of accidents/incidents recorded

Construction site Monthly EPC Contractor

9 Machinery Approval and suitability of machinery

Visual and inspection of certification

N/A Construction site On arrival on site for use

EPC Contractor

10 Fuel and chemical handling

Containment and good practice in

Visual Number of spillages Construction site Part of daily walkabout




Sr.No.


mitigation measure


Monitoring method



Responsibility

transfers

11

Overall Construction Environmental Action Plan Performance

Performance and adherence Audit Number of non-

conformances Construction site Monthly Uch-II, EPC Contractor

12 Public nuisance Complaints by communities

As per grievance redress mechanism

Number of complaints attended to in a timely manner.

As per grievance redress mechanism

Upon receipt of complaint


Notes:

a: Means not applicable b: Compliance with these standards is not mandatory as these standards are developed for discharges in the water body whereas the plant will be designed as zero discharge facility with all of the wastewater going into the evaporation pond. However conformance with these standards may be required as part of good industrial practice. Abbreviations: Uch-II: Uch-II Power (Private) Limited EPC: Engineering, Procurement and Construction



Table 7-2: Environmental monitoring programme - Operation Phase

Sr.No.


mitigation measure


Monitoring method

Performance indicators


Responsibility

1 Emissions to atmosphere from stacks

NOx, SOx, PM CO and heavy metals

Continuous sampling or preiodic analysis in conformance with any international standard (e.g. EN 1844.)

NEQS emission limits and IFC EHS Guidelines for thermal power plants

Operating stacks

Continuous via (CEMS) or on monthly basis except for heavy metals which are to be measured on an annual basis. Stack emission testing would be carried out annually.

Uch-II, O&M team

2 Ambient air quality

NOx, SOx, PM10, CO

In conformance with any international standard.

NEQS limits for ambient air quality and IFC EHS Guidelines for thermal power plantsa

At locations where ambient air quality carried out previously as part of EIA study.

Long term ambient air quality for atleast 3 months is to be carried out for PM10 either by passive samplers or by manual sampling. Afterwards, and for other pollutants, monitor parameters on monthly or on a seasonal basis (e.g. 1 weeks/season) consistent with NEQS and WHO guidelines.

Uch-II, O&M team



Sr.No.


mitigation measure


Monitoring method



Responsibility

3 Vehicle exhaust CO and smoke

Measurement should be taken at full throttle, typical operating and idling conditions

NEQS limits Vehicle exhaust

Baseline when the vehicle is inducted in pool and subsequently after every year

Uch-II, O&M Team

4 Greenhouse Gases

Quantity of CO2 emissions from the plant

In conformance with any recognised international standard

N/Ac

Power Station main stacks and any other sources of CO2 emissions.

Continuous monitoring of CO2 via CEMS or calculated emissions reported monthly

Uch-II, O&M Team

5 Ambient noise levels

Equivalent noise levels (LAeq.)


Within NEQS and WHO limits

Site Boundary and noise sensitive locations (e.g. communities) surrounding the power plant

The monitoring may be carried out on quarterly basis if noise is not identified as an issue during first monitoing.

Uch-II, O&M team

6 Occupational noise

Equivalent noise levels (LA eq.) for an eight hour shift and peak noise levels (Lmax.)


Within IFC General EHS guideline limits

Around high noise generating equipments (e.g. turbines) and facilities

Monthly during plant operations

Uch-II, O&M Team

7 Water use Use of water from Pat Feeder Canal

Metering of water taken from Pat Feeder Canal for all

Within allowable quota limit

Canal intake point, all major water users.

Monthly totals Uch-II, O&M Team



Sr.No.


mitigation measure


Monitoring method



Responsibility

uses. Complete water balance to identify unusual use, inefficiencies, evaporation and seepage losses

8 Cooling Water Temperature, pH Auto sampler

IFC EHS guidelines for thermal power plantsb

Cooling towers discharge point Continuous Uch-II, O&M

Team

9 Sewage treatment plant

BOD; COD; pH; TSS sampling

NEQS limits for municipal effluents and IFC General EHS guidelinesb

Sewage treatment discharge point Monthly Uch-II, O&M

Team

10 Process water treatment plant

pH; TSS; Cl- ; metals sampling


Discharge pH: continuous TSS, Cl-: daily metals: semi annually

Uch-II, O&M Team

11 Surface Drains Appearance and condition, oil and grease

Visual, sampling


Within 100m of turbines, water treatment plant, Workshops and stores and at oily water separator discharge point

Monthly Uch-II, O&M Team



Sr.No.


mitigation measure


Monitoring method



Responsibility

12 Evaporation Pond

Temperature, BOD; COD pH; TSS; Cl- ; metals, and oil and grease

Sampling


At any two locations of evaporation pond.


13 Solid Waste Management

Waste management practice in storage and disposal areas

Inspection of waste collection processes, tracking registers disposal records. Records of hazardous waste sent through waste contractors.

In line with the mitigation measures presented in the EIA study

Waste collection, segregation, storage and disposal areas


14 Fuel and chemical handling

Containment and good practice in storage and transfers

Visual, inspection of MSDS

Number of spillages

Fuel and chemical storage areas (e.g. Warehouse)


15 Groundwater quality

Organic compounds in groundwater

Sampling

To be compared with the ground water characteristics of control sample taken prior to

At locations up gradient and down gradient of HSD storage tanks, hazardous waste storage areas and

Prior to plant operations for control sample and then after every two years

Uch-II, O&M Team



Sr.No.


mitigation measure


Monitoring method



Responsibility

operations of Uch-II.

evaporation pond

Safety review

Procedures developed as part of Environmental Management System (EMS)

Power plant operational areas Weekly Uch-II, O&M

Team

16 Accident and incidents

Occurrences and cause patterns

Safety audit

Procedures developed as part of Environmental Management System (EMS)

Power plant operational areas Monthly Uch-II, O&M

Team

17 Water and energy efficiency

Water balance and energy use

Performance tests N/A All process areas Annually Uch-II, O&M

Team

18 Public nuisance Complaints by communities

As per community redress mechanism

Number of complaints attended to in a timely manner.

As per community redress mechanism

Upon receipt of complaint

Uch-II, O&M Team



Sr.No.


mitigation measure


Monitoring method



Responsibility

Fuel (Low BTU Gas) consumed (m3)

Gas flow meter N/A Gas supply reading at intake point Monthly Uch-II, O&M

Team 19 Energy usage

Hours of operation (generation)

Control system N/A Control system Monthly Uch-II, O&M Team

Notes: a: NEQS limits on ambient air quality are to be used and to use WHO ambient air quality guidelines in case NEQS is not defined for a particular pollutant . Moreover, the IFC further states that increase in the ambient air levels of pollutants should not be more than 25% of the existing ambient air quality standards (e.g. NEQS and WHO). b: Compliance with these standards is not mandatory as these standards are developed for discharges into water body whereas the plant will be designed as zero discharge facility with all of the wastewater going into the evaporation pond. However conformance with these standards may be required as part of good industrial practice. c: No performance standard for CO2 has been defined when low BTU gas is used as fuel by IFC EHS guidelines for thermal power plants.



Table 7-3: Environmental training programme

Staff Training Contents Timings

Selected management staff of Uch-II and the contractor

Introduction to project EIA and EMP.

EMP communication, documentation and monitoring and reporting requirements.

Prior to start of any project activities

All site personnel (including locally hired staff)

Site induction training on Health Safety and Environment system and requirements at Uch-II Power Station

Environmental sensitivities of the project area.

Communication of environmental problems to appropriate officers.

Waste disposal.

Oil spill contingency.

At the time of entering Uch-II Power Station Prior to start of work

Construction supervisors


Good construction practices.

Dust emissions control during construction phase.

Prior to start of construction activities

O&M Team’s supervisory staff



Emergency response teams

Fire fighting.

Emergency response including oil and chemical spill.


Drivers Road safety.

Road restrictions.

Vehicle restrictions.

Waste disposal.

Defensive driving.

At the time of induction of drivers

Camp staff Camp operations.

Waste disposal.

House keeping.

At the time of induction of camp staff

Restoration team Restoration requirements.

Oil spill contingency plan. Prior to start of restoration activities



8 Environmental Audits and Incident Management

8.1 Site Audits and Corrective Action

Site audits will be undertaken to independently verify the compliance of project activities and controls against Government standards, project approval conditions and the conditions set out in the EIA and EMP.

a. Internal compliance audit

During project construction phase a full compliance audit of construction activities and site will be carried out on a bi-annual basis. Similar internal audits will be carried out during the operational phase after every six months. Environmental compliance will be audited against the conditions of the construction contract and the EMP. The audit shall also be attended by the project contractors.

The audit will involve a review of all project sites in use or used since the previous audit, any construction and related activities in progress and the site records. An audit report describing the results of each audit shall be prepared by the management of Uch-II. The report shall specify any non-conformances and recommend corrective action/s with dates for completion.

b. External compliance audit

Uch-II will hire a third party for external compliance audit. The audit will review whether all the compliances as mentioned in EIA / EMP are adhered with or not. These audits will be conducted amid of and at the end of construction phase while during operation phase the audit frequency will be on an annual basis. Any non-conformances raised during external audit shall be resolved on priority basis.

c. Corrective Action

Uch-II shall implement the corrective action/s during construction and operation phases recommended by the internal and external audits in the time specified. Uch-II shall verify the satisfactory implementation of corrective actions during the following weekly inspection and sign off on the non-conformance/s if satisfactorily rectified, or make a further request if unsatisfactory.

8.2 Incident Management Procedure

Uch-II / EPC and O&M Team shall prepare Incident Management Procedures for their respective project phases. During employee environmental training, the Uch-II / EPC and O&M Team shall emphasis the importance of documenting all environmental incidents.

Environmental Audits and Incident Management Addendum to EIA for Uch Power Station


The Uch-II / EPC and O&M Team shall immediately report all incidences and actions should be taken accordingly. These incidences may include:

Construction activities undertaken outside approved sites;

Damage to private or Government structures or land; and

Hazardous material spills.

The Uch-II / EPC and O&M Team shall investigate and act on all incidences by:

Identifying the cause of the incident;

Identifying and implementing necessary corrective action(s);

Identifying personnel responsible for carrying out corrective action(s);

Implementing or modifying controls necessary to avoid repetition; and

Recording any changes required in written procedures.

8.3 Emergency Response Plan

The Uch-II / EPC and O&M Team shall develop and implement emergency response procedures for the project construction and operation phases respectively for example, fire, major oil spills, medical evacuation and communicate these to the regulatory agencies if required by these agencies. The procedures will be prepared prior to start of each project phase and will also be sent to the various lenders (e.g. ADB) for review. The following steps shall be included in the procedures.

a. Define the Problem:

The immediate problem is established to facilitate a review of available options for short-term action.

b. Manage the Situation

The safety of any persons, either workers or others involved in project construction or operation, is to be ensured as a first priority;

An emergency response plan will be prepared for evacuation of personnel and equipments in case of an emergency;

Environmental damage is to be quickly minimised;

All emergency action should take place as soon as possible after the event.

c. After the Event

Uch-II shall be contacted immediately once all persons are safe and any possible immediate actions to control damage and manage the situation have been taken.

A rectification plan will be developed by Uch-II detailing how any remaining environmental effects will be remedied.



9 Grievance Handling Procedures

A formal grievance management system shall be established to handle any complaints that arise during construction and operation phases. The resolution of all grievances and disputes will be according to applicable legislation under national/international (in absence of national laws) requirements.

The following principles will be upheld, essential prerequisites in the management process:

Openness/transparency and accessibility to all primary and secondary stakeholders;

Un-biased approach on the part of any individual / body reviewing grievances or disputes, to promote the trust and confidence of all parties involved; and

The maintenance of confidentiality – confidentiality of the complainant, if so requested, and to information provided by any of the parties to a complaint

9.1 Dispute Resolution Process

Responsibility for matters relating to grievance and dispute resolution will lie with the Liaison and Participation Unit (LPU) set out by Uch-II on site. The LPU consists of staff members of Uch-II, EPC and O&M Team during the related project stages. Throughout the project period, aggrieved persons/bodies will have full access to the LPU for support and advice.

As presented in Figure 9-1, the first action will be to record the grievance in the Social Complaint Register (SCR) kept onsite. A sample page from the SCR is provided in Figure 9-2. The LPU will initially investigate the issue within 14 days of recieving the complaint and seek to resolve it in this time frame, but if the grievance remains unresolved then the complaint will be forwarded to the Grievance Resolution Task Group (GRTG). The GRTG will be set up solely for the purpose of addressing grievances. The GRTG will be established prior to the commencement of construction, with representation by the contractor / client and the involvement of local communities or relevant district authorities. The main functions of this Task Group will be:

To provide a support mechanism to affected persons;

To record, investigate and assess grievances; and

To resolve grievances, in accordance with project policies and applicable local legislation, and provide prompt feedback to the aggrieved parties

The GRTG will seek to resolve each issue within 30 days following the forwarding of the grievance by the LPU. Grievances and disputes that cannot be resolved through project-

Grievance Handling Procedures Addendum to EIA for Uch Power Station


related mechanisms will have recourse to national law through the judiciary. All grievances and disputes will be resolved according to applicable legislation. The project’s grievance resolution mechanism will not provide any legal advice at this stage to persons/body contesting for the complaint.

The local community shall be informed about project grievance handling procedures through community discussions. The discussions will be carried out in villages that lie within a radius of 2km from Uch-II.



Figure 9-1: Grievance Redress Procedure



Figure 9-2: Social Complaints Register (Sample)

Date Name of Complainant/body

Description of Compliant

Corrective Action

Follow-up Authority

Time Frame



10 Communication and Documentation

10.1 Kick-off Meeting

Prior to commencement of work, a meeting will be held on-site to discuss implementation of the EMP, show commitment to adhere with the EMP and check readiness of the contractors to start the project. The meeting will be attended by relevant management staff from Uch-II and the contractors.

10.2 Daily and Weekly Meetings and Reports

A daily meeting will be held during the project activities to discuss the environmental conduct of the operation, non-compliances noted and their remedial measures. The meetings will be recorded in the Weekly Environmental Report.

The weekly environmental report will be used to review the performance of the operation by reviewing the number of non-conformances and the environmental incidences that occurred during the reporting period, progress on daily action items and to list recommendations for additional controls, mitigation measures or monitoring requirements.

The report will be communicated to the Uch-II management and senior members of the contractors. The report will include:

Summary of weekly project activities.

Non-compliances observed and mitigation measures taken or required.

10.3 Social Complaints Register

Uch-II site representative will maintain a register of complaints received from local communities and measures taken to mitigate these concerns. All community complaints received will be handled through “grievance redress mechanism”.

10.4 Change Record Register

All changes to the EMP or the project will be handled through the Change Management Plan provided in Section 7 of the EMP. These changes will be registered in a Change Record Register.

10.5 Photographic Record

Uch-II will ensure that a photographic record including the following is maintained. All areas used by the project activities; before use, during use and after restoration.

Key non-compliances.

Communication and Documentation Addendum to EIA for Uch Power Station


Key project activities.

10.6 Environmental Reporting

The requirements related to environmental reporting after approval of the EIA are as follows:

After receiving approval from Balochistan EPA, Uch-II will acknowledge acceptance of the conditions of approval by executing an undertaking in the form prescribed in Schedule VII of the 2000 Regulations.

After the end of construction phase of the project, Uch-II will obtain a confirmation from Balochistan EPA that the requirements of the EIA and the conditions of approval have been duly complied with. The Balochistan EPA in granting the confirmation of compliance may impose any additional control regarding the environmental management of the project or the operation, as it deems necessary.

Uch-II will prepare and submit an annual report each year to Balochistan EPA summarising the production details, any plant modifications or extensions, details of the effects monitoring and environmental performance of the plant operations etc

Uch-II will furnish monitoring reports to Balochistan EPA for gaseous emissions on monthly basis under the Self Monitoring and Reporting (SMART) System.

10.7 Public Consultation

10.7.1 EIA Disclosure

After submission of the EIA to Balochistan EPA, Balochistan EPA will advertise in a newspaper a public notice indicating a date for a public hearing and the place where copies of the EIA can be found for review purposes. Any interested party can also contact Uch-II at the following address for electronic copies of the EIA report:

Pervaiz Khan (Chief Executive Officer Uch-II Power (Private) Limited) 48, Khyaban-e-Iqbal,Main Margalla Road, Sector F-7/2, Islamabad, Pakistan Tel : +92 51 2654901-4 Fax: +92 51 2654905

10.7.2 Public Hearing

In pursuance to clause 10 of the 2000 Regulations, Balochistan EPA after receiving the subject EIA from the proponent and issuing the confirmation of completeness will publish in national English and Urdu newspaper, a public notice mentioning the type of the project, its exact location, the name and address of the proponent, and the places at which the EIA can be accessed. The notice will fix a date and time and place for the public hearing for any comments on the project or the EIA. Any comments received by

Communication and Documentation Addendum to EIA for Uch Power Station


the Balochistan EPA during or before the public hearing will be collated, tabulated and duly considered by the Balochistan EPA in granting its decision on the EIA.

10.7.3 Post EIA Approval Consultation

After approval of the EIA, Uch-II will report environmental performance of its project to Balochistan EPA as per the EMP and applicable laws. This would serve as a communication channel with Balochistan EPA. Uch-II will also encourage any visits by Government Departments or other interested stakeholders to review and verify adherence to mitigation measures related to impacts on physical, biological or socio-economic receptors of the area.



11 Change Management Plan

The EIA recognises that changes in the operations or the EMP may be required during the operation and therefore a Change Management Plan has been provided to manage such changes. The management of changes is discussed under two separate headings, changes to the EMP and changes to the Operation.

11.1.1 Changes to the EMP

The EIA and the EMP have been developed based on the best possible information available at the time of the EIA study. However, it is possible that during the construction and operation phase some aspects of the EMP may need to be changed owing to their non-applicability in a certain area of operation or the need for additional mitigation measures based on the findings of environmental monitoring during the construction and operation phase. In such cases following actions shall be taken.

A meeting will be held between Uch-II and the concerned contractor. During the meeting the proposed deviation from the EMP, planning and designing will be discussed and agreed upon by all parties.

Based on the discussion during the meeting, a change report will be produced collectively, which will include the original EMP clause/plan or design, the change that has been agreed upon, and the reasons for the change.

The report will be signed by all the parties and will be filed at the site office. A copy of the report will be sent to Uch-II and contractor head offices.

All relevant project personnel will be informed of the change.

11.1.2 Changes to the Operation

The change management system recognises three orders of changes.

a. First Order

A first order change is one that leads to a significant departure from the project described or the impacts assessed in the EIA and consequently require a reassessment of the environmental impacts associated with the change. Examples of such change include Change in location of the proposed plant.

Action Required: Environmental impacts of the proposed change will be reassessed and sent to the Balochistan EPA for approval.

Change Management Plan Addendum to EIA for Uch Power Station


b. Second Order

A second order change is one that does not result in the change in project description or impacts that are significantly different from those detailed in the EIA. Examples of second order changes include extension in the site area.

Action Required: The required action for such changes is to reassess the impact of the activity on the environment and specify additional mitigation measures if required and report the changes to the Balochistan EPA.

c. Third Order

A third order change is one that does not result in impacts above those already assessed in the EIA, rather these may be made on site to minimise the impact of an activity such as:

Increase in project workforce

Change in layout plan of plant

The only action required for such changes will be to record the change in the Change Record Register.



12 Environmental Management/Monitoring Cost

An accurate estimate of environmental management/monitoring costs is not possible at present. However a rough estimate of the same during the project operation phase is provided in Table 12-1. It should be noted here that the actual expenses to account for the environmental management/monitoring might increase or decrease during Uch-II operational phase.

Environmental Management/Monitoring Cost Addendum to EIA for Uch Power Station


Table 12-1: Environmental management/monitoring cost estimate - Operational Phase

Sr.No Activity/Monitoring EstimatedCost (USD)

Type Remarks

1 Environment Management System (EMS) Cost

1.1 Environment related staff cost 35,294 Annual Covers cost of dedicated EHS officer

1.2 EMS development/implementation and ISO 14001 accreditation cost

47,059 One time Covers cost associated with EMS implementation and ISO 14001certification during operational phase

1.3 EMS external audits 2,353 Annual Covers EMS audits cost by external auditors

2 Environment Monitoring System Cost

2.1 Stacks emission monitoring (CEMS) 2,000 Annual CEMS equipment cost already included in project cost. Indicated cost will cover its maintenance and calibration on an annual basis.

2.2 Third party ambient air quality monitoring 7,059 Annual Covers cost for seasonal ambient air quality monitoring

2.3 Third party stack emissions monitoring 1,765 Annual Annual stack emission testing by third party

2.4 Ambient and occupational noise monitoring 2,353 Annual One time cost for procurement of noise meter for in house monitoring

2.5 Third party ambient and occupational noise monitoring

1,765 Annual Annual noise monitoring by third party

2.6 Lab equipment (sewage and water testing from different plant areas )

117,647 One time Covers cost of pH, BOD, COD, TSS and other analyzers/equipment for day to day plant effluent testing

2.7 Water quality external tests (including ground water) 1,176 Annual Third party annual water quality tests

Environmental Management/Monitoring Cost Addendum to EIA for Uch Power Station


Sr.No Activity/Monitoring EstimatedCost (USD)

Type Remarks

3 Miscellaneous

3.1 Solid waste management system/area development 23,529 One time Cover costs of landfill area development, Oil and chemical spill kits, waste bins and other arrangements etc

3.2 Solid waste management 4,412 Annual Annual cost associated with management, handling, and transportation of waste within site

3.3 Environment related projects and initiatives 5,882 Annual Annual provision for execution of environment related initiatives

3.4 Environmental consultancy/ auditing 3,529 Annual Annual provision for third party consultancy on environment related initiatives as well as for auditing.

3.5 Trainings 3,529 Annual Annual provision for environment related trainings

3.6 Landscape/Tree plantation 5,647 Annual Annual provision for landscaping and plantation of trees

Notes:

The above mentioned costs are rough estimate only as provided by the proponent (Uch-II) with the possibility of increase or decrease in the actual expense incurred during the operational phase of the project The above estimates assume an exchange rate of 1USD=85PKR

Appendix A

Environmental Checklists

No Date Location Activity/Staff Reported by Photograph Category Description Significance Corrective Action Target Date Status

Non-compliance Recording Database

ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT -: Prepared by:

Reviewed by:

Date Code Pages

Distribution

1 Introduction 2 The Project 3 Environmental Meetings and Reporting 4 Activity Monitoring 5 Effects Monitoring 6 Effects Monitoring – Physical Environment 7 Effects Monitoring – Vegetation 8 Effects Monitoring - Wildlife 9 Effects Monitoring - Socio-economic and Cultural Environment 10 List of Environmental Non –compliances 11 Trainings 12 Approvals 13 Change Managements APPENDICES

APPROVAL FORM Prepared by:

Reviewed by:

Date Code Pages

Distribution

1 - Introduction 2 – Location 3 – Availability No

Parameter

Details

4 – EIA Approval Criteria 5 – Monitoring Party Approval 6 – Conditions of Approval

Sample Checklist for Construction of Camps

Description Yes No Remarks

Is the location of camp the same as stated in EIA ?

Is the area of the Camp site kept to the minimum?

Has a distance of 500 m been maintained between Camp site and communities?

Have photographs been taken prior to the start of the construction activity?

Is the area of the camp site the same as stated in EIA?

Is the Camp site located in a leveled area?

Have the areas along the well site been visually monitored and show any signs of soil erosion?

Are there adequate number of waste bins for collection of wastes at the camp site?

Is the soak pit being constructed?

Is the soak pit being covered completely?

Does all fuel and oil storage areas have a concrete pad underneath to prevent soil contamination in case of leaks or spills?

Have all fuel tanks been properly marked to highlight their contents?

Are the waste segregation units being built?

Have the waste contractors been approved by UPL prior to project phases?

Have the waste water collection systems provided with grease traps?

Additional Notes:

Date completed:

Name:

Signature:

CHANGE MANAGEMENT STATEMENT

Change Management Number

Change Management Category

Prepared by:

Signed:

1. Introduction

2. The Proposed Change

3. Assessment of the Proposed Change

4. Need for Change Management Statement

5. Change Management Category

6. Assessment of Environmental Issues

7. EMP Conditions

8. Guidelines

Training Material (Sample)

Information about the EMP

Introduction

Roles and responsibilities as specified in the EMP

Communication, documentation, and monitoring requirements

General Restrictions Related to Wildlife

Setting of camps, equipment stores, or other supplies will be prohibited near isolated

water sources.

Wildlife or domestic animals are not to be fed.

Wildlife is not to be hunted or killed

Wildlife or domestic animals are not to be harassed.

All wildlife sightings are to be reported.

Communication of Environmental Problems to Appropriate Officer

Whenever a crew member faces an environmental problem, he should immediately report

this to his supervisor or the environmental monitor, who in turn discuss this during the

Daily Environmental Meeting to be held on-site

The following incidents are also to be reported to Uch-2//Project Contractors:

• Any leakage, oil, fuel etc.

• Any spill, oil, fuel, grease, paint etc.

• Any fire

• Any waste observed left in the field

• Any damage to vegetation, trees, bushes etc (Flora)

• Any damage to animals (Fauna)

• Any sightings of endangered animals

Access route management

Only those routes are to be used that are approved by the Uch-II

Off road travel at any location is not allowed

No new routes are to formed without prior approval of Uch-II

Unnecessary travel on access routes is to be avoided

Natural drainage is not to be disturbed

Use of horns is avoided as far as possible; pressure horns are not to be used at all

Vegetation is not damaged

Vegetation is not to be damaged or cut within or around the camp site

Vegetation is not to be damaged or cut along the access track or camp site

Open fires for cooking is not allowed at any place

Cutting of trees is not allowed. Inform Uch-II /Project Contractors if any fallen tree is

observed near the project activity area

Water to be used only from approved sources

Washing of vehicles is not allowed in the project area

Repair of vehicles is to be carried out only at designated places. If repairing of vehicle is

needed in the field, only proper procedures should be followed

Report any kind of incident to Uch-II /Project Contractors

Socio-economic

Do not enter any community area without first informing local men folk. Enter only if

accompanied by a local community person.

Respect local women

Do not obstruct local traffic

Vehicular speeds should be maintained. Maintain slow speeds near communities,

livestock, etc.

Waste disposal

Waste should not be left at site. All the waste at site should be collected and brought to

camp for proper disposal

No trash, wrappers, shopping bags, paper, cans, bottles or any other kind of litter will be

thrown in the open.

Oil spillages to be avoided, in case of a spill report to Uch-II /Project Contractors

Waste to be disposed off as stated in the EMP

uch-ii eia report by halcrow for adb jan 2010

Documents